B ^^PIPP pppppi^^ • 1 1 Cljap. 3Ho. jF2S i ;•; UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, PEACTICE IN GERMAN, ADAPTED FOR SELF-INSTRUCTION. CONTAINING THE FIRST THREE CHAPTERS OF . "UNDINE," A TALE BY DE LA MOTTE FOUQUE, Wify a Html SutniiitBur tooBliitintt, AND COPIOUS NOTES. BY FALCK-LEBAHN. LONDON: i WHITTAKER & CO., AVE MARIA LANE. €ntmiJ at £tati0nccs' gall. LONDON' : PRINTBD BY A. BERLANDINA, ENGLISH AND FOREIGN PRESS, II, CAMOMILE STREET, BISHOPSGATE. CONTENTS. PAGE. Introduction . xi A Literal Interlinear Translation of the first Three Chapters of Undine .....>. 1 Note I.— In an independent sentence, the finite verb follows the nominative . . , . .49 Participles and infinitives are placed at the end of the sen- tence . . . . . .49 When a participle and an infinitive occur together, the infinitive is put last . «, . .51 When two past participles depend on each other, the auxi- liary is placed last . . . . .51 II.— Separable Compound Verbs . . .52 In the infinitive, the particle always remains prefixed. When the infinitive of separable compound verbs requires £U, to, it is inserted between the separable particle and the verb, all three being joined as one word. The past participle takes the augment cje before the simple verb, and not before the prefix . ♦ ♦ .53 The separation takes place in the simple tenses (Present and Imperfect) and in the imperative mood. Participles which are separated from the verb, stand, not only after the verb, but also after all the words in the sentence which are governed by, or depend on, it. . 53 IV CONTENTS. NOTE. PAGE. III. — When the sentence begins with a relative pronoun, the finite verb is placed at the end . . . .57 Set, bte, bct$, when used as demonstrative pronouns, signify : he, she, it, this, that . . . .59 IV. — There are conjunctions which require the finite verb to be put at the end of the clause, even after the participles and infinitives . . . . . .61 The adverb tt)0 and its compounds, when used relatively, require the finite verb at the end of the clause . 63 QofytXf when used relatively, removes the finite verb to the end of the sentence . ♦ . .64 When a dependent sentence, with the finite verb at the end, is placed before the principal sentence* the latter takes the nominative after the verb . . 64, 77 V. — When dependent sentences beginning with bet, n)etl, tt>erttt, are put before principal sentences, the latter generally begin with fo . . . . . .65 The conjunction tyettn, if, is often omitted . . 67 Ob omitted . . . . . 70 The English as if, as though, is rendered by at$ Ob or aU tterm ....... 70 Db or rtterm from aU ob or al$ fterm omitted . .71 The conjunctions corresponding to though, although . 73 They are separated . . » • .74 Vf. — Inverted sentences . . . . . 75 VII.— The infinitive with £U is required after the prepositions ofyrte and cmftcttt 79 VIII. — After the verb fettt the Germans always use the infinitive active, with a passive signification IX.— When dependent on the verb fommert, to come, the past participles of verbs denoting motion are used in the sense of progressive action . . . .81 X. — gluf, with the accusative, is used with the substantives 9Betfe and Strt 81 Adverbs of manner form a superlative of eminence, by taking e, and being preceded by cmf t>Cl$, auf $, or aufS 82 80 CONTENTS. % N'OTE. PAGE, The word alter, of all, is sometimes prefixed to the super- lative degree to increase its force . . .S3 The preposition an is employed to form the superlative of comparison . . . . . .84 XI. — All the three genders of the adjective are frequently used, by ellipsis, as nouns . . . . .85 Comparatives and superlatives of adjectives used as nouns 90 Participles used substantively . . . .91 Adjectives used adverbially, remain undeclined ; they may consequently be readily distinguished from attributive adjectives . . . . . .92 XII. — In German, the infinitive is used as a verbal noun . 93 Masculine nouns can be formed from the infinitives of verbs by changing the final rt into r . . . .94 XIII.— For the sake of emphasis, the genitive is often placed be- fore the noun governing it, the article before which is then dropped . • . . . .95 The form of the adjective varies according as it is or is not preceded by an article . . . . .95 The ajective and noun remain under the influence of the preposition belonging to them when they are placed after their genitive . . . . .96 XIV. — The female sex is denoted by the ending inn being added to the masculine substantive . . . .97 The feminine termination is by some authors written with a single rt in the singular, and with a double n in the plural. XV. — The inflection — C3 of the nominative and accusative of the neuter is sometimes omitted . # . ,97 XVI. — 2art(], after a substantive indicating time, expresses the no- tion of continuity, during, for . . . .98 The accusative is used to express definite time and dura- tion of time . . . . . .99 XVII.— 3u, after ma$Ctt and rDerben, denotes a transition or trans- formation into a certain state or condition, and is, in English, either dropped or translated by into , . 99 3u denotes manner in reference to going or travelling , 100 3u, or aU$\X, adv., too. . # . . ,100 VI CONTENTS. NOTE. ^ PAGE. XVIII. — The particle bi$ is often used with another preposition. It denotes extent, or the extreme limit, of time or space . 101 XIX. — The article is substituted for the possessive pronoun where a doubt as to the possessor cannot arise . .102 XX. — To abbreviate expressions, and give them vivacity, verbs of motion are sometimes suppressed, being suggested to the mind by an emphatic adverb . . .105 $onnen is used in the sense of ability and of knowledge . 106 XXI. — The preposition mtt denotes participation, association, with, along with. ..... It is sometimes used for ctucf>> and signifies : also, too, likewise, simultaneously. It is often joined to verbs, as a separable particle, the case governed by it being understood . « . 106 XXII. — Attributive adjectives having several words depending on them, may follow the general rule, and, preceded by their dependents, take their place before the noun they qualify 10b XXIII. — A succession of past events, in lively narration, is often ex- pressed in the present instead of the imperfect tense . Ill The subjunctive imperfect is often employed instead of the conditional tense, and the subjunctive pluperfect instead of the' second conditional . . . . Ill The future is sometimes used instead of the present tense to express probability or mere supposition . .112 XXIV. — The subjunctive mood is used in German in sentences in which either words or ideas of another person, cr of the person who speaks, are indirectly quoted . 113, 199 XXV. — Stttttter ever > always, when joined to a comparative, means : gradually, increasingly, more and (more . . ) . . 11£ XXVI.— The indefinite pronoun t0CL$ is sometimes used for ctma$, something, anything . . . . .117 The neuter pronouns alle$, all, and mct$, what, are em- ployed in reference to people generally, or promiscuously 118 23a$ is used after the neuter of the indefinite demonstra- tive pronoun ka$ or basjcntge, that, either expressed or understood, and after the indefinite numerals allz$, CONTEXTS. Vll *0*B- Y , . . PAGE. XXV1L— 4gbm, just ; WH ifyt, just now ; ebert fo, exactly so ; eben tticfri, not exactly . ; . . .120 The adverb cbcn gives additional force to the demonstra- tive pronoun, like the English very . . .121 xxvilL— Der ©eiftltc^e; ber ^rebtger; ber^aftot; bet ^farter; fcer^rtefrer; ber^faff 122 XXIX. — The article is used before nouns denoting an object, which is the only one of its kind, or denoting an abstract idea, as names of sciences, arts, virtues, vices, qualities, pas- sions, &c. ...... 124 The article is employed before a substantive when it is used to indicate the whole genus or species of things or creatures especially to express the cases . .126 The article is frequently used with proper names . .127 XXX— SBaSfurew; wa$ fitr 128 XXXI.— In a soliloquy, the Germans use the second person singular 129 XXXII. — The subject of a verb is sometimes expressed both by a noun and its representative, the pronoun . .129 XXXIII. — The pronoun must agree with its antecedent in gender 130 XXXIV. — Particles which are used both as conjunctions and as adverbs : b<*, battttt, mm, fO . . . .132 9£un frequently expresses the English well . .134 9?un is used as a particle of connection, like now and well in English ...... 135 Sometimes now is rendered by aber or nun abet . . 135 9?un, now, must not be confounded with rmr, only. . 136 @0, adv., so; fo in el, so much .... 136 @0, conj., as — as; fo triel, as much as. XXXV.— 2Bie, how; as, like; when, while . . . 138 23ie t . ., fo . . v as — so ... . . .141 XXXVI.— Ser grin * unb SWcfrceg.— A hyphen is used when two or more successive compounds have the same word for their last component, which, to avoid repetition, is gene- rally expressed only in the last compound . .142 yiii CONTENTS. NOTE. PAGE. XXXVII. — There is in German a special reflective and reciprocal pronoun for the third person only, ft$, which serves for the accusative and dative in all genders and numbers . 143 In an independent sentence, the reflective pronoun follows the flexible part of the verb . . . .146 The reflective pronoun belonging to a participle or an infi- nitive is placed at the commencement of the clause . 147 The reflective pronoun keeps its place when the flexible part of the verb is removed to the end . . .147 In a dependent sentence, the reflective pronoun is some- times, for the sake of emphasis, placed before the sub- ject . . . . . . .148 If the dative, or the accusative, of the third person be un- der the government of a preposition, it must, if referring to the nominative of the sentence, still be considered as reflective and rendered by ft$ . . .149 ?Ctffen, with the reflective pronoun for the third person, ftd), takes the infinitive active of the principal verb, with a passive signification, and is to be rendered by may, can, is to be . . . . . 152 XXXVIII.-The indeclinable felbft, felber or feleften, is often added to a noun or pronoun merely for the sake of emphasis. The reciprocal personal pronoun is not repeated . .153 ©clbfi, when preceding a noun or pronoun, is rendered in English by even. . . . . .156 XXXIX. — ©Often (shall) is often used in the signification of to be said, to be reported . . . . .157 XL. — Uttt, for, in order to, is used before the infinitive with $u, to express purpose or design, and is placed at the head of its sentence . ♦ 159 When used as a co-relative to the particle £U or att$\X, too, in the leading proposition, Uttt determines the degree of intensity . . . . . .160 Uttt fo or urn fo $iel before a comparative signifies : so much the ... . . , . . 160 XLL-gfamat 161 XLIl. — The article often coalesces with prepositions . .165 CONTENTS. IX NOTE PAGE. XLI1L— 3lt grommen, for the benefit of . . .166 XLIV. — The same particle often occurs twice in the same phrase, first as a preposition, and then as an adverb compounded with Ijet or j)ix\, to render the expression more graphic : cms— OerauS ; ixber — ^eriiber; in— herein, to fnnein, :c. 16S A term preceded by &ott is often followed by another preposition used adverbially, as : a\X$, Ctuf, an .169 XLV.— There is, e3 gtebt • . . • .170 There is ; e3 if}: ; there are, e3 ftttb . . .171 (£g is often placed at the head of the sentence when the subject is to be pointed out with emphasis, the real nominative being placed after the verb, which must agree with the subject of the sentence, and not with e3 172 (£$ often answers to the English there . . .173 The indefinite pronoun e0 is used to express an agent as yet unascertained with regard to its essence or name . 174 Feelings and sensations are often expressed impersonally, with the person in the dative : e£ tfi mtr tt)0^1, I feel well ; eg tft mix lieb, I am glad ; c3 tfi mtr betyaglid) §u $?ut|>e (or $u ©inn), I feel comfortable . .176 XLVI. — The dative is the personal case. It is used to denote the person or object to whose advantage or disadvantage, pleasure or displeasure, an action or state is expressed by the verb ; i. e. to whom something is given, from whom something is taken, for whose sake something is done . . . . . * 1 78 In German, the dative of the person, with the definite article before the thing, is often employed where in English either the possessive pronoun or the geni- tive case is used . . • . . .179 The dative case implies concern or interest. It refers to the feelings of the person , . . ,180 XLVIL-au* 182 ©0 ♦ . ♦ CW$, or fo ♦ , . . . . .184 XLVIII. — Adverbs must precede the adverb or adjective which they qualify . . . . . .185 The genitive case is frequently employed in an adverbial signification . . . . . .187 X CONTENTS. NOTE. PAGE. XLIX.— £e* and ^in . . . . . .188 f)Ut Ultb ^er signifies : to and fro, backwards and forwards 190 §)ttt and ^et refer to specified localities . . .190 Many separable particles are compounded with ^er or |)Ut 191 f)ttt is sometimes used in the sense of down, §>er is used in the sense of along when referring to the position of one object with regard to another object moving in the same direction ; . . .192 When applied to time, tyer is used in reference to a period continued from a given previous time to the present moment .... . 193 §»er and $in when annexed to prepositions, take the place of the demonstrative pronouns btefe$, bte£, bct$ . .194 f)in and fyer are compounded with other adverbs . .195 timber, Return . . . . . 197 Ll. — The subjunctive is used when a state or action is to be represented as doubtful, contingent or conditional . 199 The subjunctive present is used in narrating . . 199 A caprice of the imagination, an action or state conceived as uncertain, doubtful or problematical, is expressed in the subjunctive, after conjunctions answering to the English as if, in order that .... 202 Difference between the present subjunctive and the imper- fect subjunctive .... 203, 204 The subjunctive follows ba?, that, expressed or understood, when preceded by a verb which expresses a wish or desire 203 Sentences expressing a purpose, take the conjunctions bctmit, Ctuf baf , or ba$, that, in order that, and the verb in the subjunctive mood .... 205 LIL— gazette— , for fagte — la^einb, :c. . . .205 LIII.— Stamltd?, namely, to wit, frequently occurs as an explana- tive conjunction, where none is employed in English . 206 LVL-©0* .'-.• • 208 INTRODUCTION. The present volume is written for those who wish to pursue their study of German without the aid of a teacher. Simplicity is its aim. Every peculiarity of style and expression occurring in the text is fully explained in the Notes. Little additional comment, therefore, is needed here. The figures between parenthesis in the interlinear translation refer to the pages of the Notes where the passages so marked are illustrated. The letters (g«), (d.), (a.) signify genitive, dative \ accusative, and indicate the cases governed by the prepositions to which they are added. Throughout the first chapter, the roots of the words are separated (thus - ) from the augment. The infini- tives of irregular verbs have been given in the Notes attached to my edition of "Undine, contained in "German in One Volume," to which work references of a more elementary character are sometimes made. Experience has shown me that but a short period of oral instruction is necessary to enable the learner to proceed Xll INTRODUCTION. advantageously in the study of German by himself. The pro- nunciation is exceedingly simple. The rule is, " to speak it as it is written, and to write it as it is spoken." In English, orthography is no guide to pronunciation, but in German no letter or combination of letters is endowed with the changeful nature of the chameleon, as vowels in English are. Sufficient upon this subject has been said elsewhere. The following remarks, however, may be found deserving a place here. The English are apt to pronounce an r after a final vowel, especially when the succeeding word begins with another vowel; they will read : Qixttt (*r) iti) Sa$ and) tttmber gctjltt$ unb tootjtmeutenb gefttnben* — 3<$ fate s *) ifa bemto$ gem; ic. This is a fault which should be avoided; a German ear revolts against such liberality. We rather, in rapid utterance, and familiar, colloquial language, reject an e, and, in writing, mark the omission by an apostrophe, as : Qixtt 1 tcfj (Sucfj JC* 5$ faV ifa #♦ Numerous instances of this kind of omission occur in our text. — Many writers omit e of the final syllable of verbs ending in {jett* They write getjn for gefjen, fef)tt for fe^en, *c* The German fdj has the sound of the English sh t as : ©cfjtff, ship. In southern Germany f is, by many, pronounced like fd) before p and t; for fpredjett, to speak, they say: fcl)pre$ett, for fprmgett, to spring: fdjprutgett, for flefjen, to stand: fdjteljett, :e* This is little else than a provincialism, and has nothing to recommend it to favour; neither analogy nor euphony can be alleged in its support ; the English words INTRODUCTION. Xlll speak, spring, stand, might with as much reason be pro- nounced shpeak, shpring, shtand* In those parts of Germany where this practice prevails, it is not unfrequently heard in the pronunciation even of English words ; the German pilot of a Rhine steamer may be sometimes heard bawling out : " Shtop her!" — I am aware that no writer on grammar has a right to assume himself an authority for what he teaches, and that it is not the province of a work like the present to propose grammatical laws, but merely to record those existing, I, therefore, quote, on this point (see p. 141) some remarks of ^etjfe, a grammarian universally recognised as an authority. (See ^eJjtfe'S ©$ttlgrammattf, 14th Edition, Hanover, 1844, p. 33.) Final & and b naturally assume, in the speed of utterance, the sounds of p and t ; thus : Sot, praise, is pronounced lop, £ob, death — tot ; but when by inflection a vowel is annexed, they resume their original flat sound : £ o h e S, X b e $. In Old-German, i and b, at the end of words or syllables, were changed, even in writing, into their corresponding sharp letters, p and t; thus we find: gap, gave, (plural, gafcen), fa^tet, departed, (plural fcfj it ben). This change of sound, though no longer indicated in writing, is still retained in the pronunciation. (£f) has the sound of & before an $ originally of the same syllable, as: D<$$, ox; gutf)3, fox ; g;Ia$$, flax; 2Bd dfffc ; tou$$, kmcN; geto>a$fett f getwtcffetu To most persons grammar seems dry and difficult. I have, therefore, in drawing my illustrations from the stores of litera- ture and general science, endeavoured to select such gems of thought, and useful and interesting information, as may impress on the memory a worthy sentiment, or relieve the d illness of minute instruction. These examples have been taken from about eighty authors, and interspersed through the following pages, wherever I thought additional illustrations advisable, being of opinion that practice is a better pilot than theory, and that the way is long through precepts, but short and efficacious through examples. The best instruction is that which ultimately gives the greatest facility and skill in practice, and a thing is most easily learned by that process which brings it most directly home to the habits as well as the thoughts of the learner ; I, therefore, proceed on the principle of teaching German through its affinity to the English. In various instances, where the two idioms differ now, I have adduced examples in proof that a similar construction or expression actually exists or once was used in English. Some of the expressions quoted, are, I admit, obsolete ; with regard to these, it may be necessary to observe that they are given merely to show the affinity of INTRODUCTION. XV the two languages, with a view to render the German expres- sion more familiar to an English ear, or, perhaps, to interest the enquiring student. Upon the general construction of the language, ample in- formation has been given. The Germans indulge in inverting sentences. A period almost invariably begins with an emphatic word, so that the learner may generally conclude the words so placed to be the most important of the proposition. In English, the subject in an affirmative sentence usually precedes the verb, and the object is placed after ; in German, this order is frequently reversed, the object being, for the sake of emphasis, placed before and the subject after the verb. Take, for instance, the examples from Schiller: 2Ba|>re$ UngtiicE fcringt ber falf$e SBaljtt* Set fatfcfje 2Bat)U will easily be discovered to be the nominative of the clause. Sm fcofeS ©ennffen fcerraffjen bte 2lugen ; fcerrattjett being the plural, it is evident that fcte Slugen (plural) must be the subject, and not emiofeS ©ettuffett, which is singular, — {See Inverted Sentences, p. 75,) The student, in going through the interlinear portion of the book, is advised to consult every note to which reference is made. Having thus examined the rules given, all the notes must be carefully perused, and the examples to which the English is not added, should be translated. This done, he should re-translate his own version into German, and not rest XVI INTRODUCTION. satisfied without thoroughly understanding every sentence, and tracing the cause of any mistake that may have been made. The learner may rest assured that, in German, caprice is not allowed to wanton without control ; the language is not suffered to run into wild exuberance, for even those numerous expletives and pleonasms which appear so cumbrous and meaningless to an English ear, perform certain definite functions in our language. I have attempted to facilitate the study of my mother- tongue, and if I shall have been the means of rendering it more easy and attractive to the English student, my labour will be requited, — for to be useful is my endeavour. 85, Newman Street, Oxford Street, London. Sept. 1849. A Literal translation of the Examples, with some additional remarks, is being prepared for the press. THE FIRST THREE CHAPTERS OF "UNDINE," A TALE BY DE LA MOTTE FOUQTJE, With a %xtm\ Miilktu €nmkikn. grfteS Slap it eL JFtr 1 Chapter* W i e (13*) free Hitter $u (d.) & e m /i f dj e r ka nu Hew the Kuightto the Fisherman came. Imogen nun toofl fdjon *riel-e ^unbert 3a^r-e5er(194) It may now perhaps already many hundred years ago few, ba (133) gaft e£ (170) emmal em-en alt-en gut-en ^f$^, be, then gave it once an old good fisherman ; ber(59)fa£ em-e3 f^on-en 2lbenb-3 (187) $or (d.) ber 2#itr unb he sat of a fine evening before the door and fftdMe fem-e 9?e§-e* Sr mo^n-te ater (135) in (d.) em-er mended his nets. He lived however in an ufcerau3 anmutfng-en ©egenix £)er griht-e 33oben, exceedingly pleasant neighbourhood. The green ground worauf fem-e $ixttt ge-fcau-t war (63), jired-te ft$ roth whereon his cottage built was, • stretched itself far m (a.) ein-en groff -en Sanbfee fynaui, unb e$ fe^ten efcen fo into a large lake out, and it appeared just so «>o$l(l22), bte Srbjtttrge t>aie (201) ftrfj auS gie*eja(d.) welJ, the tongue of land have itself out of love to ber Mduli$ (92) ffar-en, rcunber^efl-en §:fat£, fa ( a «) the bluely clear, wonderfully-transparent flood, into btef-e fmtem(168) ge-brdng-t(l46;), aU au$ (122), baS SBaffer this latter into pressed, as also, the water $ate mit (d.) $eritefct-en 2lrm-en nacfj (d.) ber fd)on-en have with loving arms after the beautiful 2tue gegn'ffen (50), ttac^ (d.) t'^r-en (130) ^o^f^manfen-fc-en meadow grasped, after her high-waving ©rcif-ern unb 23lume-n, unb tmcfj (d.) bem erqutcfttcfj-en grasses and flowers, and after the refreshing ©fatten tfjr-er 33 aunt- 1> Sins gtng fcet (d.) bem 2lnber-n shade of her trees. The one went to the other ju (d.) @aft-e, unb ekn (121) beSfjalfc xoox jegii$-e$ as a guest, and just for this reason was each fo f$8tu SSon (d.) attenfcfj-en fretft<$ xoox (80) an • so beautiful. Of human beings, it is true, was in (d.) btef-er p$fd)-en ©iefte ttem'g ober gar ntdjtS (186) this pretty place little or nothing at all art-gu-treffen (52), ben S*f$e* unb fetrr-e £au3teute au& to meet, the fisherman and his house-people ex- genommen- S)enn Winter (d.) ber Srbjunge lag em fe^r cepted. For behind the tongue of earth lay a very ttutb-er 2Mb, ben (130) bte me^r-ji-en (58) &nte megen wild forest, whom the most people on account (g.) fetn-er gmjicrmj* unb Untoegfamfeti, toie au$ (183) of his gloominess and impassableness, as also roegen (g.) ber nmnberfam-en Sreatur-en unb @aufelei-en, on account of the strange creatures and phantoms, bte man barm an-treffen foff-te (158), aftju (100) fe$r which one therein to meet was said, too much fd;eu-e-ten (57), urn (160) fldj (147) cfwe 9?ot$ |mem dreaded, themselves without necessity into it ju fcegekn* 2)er alt-e fromm-e gtfc^er jfeboa) burcf)- to render. The old pious fisherman however thro ugh - fa)riitt(m (130) ope (a.) 2(nfetf)iung ^u (d.) mel-en 2M-en, strode him without molestation at many times, mnn er b;e foftltdj-en ^tfcjj-e, bte er auf (d.) fetn-er fc^6n-en when he the delicious fish, which he off his beautiful Sanbjunge ftng (58), na$ (d.) ein-er grofkn (Sfabt tongue of land caught, to a large city trug (61), mel$e (130) xti^t feijr tt>ett Butter (d.)bem grof-en carried, which not very far behind the large 2Batb-eIag(58). @3 rnarb tym too$I me{jrentf?ett3 forest lay. It became for him probably for the most part beSrcegen fo Uityt, bur$ (a.) ben gorft ju jte^en (49), for this reason so easy, through the forest to pass, mil er faji fem-e anber-e, aU frotnm-e ©ebanfe-n because he almost no other, than pious thoughts {jeg-te (61), unb nodj au§erbem jeb-e^ SWal, toenn er bte harboured, and still besides each time, when he the $errufen-en ©fatten fcetrat, em getfi{tdj-e3 Steb au3 (d.) tjett-er ill-famed shades entered, a spiritual song from a clear fie$Ie (207) unb aufrt'$ttg-em iperj-en an-ju-ftmtmen (52) throat and upright heart to begin to sing geftotjnt wax (61). accustomed was. 2)a(l32)er nun an (d.) btef-em 2l6enb-e ganj argloS As he now on this evening quite unsuspiciously bet (d.) ben (102) 9?e£-en fiftfj (62), tarn tyn bocfj em un$erfel?en-er by the nets sat, came him yet a sudden @c$recf an (54), aU er e$ (174) im (d.) (165) SBalbeg* fright upon, when he something in the forest's bunfel rauf$-en J)or-te, tok (139) dlo$ unb 9)?ann, unb darkness rustle heard, like horse and man, and ftdj (148) bag @erduf$ mtmer (116) na^er nadj (d.) ber itself the noise ever nearer towards the Sanbjunge IjerauS (191) 5^3 ( 62 )* SBftS er in (d.)ntand)-en tongue of land outwards drew. What he in many piirmig-en 9?a$t-en soon (d.) ben ©e^emtmff-en be$ gorft-eg stormy nights of the mysteries of the forest ge-iraum-t $atte (58), jucNe . ifjm nun auf einntal (161) dreamed had, flashed to him now all-at-once surdj (a.) ben ©inn (181), sor (d.) 2tC-etn ba$ 23itb ein-es through the mind, before all things the image of a riefenmajng (92) tang-en, f$neett>ei£i«en 5Kamt-e$, ber unauf* gigantically long, snow-white man, who unceas- IjorticJj auf (a.) ein-e feltfam-e %xt (81) mit bent $opf-e md-te. ingly on a strange manner with the head nodded. 3a, alg er bie 2luge-n (102) na^ (d) bem 23alb-e auf^t(6l), Nay, when he the eyes towards the forest raised, tarn e3 fym ganj eigenfftd) »or (54), atS fe^e (202) er came it to him quite distinctly before, as see he bur# (a.) bag Sajtbgegitter ben nicfen-b-en fDlaxm $er*>or through the leafy-trellis the nodding man forth fommen* Sr na^nt fl$ (146) ater talb jufantmen, er&agen-b, come. He took himself however soon together, considering, ttrie tym bo$ niemalS in (d.) bem 2Balb-e felfcjlen (153) how to him surely never in the forest himself was (117) 33ebenfttcfj-e$ ttnberfafjren fei(l 15), unb alfo anything critical happened be, and consequently auf (d.) ber fret-en Sanbjunge ber Wf-e ©eijl toofy on the free tongue of land the evil spirit probably no$ minber ©e&aft it&er (a.) i^n au3-xt6-en bitrfe (115), still less power over him exercise dare. 3ugtei$ M-tte er rec^t lraftigii$ ein-en M6tif$-en At the same time prayed he right fervently a biblical ©prud> to** au ^ ( d bem £er$-en I?erau6 (168), tt>oburd> sentence aloud from the heart out, whereby iljm berfed-e tyflnty anty (183) juriid f am, unb er faft to him the bold spirit also back came, and he almost ladjen-b falj, tone fe$r er ftdj ge-irr-i fmtte (148). £>er laughingly saw, how much he himself erred had. The ttmjK mcfen-b-e 9ttcmn toarb namlt<$(206) ur^plo^ttc^ white nodding man changed namely instantaneously ju (d.) (99) em-em tf>m fdngft »o$l ktomt-en (109) into a to him long well known 33a$tettt, bag f$dumen-b aus (d.) bem ^orft-e $emrrann, little brooks which foaming out of the forest forth ran, unb ft$ in (a.) ben Sanbfee ergo^ (147). 2Ber and itself into the lake discharged. He who akr (135) bas ©erdufdj *>er-urfa$-t $atte, toax emfdjim (92) however the noise caused had, was a beautifully ge-f$mM-t-er Jftttter, ber $u 9?of (100) bur$ (a.) ben dressed knight, who on horseback through the 2?aumf$aiten gegen (a) bte £ittte sor-gerttten tarn (Si). shade of the trees towards the hut ridden-up came. @tn f$aria<$ro$-er SKantel Ijmg ttjm (180) u6er (a.) fern A scarlet-red mantle hung to him over his *>etf$enfclau-e$, golbgefiuft-eS 28amm3 $erab ; son (d.) bem violet-blue, gold- embroidered doublet down ; from the golbfarfug-en 33arett-e toaU-tm rotfj-e unb $>et'WjenMau-e gtber-n, gold-coloured cap waved red and violet-blue feathers, am(d.)(l65)goIben-en 2Be$rge$enf-e Ht§-te em auSnefwenb attached to the golden belt glittered an exceedingiy fe$on-e$ unb retdj *>er$tert-e3 Sdjmert. 2)er tot\$-t #engfi, beautiful and richlv adorned sword. The white steed 8 ber (130) t,en 3?ttter trug, tt>ar f^tanf-er-en 33au-e$, at$ wAo the knight carried, was of more slender build, than man e$ fonft M (d.) ©trettroff-ett ju fetjen gett>o^nt \% one it otherwise with battle-horses to see accustomed is, imb beat fo Uitfft nbtx bett 9?afett fyn, ba£ bief-er grim* and trod so lightly over the turf along, that this green- hmt-z Ztppitf) cm$ nifyt C1853 bte nunbejl-e aSerte^ung variegated carpet even not the least damage bmwt juempfrntgen fdnen (62), £)ent alt-en $if$er(177) therefrom to receive appeared. To the old fisherman war e$ ttocf? immer nt$t ganj geljeuer ju 9)?uttj, o^tt)o^l er was it yet always not quite secure at mind, although he ein-jn-fefjen metn-te, ba£ t>on (d.) *w-w fa ^olb-ett grfdjewnng to perceive thought, that from a so lovely appearance nt$t$ UeM-e3 C88) ju frefatjren (80) fet 013), »e«$att er nothing evil to encounter be, wherefore he anfy (183) fem-ett IqvA gan$ fttttg sor (d.) bem ttafj-er also his hat quite mannerly before the nearer fomnten-b-en £err-n afcjog, unb gelaffen Ui (d .) fein-en coming gentleman oflf-tock, and quietly by his 9?e£-en aerWte*. 35a (133) $telt ber fitter ftttte, Uttb frag-te, nets remained. Then held the knight still, and asked, oh er mty mt (d.) fettt-em $5ferb-e auf (a.) btef-e whether he perhaps with his horse for this Mafyt $ter Unterfommen unb ?5ffege ftnben fonne (113)*— night here shelter and attendance find could. f , 2®a$ (£uer $ferb fcetrtfft, Itei-er £err," entgegn-ete ber "What your horse concerns, fair sir/ 5 returned the Sifter, „fo feeifl ic$ i£«j fern-en freffer-n &tafl an-ju- fisherman, " so know I to it no better stable to metfen (53), aU bfef-e ftef$attet-e SBt'efe, unb fern fteffer-e3 assign, than this shady meadow, and no better gutter, aU bag ©ra$, tteW)-e$ barauf &&$$♦ Sudj fodder, than the grass, which thereon grows. You felbji (153) after ttn# t$ gerne in mem-em flem-en £>auf-e yourself however will I gladly in my little house mit 2t6enbfcrob unb D^ae^tlager fcttnrtij-en, fo gut (137) with supper and night's-lodging accommodate, so good e3 unf-er Sin-er (137) tjat/'— £>er fitter mar bamtt ganj it of us one has." — The knight was therewith quite toofyt jufrteben, er jfteg $on (d.) fein-em 9foff-e, &etdJ£-3 well content, he dismounted from his horse, which bie 23eiben gememf$aftfic& toS-gurt-eten (54) unb fr^ugel- ten, the two in common ungirded and unbridled, unb Kefi e£ attbcam auf (a.) ben Mumtg-en Singer and let it then on the flowery feeding-ground $m-laufen, ju (d.) fein-em SBtrt^e fprec^enb- : „$att' itf) £u$ along-run, to his host speaking : " had I you audfj mmber gaftlid^ unb tootjtmemenb gefunben (14), mem even less hospitable and well-disposed found, my Iteb-er alt-er Stftyer, $$t maret (112) mtdj bemtodj> good old fisherman, you were me nevertheless toofyt fiir Ijeute ntyt n>teber IcS-getoorben, benn, toitity feije, probably for to-day not again got-rid-of, for, as I see, Iteg-t sor (d.) un$ em fcrett-er See, unb mit (d.) ftnfen-b-em lies before us a broad lake, and with sinking Slbenb in (a.) ben ttmnberttdj-en SSalb juritcf gu retten, evening into the wondrous forest back to ride, baser fcetoatjre mtd) ber Ite6-e @ott! /y „2Str rotten from that may preserve me the good God !" " We will 10 me$t aflju (100) ml ba^on reb-en/' fag-te ber gtfdjer, unb not too much thereof speak," said the fisherman, and fii^r-te fein-en ©aft in (a.) bte Qixtte. conducted his guest into the cottage. 2)arinnen faf? fcet (d.) bent £eerb-e, son (d.) tt>eWj-em Therein sat by the hearth, from which auS (169) em fparK(#-e$ fetter bte bammew-b-e, rewiidj-e State out a frugal fire the dusky cleanly room erfjeftte, auf (d.) ein-em grof -en ©taftf-e, be$ gif$er-$ (94) lighted-up, on a large chair, the fisherman's kiagt-e ^rau; fcemt (d.) (165) @mtritt-e be$ sowe^m-ett aged wife ; on the entrance of the noble Oaft-eS fianb fte (77) freunblidj gritfen-b auf (55), fefc-te guest stood she courteously saluting up, seated ft$ after an(a.)$r-en ©prenplafc nmeber^m (192), herself however in her place of honour again down, o$ne(79) btef-en bem grembling an-ju-fteien (52), twfcet ber without this to the stranger to offer, at which the gtfdjer IdcJjeln-b fa g-te : „ 3#r m&$t e3 tyv m'e^t *>eritf>eln, fisherman smiling said : " You must it to her not take amiss, jung-er £err, baf fte &ufy ben frequem-jl-en ©tul;I young gentleman, that she to you the most comfortable chair tm (d.) £aufe m$t abtxxtt; ba^S tft fo te (138) fiSnnte e$ a^bcmn people belong, and how could it then bent liefc-en t'ung-en 33tut emfaflen, att-e to the dear young blood come into the head, old $mtz sett tyx-m @i£-en ju t>er-jag-en? /y (49) — „ ©e^-t people from their seats to turn out?" — "Seat (iufyf ntetn jung-er ipert," fuljr (55) (te, gegen (a.) ben yourself, my young master," went she, towards the 3tttter gewcmbt, fort (55); „e$ (173) fie^t borten no§ em knight turned, on ; " there stands yonder yet a re$t artig-es ©effelem, nur ntuft 3#r mctjt aKju ungefHhn right snug little seat, only must you not too roughly bavxit fyn unb $er (190) rutfdj-en, benn ba$ etn-e fBtixt ift therewith to and fro shove, for the one leg is m'$t aU%u fefte me$r/' — 2)er fitter Ijol-te ben ©eflel ac^tfam not too firm more/' — The knight fetched the seat carefully $eriet (191), Ke# ftdj (146) freunbttdj barauf m'eber, forward, Jet himself friendly thereupon down, unb e3 toax tyvx ju 9ttu% (177), aU fet (202) er mit (d.) and it was to him at mind as be he with bief-em Hem-en #re$en-b-en 9?a$i; after son (d.) ttjr-er 2Birif)f$afi: breaking in night ; but of their household-affairs unb fonfh'g-em ZxtiUn erjdfjl-ten We fcetben S^eleute (75) and other doings related the two married people bejb metjr, unb tw-ten* cmdj gerne $u* (55), al$ so much the more, and listened also willingly when ttjnen ber 9?iiter$mann wn (d.) fern-en 3teif-en sorfyrad;, to them the knight of his travels spoke, unb ba§ er erne 33urg an (d.) ben Guette-n ber and that he a castle close to the sources of the ©onau tjafce, unb §err ipulbfoanb son 3?mgftetten ge^eipen Danube have, and Sir Huldbrand of Ringstetten called fei (115), aWttten burdj (a.) ba$ @ej>rd$ £atte ber 5e. Amidst through the conversation had the gremb-e (75) fc$on {nSwetten em ^Idtfdjew (93) am (d.) stranger already at times a splashing at the mebrtg-en ^enftertem fcewommen, aU (71) fprt^-e (113) low little window heard, as spatter 3emanb SBaffer bagegen* ©er 2Wt-e runjel-te fcei (d.) someone water against it. The old man wrinkled at btef-em ©erdufc^-e jebe$ 2Jtot unjufneben bte ©tirn (56); this noise each time discontentedly the brow ; 13 aU abtx mblvfy em gcmj-er @uf gegcn (a.) bte when however at length a whole gush against the ©djetk-n flog (64), unb bur$ (a.) ben f$tea)t x>ertt>af?r-t-en panes flew, and through the badly guarded dlctymm in (a.) bte ^tubt herein (168) fprubel-ie, fianb frame into the room into bubbled, stood er (64) mmnfltg auf, unb rief bro^en-b na$ (d.) bem he indignantly up, and cried threateningly to the genfter $nt (188): ,,ttabfoei SBtrft £)u enblt$ window vjards : "Undine! Wilt thou at length emmal (164) bte ^inberet-en taffen. Unb tft no^ofcenem once the childish tricks leave off. And is moreover ijeute em frentb-er iperr fcet (d.) un$ tn(d.) ber £»tte/' to-day a strange gentleman with us in the cottage." S3 (174) ttarb ami) (183) braufjen fttfle, nur em Ietf-e$ It became also out of doors still, only a low ©eftdEjer Kef ftqj (152) nod) $ernef?men, unb ber Sifter tittering let itself still hear, and the fisherman fag-te, juriicf fommen-b; „ba£ (60) nuift 3$t nun fajon (207) said, back coming : that must you {now already) ju Qovitt flatten (56), ntern e^rentterttj-e* ©aft, unb KkMfyt for good hold, my honour-worthy guest, and perhaps noo) manoj-e Ungejogen^ett-en ntefjr, aber fte mem-t e$ m'dfjt still many freaks more, but she means it not fcofe* S3 iji nchnltcf? (207) unfer-e ^3flegeto^ter Unbt'ne, badly. It is namely our foster- daughter Undine, bte fttf) *(147) baf fmbtf($e 23efen gar m'e^t (185) who the childish manner not at ail afrge&oJmen* (147) fcnft, ofc* fte gtetdj* (74) fcerettS in (a) leave off will, although she already into 14 tyx adjtje^tt-teS $af)t getjen mag, 2l6er ttue ge-fag-t (207), her eighteenth year go may. But as said im (d.) @runb-e tfl fte bod? son (d.) ganj-em £er$-en at bottom is she for all that of whole heart gut" „2)tt fannft tt>o$t fpredjen!" entgegnete fopf* good." " Thou canst well speak !" rejoined head- fd)iiitetn-b We Sttt-e' (86). „2Benn £u . Dont (d.) shakingly the old woman. "When thou from the ^tfdjfang ^etmfontntft ober »oti ber 9?etfe, ba (133) fishing home-comest or from the journey, then mag e£ nut t£r-en ©cijdferet-en ganj xoai (117) may it with her frolics quite something 2fritg-es fern. Slfcer fte ben gonj-en £ag lang (98) auf (d.) pleasing be. But her the whole day long on bent $atf-e fyabtn, unb fern flug-es SBort J$r-en, unb the neck (to) have, and no sensible word hear, and ftott M (d.) ttacf)fen-b=em Sitter £fitfe im (165) (d.) instead of in increasing age help in the Sau^alt-e ju ftnben<79), tntmer nur bafitr forg-en household to find, always only for this to take care muffen, baf un$ t^r-e ££or$e?t-en nidjt soKenW ju to be obliged, that us her follies not completely to @runb-e ru$t-en (56),— ba tji es gar em SInbereS (88 & 133),. ground direct, — then is it quite an other thing, unb bte (124) Jjetltg-e ©ebalb fel&ften (153) toixxV es ant and the holy patience herself would it in the Snbe (165) fait" „%lun, nun" (135), la^el-tc (205) end have enough of." "Well, well,' ' smiled ber £au«$err, „T)U fjaft e$ mit Unbtne-n, unb ify the master of the house, " thou hast it with Undine, and I 15 mit (d.) bent (See* SWetf t (75) mix ber (60) bodj audj (75) with the lake. Tears forme that surely even oftmale metn-e £)amm-e unb 9?e^-e burdj, after tdjj fjab 1 oftentimes my dams and nets through, but I have tfm (130) bennodj gent, unb ©a mtt (d.) aK-ent Am nevertheless gladly, and thou with all the treuj unb (glenb bag $terlt$-e Emblem aufy (183). tribulation and misery the graceful little child also. 5Ru$t rcatjr?" „@an$ Wfe fann man t'Jjr efcen (Is it) not true?" "Quite angry can one to her exactly nify (121) toerben," fag-te bte Sirt-e, unb Iacf>el-ie not become," said the old woman and smiled betfatttg. approvingly. 2)a (133) flog bte £fjur auf, unb em tmmberfd&on-eS Then flew the door open, and a wonderfully beautiful Slonbd^en fdjlupf-te Ia$en-b herein (53), unb fagte: "3#r fair maiden slid laughing in, and said : " You §aU mify nur ge-fopp-t, 25ater; too tft benn nun (£ucr have me only mocked, father ; where is then now your ©aft? ©eft-en 2tugenWtcf-3 (187) after »arb fte guest? O/thesame moment however became she urtglutg-e fte^en> £ulbftranb before the handsome young man stand. Huldbrand ergo|-te jttf) (145) an (d.) ber ijolb-en ©eftalt, unb looked with delight on the graceful figure, and ttolWe ftdj (143) bte ItcWt^-en 3%-e rec^t afytfam would to himself the lovely features right carefully 16 ein-prag-en, mil er mein-te, nur i^r-e ttefcerrafcjjmtg imprint, because he imagined, only her surprise Iaffe(115) tym 3ett baju, unb fie tterbe (115) ftdj (147) allowed to him time for it, and she wowZe? herself fcalb nacf$er (195) m (d.) jtoeifadj-er 33Icbtgfeit i>or (d.) fein-en soon after in twofold bashfulness before his 33Itcf-en afc-toenben* (£3 tarn after ganj embers 2)emt looks turn away. It came however quite otherwise. For aU fte tlw mm rea)t Icmge an-gefe^en (53) $atte, txat when she him now right long looked on had, stepped fie (65) jutraultdj na^er, fme-ie t>or (d.) tym m'eber, she with confidence nearer, knelt before him down, unb fag-te, mtt (d.) ein-ent golben-en ©(^aupfenmg-e^enClSl) and said, with a golden show-penny, wAotw er an (d.) ein-er tette auf (d.) ber (102) 33ruft irug, he attached to a chain on the breast wore, fpielen-b ; (49) ei, 2)u fc^im-er, £>u freunbli$-er ®a% nne playing : ay thou beautiful, thou friendly guest, how hift ©u benn . enblidj in (a.) unfer-e arm-e |>iitte art thou then at last into our poor hut gefommen? $fln$ttft £)u benn 3^^-e lang (98) in (d.) ber come? Must thou then years long in the SBelt fjerum firetf-en, fcesw 2)u £)t$ au$ eirnnal gu (d.) world about rove, before thou thyself also once to m\§ fembefi? ^otnntft £)u au# (d.) bem ttiift-en 2Batb-e, us foundest ? Comest thou out of the desert forest, £)u f$#n-er greunb ? /y — ^)te f^elten-b-e SWt-e lief tym thou beautiful friend ? — The scolding old dame left to him jur (d.) %nttcoxt fein-e 3&& @ie erma^n-te bag 3#ab$en for an answer no time. She admonished the maiden, 17 fern fitttg auf-ju-fte^en (53), unb ftdj (147) an (a.) good-manneredly to get up, and herself to ifjre StrBett ju fcegefcn* Uttbme ater jog, o^ne jtf her work to betake. Undine however moved, without to anttoorten (79), erne Heme guf$anf tte&ett (a.) Jputbfoanb^ answer, a little foot- stool beside Huldbrand's @tu^I, fe$-te ft$ (145") tttit (d.) ifjr-em ©eftefe barauf chair, seated herself with her netting thereupon meber, unb fag-te freunbttc$: „$ter ttnfl \§ (76) down, and said in a gentle tone : "here will I arfcett-en/' ©er alt-e Sftann t^at, ttue Sleltern mtt (d.) work." The old man did, as parents with serjogen-en $mber-n $u tyun pjieg-en (140). Sr fteflte ft<$, spoiled children to do are accustomed. He affected, aK C71 ) nterf-te er son (d.) Unbme'S Unart m'($t$, unb as noticed he of Undine's bad behaviour nothing, and tooU-te son (d.) tttca$ 2M>erem anfangen* was going of some other subject to begin (to speak.) 2l6er ba^ 9)?db$en Kefi $n m$t baju (105). @te fag-te: But the maiden let him not to that. She said : „ footer (195) unfer Jjolb-er ©aft tommt, $abt ify ityx "whence our amiable guest comes, have I him ge-frag>t, unb er ^at mix no^ m'$t (185) ge-antttort-et/' asked, and he has tome yet not answered." /; 3to«(d.) bzm SBatbe fontme tc^ (75), ©u f<$on-e« "Out of the forest come I, thou beautiful 23ttb$en," entgegnete £utb&ranb, unb fie fpra$ setter: little vision, replied Huldbrand, and she spoke on : „fo muft £>k(75) mix erjd^Ien, toil ©u ba fnnem "then must thou tome relate, how thou there into 18 Jamft (138), benn bie 3ttenfcf>en (126) fcfjeuen i$tt (130) earnest, for the human beings shun him fottft unb ttxtS, fur (128) fcmnberltdj-e 2lf>enteuer £)u generally, and what sort of marvellous adventures thou baritmen ttUU $a% tx>eit e3 bo$ ot^ne bergleic^en therein encountered hast, because it surely without such like borten m$i a£-ge$en foG /; (158) + — ipulbfcranb pnpftng there not go-off shall." — Huldbrand received (: felt :) em-en thin-zn ©cfjauer Ui (d.) bief-er Srinnerung, unb fcttcf-te a slight shudder at this recollection, and looked ttttttnltttt^rKdj na$ (d.) bent Sender, mil e$ fyvx ju involuntarily towards the window, because it to him at Wlviifo toax (177), aU mxiffe (202) ein-e son (d.) ben mind was, as must one of the feftf amlify-m ©eftelt-ett, bie $m im (165) (d.) gorft-e strange shapes, which to him in the forest begegnet ftaren, son bort herein grinjen; er fa£ ni$te, ate bie met were, from there in grin ; he saw nothing but the iief-e, fd^arj-e 9?ac$t, bie nun fcereiiS braufjen t>or (d.) ben deep, black night, which now already without before the @cf)eik-n tag (57). £)a (133) nafmt er ftd) (146) jufammen, panes lay. Then took he himself together, unb ioott-te et>en (120) fein-e @ef$i$ie anfangen, ate $n and would just his story commence, when him set Sllt-e ntit (d.) ben 2Bort-en untertra^: ^nidji the old man with these words interrupted: "not alfo, £err Slitter; ju bergfeidjen iji je^unb lein-e gut-e so, sir knight, for such things is at present no good 3ett/' — Unbine aUx [prang jornntiit^tg time. "— -Undine however sprang in a state of high excitement 19 *>ig-en 2(nftanb-e, all with such a drolly graceful deportment, ba$ (61) Sulbftranb jegt in (d) i^r-em 3<>w fafi that Huldbrand now in her excitement almost tteniger m>$ bie Siugen (102) son (d.) ty* ttegftringen (51) less still the eyes from her away bring fonnte (613, <*!$ sorter (194) in (d.) i^r-er greunblicpeit could, than before in her gentleness Set (d.) bem Slit-en inngegen ftradj ber gururf With the old man (198) on the contrary burst the back ge§atten-e ttmmfle in (a.) soft-e glamnte-n au$ (53). Sr kept indignation into full flames forth. He fdjaft tjefttg auf (a.) Unbine'3 Uttge^orfam unb unftttig-e3 scolded violently on Undine's disobedience and improper 23etragen gegen (a,) ben gremb-en (85), unb bte gut-e behaviour towards the stranger, and the good alt-e grew ffimm-te mit (106) em* 25a (133) fag-te Unbine: old woman chimed also in. Then said Undine : 20 „mnn 3$ r $anf-en tt>ofl- 1, unb nityt fyun, toa$ id) fyabm "if you quarrel will, and not do, what I have tvitt, fo (65) fdjtaf-t aflew in (d.) Suer-er alt-en, will (: w&A :), then sleep alone in your old, rauc^ngen ^>iitte ! /y — Unb ttne (139) em ^fet't mar fte smoky hut!" — And like an arrow was she an$ (d.) ber Xfyixx unb p$ttg-en 2auf-e& (187) in (a.) out of the door and of a nimble course into bte ftnper-e yiafyt fynau$. the dark night out 21 3 u> e i t e $ SiapittL ^econn Chapter. Jiuf tueldje HD*tf< (81) Un&ine 311 (d.) fcem /tfd)tc gckommm wax. On what wise Undine to the fisherman come was. g^utbfoanb mtb ber 3*fc$er fprangert &on(d.) t£ren @t£en, Huldbrand and the fisherman sprang from their seats, unb mitten bem jurnettben 9ttab$en nafy (104). gf)e fte and would to the angry girl after. Ere they ater in (a.) We £iittent!wr gelcmgten, n>ar (65) Unbme however into the cottage-door came, was Undine fcfjon tcmge in (d.) bem ttolftgen Suttfel brauftett already long in the cloudy darkness without serfdjttmnbett, mtb auc| fern (186) @erauf$ ifjrer let^ten disappeared, and even not a noise of her light gftfje &erriet£, &o$m (195) fte t'^rett Sctuf it>o^t geridjiet feet betrayed, whither she her course probably directed fyabtn ftmtte* ipulbfcrcmb fa$ fragenb na$ (d.) have could. Huldbrand looked inquiringly towards femem SStrt^e; faft tarn e3 tyvx ^or (54), at^ fei(202) his host ; almost came it to him before, as be bit ganje IteHtdje Srfc^euumg, We fo fcfmeft nt (a.) the whole lovely apparition, which so suddenly into fete dlatyt ttuebet urttergetcwc£)t mx f ni$t& anbres gemefen, the night again plunged was, nothing else been, 22 ate erne $orife£ung ber nmnberticijen ©efctfbe, bie than a continuation of the curious forms, which fritter tm (d.) ^orfte iljr fofeS ©ptel some time before in the forest their wanton game mit (d.) ifjm getrieben fatten (59), afar ber atte 9)?ann with him carried on had, but the old man nturmelte in (a.) feinen 33art: „eg ift nicft bag erfte 9D?at, muttered into his beard : "it is not the first time, baf fee eg ung alfo ntadjt (62). $lun fyat man bte that she it to us thus makes. Nov/ has one the Sfagji (124) auf (d.) bent (103) £er$en, unb ben ©pif anxiety on the heart, and the sleep aug (d.) ben Stugen fair (a.) bte ganje $lafyt; benn mx out of the eyes for the whole night ; for who roei'fi, oft fie mcf)t bennodj etnntal @$aben nimmt, knows, whether she not nevertheless once harm takes, wenn fte fo braufen int (d.) ©unlet aCein ift tig if she thus out of doors in the darkness alone is till an (a.) bag (101) 3»orgenrot§/' „ @o lafjt ung t> boc$ (208) to the morning red." " Then let us her, pray, na$ (104), aSater, utffltoft!" rief £utbfcanb after, father, for God's sake !" cried Huldbrand dngfitidj an$ (55). 2)er Sltte erttriefcerte: ,/tooju anxiously out. The old man replied: " what for bag (105) ? gg n>ar' (112) ein fimblicfj (97) Serf, Kef? ic$ that ? It were a sinful work, let I gu$ in 9te$i unb Sinfamfeit bent t^oridjten 2#dbdjen you in night and lonesomeness to the foolish girl fo ganj afleine folgen, unb nteine alien Seine tjolen* ben so quite alone follow, and my old legs overtake the 23 ©prutgutSfelb m$i tin* (55), tozm (74) man au§ tonfytt, spring-into-the-field not, if one even knew, roofyn (195) fte gerannt \% H ,/Jhm mfiffett ton: t$r whither she run is." "Now must we to her bocfj na^rufen mmbejlenS, unb fte fcttten, bafi fte surely call after at least, and her beg, that she nrieberfetjrt/*' fagie £utb£ranb, unb tegann auf bas returns," said Huldbrand, and began on the fcetoegltdjjle (82)$urufen; / ,ttnbme! 21$ Unbtne! fomm most moveably to call: "Undine! Ab Undine! Come boc& (208) juritcf!''— 2)er Sllte ttuegte fern Qavupt l)in pray back!" — The old man moved his head forward unb (jer (190), fpredpenb, afl 1 ba3 ©efdjret Jjelfe(114) am and backward, speaking, all the shouting help in the (Jnbe ju iu<$W; ber JKttter trnffe nod? m$t, tote iro^t'g end to nothing; the knight knew yet not, how obstinate bte Sletne fet (114), Qabti after fonnte er e$ the little one be. At the same time however could he it bod) (208) m'djt unterfaffen, ofterS mft (106) in (d.) bte yet not leave off, several times also into the ftnffcere 9cac§t JnnauS ju rufen: „Unbme! 2tdj Kefce Unbtne! dark night out to call : " Undine ! Ah dear Undine ! 3$ ittte t)i$, tomm fcoc^ nur bte$ Stne 9)M I beseech thee, come pray only this one time back." £$ gfng tnbeffen, tote e3 ber gtf$er gefagt ^otte (140). It went however, as it the fisherman said had. i?eme Unbtne Kefj ftcfj (152) Ijoren ober fefjen, unb No Undine let herself hear or see, and 24 mil ber %iu bureaus ni$t jugefcen ttoflte, baf because the old man by no means allow would, that •Sulbircmb ber gntflo^enen (86) nadjfpiirie, mufjten Huldbrand to the fugitive searched after, must fie (66) ettblt$ SBetbc nneber in (a.) bie iputte ge^en. ipier they at last both again into the hut go. Here fanben fie (75) bag getter be$ $eerbe$ ieinalje ertofc^en, found they the fire of the hearth almost gone out, unb We ipausfrou, bie ft$ (148) ttnbme's and the mistress of the house, who to herself Undine's ffiafyt unb ©efrifjr bet (d.) tteiient mc$t fo ju ^erjen flight and danger by far not so much to heart nafym, aH ifyc 3Ratm, tvax fcereiia$r?" after the sleep about-roll. (Is it) not true?" £mtbfcanb tt>ar gerne batm't jufrteben, ber ^tft^er Huldbraad was willingly therewith content, the fisherman notfngte tfm auf (a.) ben lebtgen 2f)renptai5 ber invited him to the vacant place of honour of the ftf)lafen gegangenen (109^ $ausfrau, unb fcetbe to sleep gone mistress of the house, and both iranfen unb fpradjen mit einanber, ttne e3 jtoet toacfern drank and spoke with one another, as it to two brave tmb gtttraultt^en SKamtern gejtemt (140)* 3w'K<$, fo and confiding men behoves It is true, so oft C 136) ftcf) sor (d.) ben genftern ba3 ©eringjie often itself before the windows the least thing regie, ober au$ fctSwetfen, toenn ft$ gar m$t$ moved, or even sometimes, when itself nothing at all regte, fafj Stner son (d.) ktben m (a.) bie #*tye(o6), moved, looked one of the two into the high, fpretfjenb; „fte fommt/' £)ann ttmrben fte (75) etn paar speaking: "she comes." Then became they a few StogenWtde fWfe, unb fu^ren nadjfjer (195), ba m'^tt moments quiet, and went afterwards, as nothing erfdjten, fopff^itttetnb unb feufjenb in (d.) t'^ren dtt^m appeared, headshakingly and sighingly in their talk fort (oo). on. 2Betl abzx nun 23etbe an faffc gar m'c$t$ anber3 Because however now both of almost nothing at all else ju benfen fcermocfjten, ate an Unbmen, fo tt>ufften fte C^6) aufy to think were able, but of Undine, so knew they also 26 ttu$t«a3effere* (90), al$,ber Slitter, ju^oren, ttelc^ergejlaft (187) nothing better, than, the knight, to hear, in what manner Unbme ju (d.) bent often Sifter gefontmen fet, ber alte Undine to the old fisherman come be, the old gtfd&er, efon (121) btefe ©ef^t^te ju erjatjten* 2)e«$attett fisherman, just this story to relate. Therefore l?u&* er folgenbermafen (187) an* : began he in the following manner : „&Kl73)ftnb nun xoxfyl ftinfjetm 3aijre sergangen, ba " There are now perhaps fifteen years gone, then jog {<$ etnmal (161) bur$ (a.) ben n>6ften 3Balb mtt (d.) passed I once through the desert forest with ntemer 28aare nadj (d.) ^er @tabt 2J?eine $rau war my merchandise to the city. My wife was baljetnt gefcftefon, ttue gett>o£nlu$; unb foftpeS ju (d.) ber at home remained, as usual; and such at that 3ett au$ m>dj urn (g.) einer gar pfcfdjen Urfadje ttuflen, time moreover for a very pretty reason's sake, benn ®ott fyatte - un$ in Cd.) unferm bantatS f$on for God had to us in our at that time already jtemft'cij Jjotjen (108) Sifter tin nmnberfcpneS tmbletn rather high age a wonderfully beautiful little child 6ef$eert (£$ toav tin StfagWem, unb We 9?ebe gtng fcerett* granted. It was a little girl, and the talk went already unter (d.) un$, o& (62) toix mc^t, bent neuen among us, whether we not, to the new 2lnlommKnge ju grontnten (166), unfere fd;one Sanbjunge comer for the benefit, our beautiful tongue of land joerlaffen ttwflten, urn (159) bte litbt £nmme%afce leave would, in order the dear heaven's gift 27 ftinfh'g an (d.) Betoofmfcaren Drtett fceffet aufju^iefjen, in future in inhabitable places better to bring up. 2$ ift fm'tirf) Bet (d.) armen Seutett nicfji fo bantit, ttue It is certainly with poor people not so therewith, as ^x e3 nteinen ntogi, iperr fitter; after Itefcer ®ott! S^etmann you it think may, sir knight ; but good God ! Every man ntu# bo$ einntat (164) $m, &&& er semtag* — Ttun (135) f must surely once do, what he is able. — Now, mix (181) ging untermeg£ bte ©efc^tc^te jientlidj int to me went on the way the affair rather much in the j?opfe ^erunt. Stefe ?anb$unge xcax mix (177) head about. This tongue of land was tome fo int (d.) iperjen lieft, unb ify futjr otbentlicJj so in the heart dear, and I went actually jufammen (129), toenn t'cjj unter (d.) bent Sarm unb ©ejanle together, when I amidst the bustle and quarrelling in (d.) ber @tcfoi bet (d.) mix feftjien (153) benfen ntufie: in in the city within myself think must : in folder 28trt£fc$aft mmmft auc^ bu (129) nun ntit nddjfietn such a confusion takest also thou now shortly beinen 23ot?nft§, ober bod) in (d.) einer nifyt *cid thy abode, or at least in one not much ftittern!— Qabti after f>aV idj (75) nityt more quiet! — At the same time however have I not gegen unfern tieften iperrgott genturrei (50), sielnteijr against our good Lord-God murmured, much rather ifjm int (d.) Stiffen fur (a.) ba$ 9ceugeftowe (91) gebanfi; to him in quiet for the new-born-one thanked ; id) mitfte and) liigen, toemt ity fagen mUte, mix toaxt auf (d.) I must also lie, if I say would, to me were on 28 bent $m-ober 9?utftt>ege (142) burdj (a.) ben SBalb trgenb eta>a$ the way-there-and-back through the forest anything Sebenfltc^ereS aufgejlofjen, al^ fonji, ttne (140) t^ more alarming befallen, than at other times, so as I bemt me etttaS Utt$eimtt$e3 (88) borten gefe|>en tjafce* in fact never any thing dismal there seen have. Ser $err war unmet mit (d.) mix in (d.) ben *>eramnberKa)en The Lord was always with me in the marvellous ©fatten*" shades." ©a (133) $og er fern Sttu^en son (d.) bent (103) Then moved he his little cap from the fallen @$abel, unb Wid> ewe 3«t ^ an S ( 98 ) * n ( d bald crown, and remained a time long in Seienben ©ebcmfen ffyetu ©cmn fcebecfte er (75) ftd) (145) praying thoughts sit. Then covered he himself ttueber, unb fpradj fort; again, and spoke on : „2Meffett$ (g.) ,be$ SSaVoti, afy bteffeitS, ba jog " On this side of the forest, ah on this side, there drew mix bag glenb entgegen (53). 9#etne $rau fam to me the misery towards. My wife came gegcutgen (81) mit (d.) jlromenben 2lugen ttne jtoet 23ctdje; fie gone with streaming eyes like two brooks; she £atte £rauerfletber angelegt" (53). „£) Itefcer @ott," ac^jte had mourning- cloths put on." "0 good God," groaned to) (205), „tt>o tffc unfer Keie* flfnb? ©ag' an/' „33et (d.) I, "where is our dear child? Say on." "With bent (60), ben SDa rufeft, liefcer Sttcmn/' entgegnete fie, him, whom thou callest, dear husband," returned she, 29 unb toix gittgen nun fit£toetnenb mt't emanbet in (a.) and we went now in silence weeping with one another into bte£utte* — -3$ fudjte nadfj (d.) ber ffemett Setdje; ba (133) the hut. — I sought after the little corpse; then etfuijr tcfj erff, tone (138) 2Me3 gefommen war* 2lm (d.) learnt I first, how all come was. On the See4tfer fyaitt nteme %xaa (77) mil (d.) bent ftmbe gefeffen, lake's-bank had my wife with the child sat, unb tone (142) fte fo re^t forgto^ unb fettg and while she so right free from fear and full of delight mti(d.)tfjm fpt'ett (111), M* ftdj (146) We flleute with it plays, bends herself the little one egung axt$ (d.) ben 2(rmen, to her through the quick motion out of the arms, imb in (a.) ben feudjten (Spiegel ^tnunter (191). 3$ (J<*te and into the watery mirror down* I have met gefttc^t na$ ber ffetnen Stobien; e$ to?ar ju much searched after the little dead-one; it was to mc$t$; audj feme (186) (Spur son (d.) ifyx tcax ju no purpose ; even not a trace of her was to ftnben/' (30.) find." 30 ,,9fom (135), toix aewaiftett Slettern fapen benn no$ "Now, we desolate parents sat then yet felfctgen Slfcenb^ (187) fttfl fcetfamnten in ( d. ) ber £utte ; of the same evening silently together in the hut ; jureben (76) Ijatte femer son (d.) un$ Suft, ttjenn (74) man to speak had neither of us desire, if one e£ au§ gefonni plte Joor (d.) S^ranen* 2Bir fa^ett fo at (a.) it even could had for tears. We looked so into ba$ $euer be$ £eerbe$ $min (168). £>a rafcfjett (111) the fire of the hearth into. Then rustles ?oa$ braufen an (d.) ber £{jitr; fie (130) ftmngt (111) something without at the door ; she springs auf (53) f unb em ttmnberfcf^neS Sttagblem son (d.) etoa open, and a wonderfully beautiful httle girl of about bra, *rier 3c$rett, jle£t retcfj gepu^t auf (d.) ber ©<$tt>efle, three, four years, stands richly dressed on the threshold, unb l&$ettttttS an* SBir Wtekn ganj ftumnt t>or Srftaunen, and smiles us on. We remained quite dumb with astonishment, imb tcfj tturpie erfl nidjt, ft>ar (70) e$ em orbentlidjer flemer and 1 knew first not, was it a real little 2Rettf$, toar e3 i>to$ em gaufelf>afte$ 25ttbmfL £>a fat> human being, was it merely a delusive vision. Then saw ify after ba3 SSaffer son (d.) ben golbnen £aaren unb ben I however the water from the golden hairs and the retdjen tletbern Ijeraft (191) tropfeln, unb nterfte nun xotffl, rich garments down drip, and perceived now well, ba$ fd^one Emblem $afce(H5) im (d.) SBaffer gelegen, the beautiful little child have in the water been lying, unb £itlfe tljue tym 9to$/' ^van," fagte ify, „un$ $at and help do to it need." "Wife," said I, "for us has 31 SWemcmb unfer IteBeS 5?mb erreiten fonnen; tx>ir rotten no one our dear child save been able to; we will bocij (208) &emgften3 an (d.) cmbern Seuten tfwn, tt>a$ unS surely at least to other people do, what us fettg auf Srben mac^en ftiirbe, Semite (68) ^emanb z$ blessed on earth make would, were able any one it aw (d.) wt$ ya ifmn/'— 2Btr gogen^ bte gleftte axt$* (54), to us to do." — We undressed the little one brarf?ten fte ju Sett, unb retc^tert t£r toatmenbe ©etrattfe, brought her to bed, and gave to her warming beverages, tvobti fte fern SBori fpradj, unb un$ 6Io^ au$ (d.) whereat she not a word spake, and us merely from hm fcetben feeMauen Stttgen^unmeln wtmerfort ladjetnb the two sea-blue eyes continually smiling attftarrte/' (55, 63.) gazed-on." „©e$ cmbern SD^orgett^ (187) Itefl ftdj mo$lafote$mett(1.52) / " Of the other morning let itself well perceive, bafj fte fetnen toettem @d;aben genommen fyattt, unb tcf) fragte that she no further harm taken had, and I asked nun nacfj (d.) tljren Steliern, unb nne fte $ier£er (196) now after her parents, and how she hither gefommen feu S)a3 (60) aUv gafc etne sertoorrene unb come be. That however gave a confused and n>unberfantlic|e @ef$t<$te* Son tpett $er (196) muf fte strange account. From far here must she toofy (113) geMrfr'g fern, benn m'c^t mc, baf id) btefe probably native be, for not only that I these fiinfjetw 34 re ¥ x ( 193 ) **$# *>w ( d ^ rer £o*tttft fifteen years nothing of her origin 32 erforfc^en fonnte, fo fpradj unb fprtdjt fte au$ Wg»etfett fo find out could, so spake and speaks she also sometimes such afcfonberttdje £>tnge, baff unfer @m3 (137) m'c$t n>et^ f tib singular things, that of us one not knows, whether fte am (£nbe (165) ntdjt gar sent (d.) Sttonbe fjerunter she after all not even from the moon down gefommen fern (50 & 51) ftinne (199). 25a (133) iffc bte 9Jebe come be may. There is the talk son (d.) gotbnen ©djloffem, oon fr^jMnen £)aa)ern, unb @ott of golden castles, of crystal roofs, and God toetf?, tt>o$on nodj meljr. 2Ba$ fte am beutttdjften (84) knows of what besides. What she most distinctly erja^tte, tt>ar, fte fet (115) mit (d.) t'fjrer gutter auf (d.) related, was, she be with her mother on bent grofen ©ee fpajteren gefatjren, au$ (d.) ber 33arfe the large lake been taking an airing, out of the boat tttS (a.) SBaffer gefaKen (50), unb $afce (115) tf)re ©tnne into the water fallen, and have her senses erft Ijter unter (d.) ben SSaunten aneber gefunben, mo tfjr first here under the trees again found, where to her an (d.) bent tufitgen Ufer re$t fcel?agttdj ju 9ttattje gemorben on the gay shore right comfortable at mind become fet/' (177) be. 5 ' „9htn (134) fatten ftur nodj etne grofe SBebenfttdjfett unb " Now had we still a great cause of concern and ©orgeauf (d.) bent (103) £erjen+ £)a£ toix an ber Itefcen care on the heart. That we in the dear ©rtrunfenen (91) ©tefle bte ©efunbene fcetjaften unb aufer- drowned one's stead the found one keep and bring- 33 }te$ett ttoflten, mx fmltdj fef^r falb au3gemac§t (53); ater ap would, was certainly very soon settled ; but mer fonnte nun miff en, pi bag fttttb getauft fet (116), who could now know, whether the child baptised be, obermcftt? ©te fef&er (153) tou^tt iaxvAtx feme Siuofunft or not ? She herself knew thereabout no information ju gefcefc 2>a£ fte erne Sreatur fei (114), ju ©otte^ prete to give. That she a creature be, for God's praise mtb Jreube gefc^affen, rotffe fee *w$I, antwortete fte un3 and joy created, know she well, answered she to us mtfxmtfeiH, unb toa$ ju (Dotted §Jro$ unb Jteube for the most part, and what to God's praise and joy geretdje, fet fte aufy fcerett, mit (d.) flc£j (150) sorne^men tend, he she also ready, with herself undertake ^u laffetu let. 3Reme gratt unb trfj batten fo; ift (68) fte mcfjt getaufi, fo My wife and I thought so : is she not baptised, so gieW*$ (171) ba mc$t$ $u $ogern; \\x fte es afor bod?, gives it there nothing to tarry ; is she it however, fo (65) hnnWi (d.)guten 2>mgen $u tt>emg e^er fd^aten, so can in good things too little sooner be of harm, aU ju vitt QGS'). Unb bem $u gfalge fannen voir auf (aO than too much. And consequently thought we on etnen guten 9camen fur (a.) baz> fihfo, za$ mt vfymfym a good name for the child, which we without that nodj mdji (1S5) otbentltd) ju rufen amfteiu 23tr meotten yet not properly to call knew. We were of opinion enb% Qoxotyta foerbe(ll6) ftdj am kften (?4) fur (a.) at last, Dorothea would (itself) best for 3 34 fie fcfjidert, mil ify ewmal (161) gefjort tjatte, bag $eif*e her suit, because I once heard had, that signify ©otteSgafce, unb fte utt^ bo$ x*on ®ott ate etne ©ate Gift- of- God, and she to us surely by God as a gift jugefanbt ft>ar, aU tin Zxoft in (d.) unferm (Sfenb* @ie sent was, as a consolation in our misery. She tnngegen mUte nitf)t$ bason Ijoren, unb meinte, on the contrary would nothing thereof hear, and was of opinion, Uttbine fet (114) fie son (d.) ttjren Sleltertt genamti *oorben f Undine be she by her parents called been, ttttbme &oQe (114) f*£ a**$ frnier $etfletu 9?un Undine would she also henceforth be called. Now tarn mix bag tok tin t?etbmf$er yiaxrn sor (54), ber (130) came to me that as a heathenish name before, who in (d.) fetnem Kalenber ffceJje (113), mtb t$ Ijolte mtr in no calendar stood, and I fetched for me be^alten 3?atf> Ui (d.) etnem ^rtejter in (d.) ber ©tabt therefore advice at a priest's in the city. 2)er (60) tooUte aufy nifyt$ son (d.) bem ttnbmen^amen He would also nothing of the Undine-name $oren, unb tarn auf (a.) mem fctele^ Stiten mtt (d.) mtr hear, and came upon my much requesting with me burdj (a.) ben sernmnberltcijen 2Satb, gu *8o%'etmng through the strange forest, for the performance ber £au$anblang, In'er herein (168) in (a.) metne |mtie- of the act-of-baptism, here in into my hut. Ste tletne (87) ftanb Jo pfcf$ gefdjmucft unb Ijolbfeltg The little girl stood so prettily dressed and graceful sor (d.) »»*/ *# ^m ^rtefier ateMb fern ganjes before us, that to the priest at once his whole 35 £erj wr (d.) tyx aufgmg, tttti) fie amfte t£>m fo heart before her open-went, and she knew to him so artig ju f($met<$eln, uttb mmmter fo brofltg ju tro$en, baff er adroitly to flatter, and at times so drolly to brave, that he jtdj enbttdE) auf (a.)femen ber ©tiinbe, bte ergegen(a-) himself at last on none of the reasons which he against bat yiamm llrtbme sorrit^tg gefiaW £>atie, nte^r teftrotett GW7) the name Undine in stock had had, more recollect founts Sk toaxi bemt affo Unbtne geiauft, uttb fcetatg could. She was then thus Undine baptised, and behaved ftdj (145) tt>ajjrenb(g.)bet $etttgeti Scmfclwtg au^er orb entity herself during the holy act extraordinarily jttttg uttb anmutfjtg, fo ftnft unb mtftdt (184) fte cmdj well-mannered and graceful, so wild and restless she ufcngens tmmer toax. Settn barm i^at (1 18) meine 5 rau generally always was. For therein has my wife ganj redji: tt>a3 Siicfjttges (117) Baku ttnr mtt (d) ■ quite right : something solid have we with tfir ax&iufyfyen (52) ge&abt SScnn to) Sucfj erjafcten her to endure had. If I to you relate fottte— " were to — " 2)er SRttter mtterfaadj ten gtfd)er, urn (159) ^ The knight interrupted the fisherman, in order him auf (a.) em ©erdufcf), true t»ott geftatitg (92) raufcpenben SBaffer* to a noise, as of mightily rushing water- ftutfjeti; cmfmerffam ju nta<$en, ba$ er fdjon fritter floods, attentive to make, which he already before $rotf<$en(d.)bett 9?ebett bes Sllten sermmtmett Ijatte (57), between the discourses of the old man heard had. 36 unb bad nun mit (d.)jr>acf)fenbem ttngeftum ^or (d.) and which now with increasing impetuosity before ben £itttenfenftem baljin ftromte(57). 33eibe fprangen the windows of the cottage along streamed. Both sprang nadj (d.) ber £fjiir* ©a fatten fte braufen tm (d.) towards the door. There saw they without in the jc§t aufgegcmgenen (109) 2)?onbenti$t ben 33a$, ber au$ (d.) now risen moon-light the brook, which out of bent SBalbe £emr rami, nnib fl&er (a.) feme (131)Ufer fnncme the forest forth ran, wildly over his banks out geriffen, unb (Skint unb ipoljftdrnme in (d.) reifi enben SBirMn torn, and stones and stems of wood in rapid whirls mit (d.) ft$ (150) fort fdjleubem- 2)er Sturm fcra<$, with himself along hurl. The storm broke, tote (139) *>on (d.) bem ©etofe ermedt, ori tarn ifyxvm jurticl, unb anguished men. No answer came to them back, and 37 actios nun jegltc^er anbern Srtoagung, rannten fte, regardless now of every other consideration, ran they, fudjenb unb rufenb, Sitter Jn'er, ber 2(nbere bort fmt(l96), seeking and calling, the one here, the other there along, au$ (d.) ber Qiittt fort. out of the hut forth. 38 £rttte$ Stapittl. t&Jfcn Chapter* Wxt fte lln&tnen to teber fan & en. How they Undine again found. Pent #ulbtrcmb (127) rcarb e$ trnrner (116) angp^er nnb To Huldbrand became it ever more anxious and $ertoorrener ju ©inn, je Icmger er unier (d.) ben na^itidjen more confused to mind, the longer he beneath the nightly <&tf)cij (186) fo ftiU anntatijtgen ©egenb, bte ganje Sanbjunge yet so still graceful scene, the whole tongue of land fantmt (d.) ber ipiitle unb tfjren (130) aSefoofjnetn faft together with the hut and her inhabitants almost fiir (a.) erne triigertfc^ necfenbe SStlbung getjalten (49) ; after for an illusively mocking vision held, but son fern $orie er bo$ tntnter no$ be$ $tfd)&$ (95) from afar heard he surely always still the fisherman's 39 angfili$ea 9?ufen nad? (d.) ttnbmen, ber alien £au$frau anxious shouting after Undine, the old housewife's lauteS Bttzn unb (Singen (92) burd? (a.) ba$ ©eBrau^ loud praying and chanting through the commotion, J)a lam er enblidjj bi$i an (a.) be3 uiergetretnen Then came he at length close to the overflown 33a*e3 (96) 3?anb ; mtb fc$ tnt (d.) SKonbetiK($t f »ie brook's bank, and saw in the moon-light, how biefer (131) femen mtge$d£mten Sauf gerabe »or (a.) ben this one Aw untamed course straight before the mrijemtlu^en SSctlb t?tn (189) genommen fjatle, fo ba$ er nun haunted forest along taken had, so that he now bie <£rbfpt$e gur (d.) Snfel (99) macfjie — O tiefcr the promontory into an island made.— good ®ott, ba$ie er fcet (d.) ftdj felSffc, menu e3 Unbme getoagt God 5 thought he by himself, if it Undine ventured fyatk, em paax r fym, unb er flomm cry of horror escaped from him and he clambered einige ®kiu 'unb umgeftiirjte gicfjienftdmme fynab (192), some stones and overthrown pine-trunks down, 40 urn (159) in (a.) ben retfienben ©trom ju treten, unb, in order into the rapid stream to step, and, toatenb ober fdjttummenb, bte SSerirrte (91) brtiften ju wading or swimming, the lost one on the other side to fuc^en* 2$ (173) ftel tfjm jtoar aCe$ ©raufenwKe uni> seek. It fell to him, it is true, all the dreadful and 28unberlt$e (88) em (55), »a* (119) tyvx f^on ftei(d.) strange things into, which to him already by £age unter (d.) ben je$t rauf Reuben unb Ijeutenben 3fc>etgen day among the now tossing and roaring branches ftegegnet tt>ar* SBorjitgltd) f am e$ tfjm *>or (54),alS(7l) met was. Especially came it to him before, as ftelje (202) em Tanger n>et£ er 9ftcmn, ben er nur atfjit gut (91) stood a tall white man, whom he only too well fannte, grmfenb unb m'cfenb am (d.) jfenfetttgen Ufer; after knew, grinning and nodding on the opposite bank ; but eften (121) btefe ungetjeuern SStTber rtffen i$n gett>atttg just these monstrous forms impelled him powerfully nacfj (d.)ftcfj(l50) ^'n (189), xovX er fteba^ie, baf towards themselves onward, because he considered, that Unbtne in (d.) £obe$angjlen unter (d.) tiwen fet (113), unb Undine in agony of death among them be, and attetn. alone. @$on $otte er etnen ftarfen ^tcfjtenafl ergrtffen, unb ftanb, Already had he a strong pine-branch seized, and stood, oaf btefen (131) geftu^i, m (d.) ben iturftelnben gTutijen, gegen upon this leaned, in the whirling floods, against bte er ft$ faum aufredjt ju eriwften sermocijte; after which he himself scarcely erect to keep was able ; but 41 er f<$rttt getroften 3Wirt$e« (187) tiefer §inein (168). he stepped of a courageous spirit deeper in. ©a rief e$ (174) nefcen (d.) itjnt mii (d.) Then cried something by the side of him with anmutfjiger ©ttemte: .„ trait' ni$t! trau 1 ni$t! Sr tft titdKf^, a graceful voice : " trust not ! trust not ! He is trickish, ber %ltt, ber ©trom!"— Sr fannie biefe KefcK^en Saute, er the old man, the stream ! — He knew these lovely sounds, he ftanb tok (140) fcettjort unter (d.) ben ©fatten, bte stood as if entranced beneath the shadows, which ftd) (148) efcen bunfel liter (a.) ben Sftonb getegt themselves just then duskily over the moon laid fatten, unb tJjn fdjttunbelte sor (d.) bem @en>Ke ber had, and his head swam before the rolling of the 2Bogen, bte er pfetff^nefl an (d.) feinen ©c^enleln waves, which he swift as an arrow by his legs tnnf $ie£en f<$ (59% ©ennodj moftte er nitfjt aWaffen. dart along saw. Nevertheless would he not leave off. „33ift (68) bu nidjt ttnrflicfj ba, gaitfetfi 2)u nur " Art thou not really there, gambolest thou only mltityt um midfj Ijer (198), fo mac$ aufy tdj ni$t lefcen, unb like a mist around me, then may also I not live, and mU em ©fatten toerben, ttue 2)u, £)u liefce, liefce Unbine!" will a shadow become, like thou, thou dear, dear Undine !" 2)ie$ rief er laut, unb ftfjritt ttn'eber tiefer tn (a.) ben This cried he aloud, and stepped again deeper into the ©tronu— „©{$> £)i$ bod) urn (56,) ei fte^ 2>idj bodj stream.— "Pray look round thee (208), ay pray look round urn, ®u fdjoner, fcettjorter Sungting!" fo rief thee, thou beautiful, infatuated young man !" so cried 42 e$ (174) abtxmal bt$t Ux (d.) ttjnt, unb fettfoart* Wttfenb something again close by him, and sideways looking fa$ er tnt(d.) eften (120) ftdj ttueber entijut[enben(110) 9ttonb* saw he in the just then itself again unveiling moon- (tdjt, tttiter (d.) ben 3^^'gen ijo$£erf(I)tungener 33aume, light, beneath the branches of high- tufted trees, cmf (d.) enter burdj (a.) bte Uefcerfc^ttentmung geWlbeten (109) on a through the overflowing formed fletnen 3nfet, Unbtnen tacijetnb unb ttefcttcfj tn (a.) bte little island, Undine smiling and lovely into the Hitpenben ©rafer Jjmgefd)nuegt (192). blooming grasses reclined. O ttue (138) bid freubtger fcraudjte nun ber junge 9)?ann how much more joyfully used now the young man fetnen gtdjienafi jum ©tate, att wiffinl (195) 2tttt ( d his pine-branch as a staff, than before ! With roentgen ©Written toax er (11) bur$ (a.) bte $tutfj, bte a few steps was he through the flood, which $ttnf<#ett C d t$m unb bent 9ftagbletn tnnfttirmte, unb between him and the maiden along stormed, and nefcen (d.) t^r #anb er (77) auf (d.) ber Hetnen by the side of her stood he on the little 9?afen$efte, $emtlt$ unb ftcijer son (d.) &«* spot of green sward, comfortably and securely by the uralten SMunten ufcerraufdjt unb fcefcfjtrmi Unbtne Ijatte primeval trees over-rustled and protected. Undine had jt$ (146) tttoa$ empor gertc^tei unb fdjtang nun tn (d.) herself a little up raised, and wound now in bent griinen Saufcgejefte ttjre Stmte um (a.) fcvxttt 9?au£f$er gxewtb," fagte fte letfe pfterob; „$ter Ijoten handsome friend/' said she gently whispering ; " here hear ung b*e gramli^en Sttien (87) m'^i* Unb fo stel atg ifyxt us the cross old people not. And so much as their armftdje $ixtte, ift bo$ Ijt'er unfer 23Iatterb§dj »o$I poor hut, is surely here our roof of leaves, I dare say, m>ci? tutmer xozxfyj 1 (124) — „(£« tfl ber ^ttmnet!" fagte at any time worth.'" — "It is *Ae heaven!" said SulbBranb, unb umfc^Iang, mMnfttg ftijfenb, bte Huldbrand, and embraced, with fervour kissing, the f$met$elnbe ©djone (86). caressing fair one. 2>a mar unterbeffen ber alte §tf($er ^ ( a bag Then was in the mean time the old fisherman to the Ufer be^ ©tromeg gefomnten, unb rtef ju ben fcetben jungen bank of the stream come, and called to the two young Seuten $erft6er : „ et, £err SKtter, tc§ IjaBe Sutfj aufgenontmen, people over : " ah, Sir knight, I have you received, tote (140) eg em fcteberfjerjtger 9#ann bent anbern ju ifjun as it one true-hearted man to the other to do pfTegf, unb nun loft 3$r mtt (d.) metnem ^fTegefmbe fo uses, and now fondle you with my foster-child so $etm!u$, unb lafjt mtdj nocfj ofcenbretn tn (d.) ber Stngft secretly, and let me moreover in the anxiety nadj (d.) ifjt burdlj (a.) bte dlatf)t unt^er (197) feufetu"— after her through the night about run."— 44 ,/3tx nun trtngt fte nttr au$ otjne (a.) said the fisherman ; but now bring her to me also without Skrjogern an (a.) ba$ fefie Sanb Jjerftber/' £)a$on after delay to the firm land over here." Of that however tt)oCte Unbtne'ttueber gar nu$t$ (185) tjoren* @te tnetnte, would Undine again nothing at all hear. She declared, ef>er awKe (114) fte nut bent fdjiSnen ^rembett ttt ( a rather would she with the handsome stranger into ben autben gorji soflenbs Ijtnetn (105), ats ttneber m (a.) the wild forest fully into, than again into We 4?iitte jurutf, too man t$r mcfji i^ren SBttfen ifme. (114), ' the hut back, where one to her not her will do, tmb au# (d.) ttetcfjer ber pftfdje 3?ttter bo$ tt&er furj and from which the handsome knight no doubt over sliort ober fang fdjetben fterbe (114), S0?tt (d.) unfagltcfjer 2lnmut£ or long depart xoould. With unspeakable gracefulness fang fte, |)uMranben umf^lmgenb : sang she, Hulbrand embracing : %vl$ (d.) bunft'gem S^al bie SBeHe, From a misty vale the wave, ©fc (129, 130) rann unb fu*f tyr <3tMl She ran and sought her fortune ! ©ie lam tn'$ (a.) SKeer jur ©telle, She came into the sea to her place, Unb rmnt md)t mc$r gurfiA And flows no more back. 45 25er alie ^ifc^er ttemte bitktxlty in (a.) tfjr 2teb, afar The old fisherman wept bitterly into her song, but e3 fdjten fte ni$t fonberltd) ju rii^ren. @te liifte it appeared her not particularly to move. She kissed unb ftm'^elte tfjren Stealing, ber enblt$ ju (d.) tfjrfagte; and stroked her favorite, who at length to her said : „Unbme, tt>enn ©tr (180) be$ alien 9#anne3 jammer ba$ " Undine, if to thee the old man's distress the iperj mcf)i trifft, fo irifft cr*« (130) mtr (180). 2Btt heart not touches, so touches he it to me. We soften juriicf ju (d.) t£m" (105;. Sewunbert fcplug fte {76) will back to him." Astonished struck she bte grofen Wmtett 2lugen gegen (a.) tfm auf (54), unb the large blue eyes towards him open, and fpracf) enbftd) tangfam unb jogernb; ^toenn ©u e£ fo spake atlast slowly and lingeringly : " if thou it so metnjr, — gut; (91) mtr tjt 2tffe3 redjt, ma$(119) ®u meanest, — well; tome is all right, what thou memfL Stter serfpredjen QTG') ntuf mtr erjl ber alte thinkest. But promise must tome first the old 3D?ann ba britfcen, baf er 2)tdj o$ne SBtberrebe man there on the other side, that he thee without objection toiU erjd^len laffen, toa$ ©it im (d.) SGBalbe gefeljen tjaji, will relate let, what thou in the forest seen hast, unb— nun (134) ba3 Slnbere (88) fmbet ftcfj w%"—„$omm and — well, the rest finds itself well." — " Come mtr, fomm!" rtef ber gtf^er ifjr ju, o$ne me$r only, come!' , cried the fisherman to her to, without more SBorte tjerauS fcrmgen ju fonnen (79), 3agW$ words forthbring to be able to. At the same time 46 firetfte er feme 2trme mit ixbtx (a.) bte gtuttj tyx stretched he his arms far over the flood to her entgegen (53), unb nicfte mit (d) bem(l02) $opfe, urn (159) towards, and nodded with the head, in order tyx bte Srfuflung ifjrer gforbenmg jujufagen (52), tooiei to her the fulfilment of her demand to assure, whereat tym t>te ttetfen §aare feltfant liter (a.) ba$ ©effect to him the white hairs strangely over the face t;eruter CI 68) ftelen, unb ipulbfcranb an (a.) ben mcfenben over fell, and Huldbrand of the nodding meifen Sftann im (d.) gorfte benfen nutfie. £>fjne white man in the forest think must. Without ft$ abtx burcf) trgenb ettt)a^ trre ntatfjen ju himself however through any thing bewildered make to faffen (79), fafite ber junge 9?itter^mann ba$ f^one let, took the young knight the beautiful 9ftab$en t'n (a.) feme Strme, unb trug fte flier (a.) ben maiden into his arms, and carried her across ^ the fletnen dictum, mlfyzn ber ©trout jttufdjen (d.) t^rern little space, which the stream between their 3nfel$en unb bent fejien Ufer burcpraufte (58)* ® er little island and the solid bank roared- through. The Sltte ftel urn ttttbme'S $al8, unb ftmnte ft$ gar old man fell round Undine's neck, and could himself at all nifyt (185) fatt frenen unb fitffen; ar on the most cordial manner. Of reproaches was 47 gar nityt (185) bte 3?ebe me$r, urn fo tmnber (160)/ ^ not at all the talk more, so m ueh the less, as audj Unbtne, t§re$ £ro§e$ ^ergeffenb, bte fcetben also Undine, of her refractoriness forgetting, the two ^ftegeaftem mit (d.) amnuiingen SSorien unb SieWofungen foster-parents with graceful words and caresses faft u6erfd)itttete. almost overwhelmed. 2113 man enblt$ na$ (d.)ber ^reube be£ SSteber^aien^ When one at last after the joy of recovering ft$ re$t fcefann (146), Wtcfte f$on ba$ Sftorgenrotlj one's self right collected, looked already the morning-red leudjtenb itBer (a.) ^ Sanbfee herein (191), btx Sturm ftar brightly over the lake in, the storm was ftttte ge&orben, bte SSoglem fangen lujit'g auf (d.) ben quiet become, the little birds sang merrily on the genafien 3&etgen, SBetl nun Unbtne auf (d.) bte moist branches. Because now Undine on the (gr^afjfung ber fcerljetfmen @efc()idjte bes 9?ttter$ fceftanb, recital of the promised account of the knight insisted, fitgtenftcJj bte fcetben Sllten (65) tadjelnb unb ttnfltg submitted the two aged people smilingly and willingly tn (a.) % 23ege|)r + tyflan fcradjte em ftmffiffl unter (a.) to her wish. One brought a breakfast under bte 23aume, toeWje gutter (d.) ber #ittte gegen ben @ee ju the trees, which behind the cotttage facing the lake jianben, unb fegte ft$ (146), $on ipergen sergnugt, bafcet stood, and seated one's self, heartily delighted, to it m'eber, ttnbtne, xotil fte e3 bur$au3 nt$t (185) anberS down, Undine, because she it by no means otherwise 48 fyabm tooflie, ju (d.) ben gitfett be$ dl\ttex$ ut$ (a.) have would, at the feet of the knight into the ®ra$. £terauf fogann £ulbfcranb folgenbermafen (187) ju grass. Hereupon began Huldbrand as follows to fpre^etn speak. NOTES. In an independent sentence, the finite verb (£. e. that part of the verb before which the personal prononns \(fy, bu, er, fte, e$, man, ttn'r, t§r, Sue, fte, may be used) follows the no- minative : — Ser alte gute fttffytx faf &or ber Zfyiixt mtb fftcfte feme Siege, the worthy old fisherman sat before the door and mended his nets. £)a$ aQBaffer griff nadj ber f crimen Slue, the water strove to embrace the beautiful meadow. Sr it burnt e m member ftuvmtgen 9?ac^t son ben @e$emt* mffett be3 §orfte$, he dreamed in many a stormy night of the mysteries of the forest. Participles and infinitives are placed at the end of the sentence. When the verbs are used in a compound tense, the inflected parts follow the nominative, and the participle or infinitive is thrown to the end of the sentence : — @ie fagte, mit etttem golbettett ©djcmpfettmge, ben er an enter $tette auf ber 23rujl: trug, fpietettb:— she said, playing with a gold medal which, attached to a chain, he wore on his breast. <£$ xoaxi bem $tf$er lei^t, burdj ben gforfl $u jtefjen, it was easy for the fisherman to pass through the forest. 4 50 £>aS 23Baffer fjaite mit WilkUm Strnten na$ ber fdjonert %Ut g eg riff ett, the water had, with loving arms, sought to embrace the beautiful meadow. &r tjcttte in ntancfjen fturmigen 9?acfjten son ben ©e^eirwtiffen be3 §orpe^ g etr aum i, he had, in many stormy nights, dreamed of the mysteries of the forest. 3$ $a^t m'c^t gegen unfern Kefcen £errgoit gemurret, titlmtfyt ifym im Stitktt fur ba3 9?eugefcorne gebanft, I have not murmured against the blessed Almighty, but, on the con- trary, inwardly thanked Him for the new-born. 2)te toxmbtxtifym ©etufbe fyatttn fritter im ^orfte t'ljr Tofes ©piel ntit ifjm getrieien, the strange forms had previously in the forest played upon him their mischievous tricks. 3fleme grew $attt mit bent $mbe am ©ee4tfer gefeffen, my wife had been sitting with the child on the border of the lake. ©te to ax aix$ ber Sarfe in$ SSaffer gefalten, she had fallen out of the boat into the water. ©te %attt i£re ©inne erft tjier unter ben SBcmmen m'eber gefunben, she had not recovered her senses until sue found herself here under the trees. ©er atte Sifter to ax unterbeffen an baS Ufer be$ ©tromeS gefo mm en, the old fisherman had in the mean time come to the border of the stream. —Wax gefcttlen, had fallen ; tt> at gefommen, had come.— See Neuter Verbs, Grammar, page 174. 2>er pbfctye Slitter toixi> ixUx furj ober Icmg au# ber £fitte fo^eiben, the handsome knight will sooner or later depart from the cottage. 3t?re ©c^afereien ntogen gcmj t?a$ SiriigeS fein, her frolics may be something very pleasing. 51 £ulbtranb Eonttte jetjt m tfjrem 3^ni toem'ger no^ bte 2(ugen son tfjr foeg&rtngett, ate &or|jer m t'jjrer ^reunfcltdjfeit, Huld- brand could now, in her wild emotion, less withdraw his gaze from her, than he could previously, in her gentleness. 2Btr tooftett KeJer emett 33jetl ber Dfoc^t setptaubern u»b sertrtnfen, ate m\$ attf ben S^flfmatten sergeiettS tta$ tern ©djtafe §erumn?aljeti/ we will ( :let us : ) rather spend a part of the night in chatting and drinking, than roll about on our rush-mats vainly trying to sleep. When a participle and an infinitive occur together, the infinitive is put last: — @te mag am Snbe $om SDJonbe Remitter gefommctt fein, she may, after all, have come down from the moon. id) ftitrbe . . get;abt I) abtn — Grammar, p. 46, 3$ twrbe . . gewefen fein; id) witrbe . . gemcfen fern*— Grow., p. 47. 3$ rcetse* . gettorbenfein; n$tt>itrbe . . gewcrben fein — ^ra?».,p. 48. 3$ ti^erbe . . gelobt £aben; i$ ttiirbe . . gclobt $abetu— Gram., p. 51. 3$tt>erbe. . gefebf merbenj f$it>erbe . . gclo&t morbenfem; id) ante c . . gclobt worsen feuu — Grammar* p. 58. When two past participles depend on each other, the auxiliary is placed last : — @te toax fo soon tyren Sftent gettawtt worbett, she had been called so by her parents. (See Grammar p. 58.) 52 II. SEPARABLE COMPOUND VERBS. (Grammar, p. 144.) Separable particles do not affect the conjugation of the verbs to which they are added : — legen, lay ; ju tegen, to lay ; getegt, laid, antegen, lay on ; anjufegen, to lay on ; angetegt, laid on, madjen, make ; ju ntadjen, to make ; gematfjt, made. auSmafytn, settle ; mt^umacljen, to settle ; auSgemactjt, settled. fagen, say ; $u fagen, to say ; gefagt, said. Jttfagen, promise ; jujufagen, to promise ; jugefagt, promised. In the infinitive, the particle always remains prefixed. yjlan fotfte ttmnberfame Sreaturen unb ©aufetefen in bent 2BaIbe an tref fen, it was said people encountered strange creatures and phantoms in the forest. When the infinitive of separable compound verbs requires j U, to, it is inserted between the separable particle and the verb, all three being joined as one word : — Infinitive •. antreffen, meet ; anjutreffen, to meet. 2Son Sftenfdjen xoax an btefer pfcfcljen S telle tt>entg ober gar mc$td anjutreffen, of human beings few or not any at all were to be met with in this beautiful spot. Infinitive : anfiwtmen, begin to sing ; anjufHmmen, to begin to sing. 2)er fttffytx toax genwimt, jebeS 3)?al ; toenn er bie serrufenen ©fatten fcetrat, em getftltdjeS Steb au$ fetter $ ettfe unb aufrtc^- tigem £>er$en anjufh'nmten, the fisherman was accustomed, every 53 time he entered the ill-famed shades, to begin to sing some sacred song with a clear voice and an upright heart. Infinitive : ftttttftfett, assign ; cm$Utt>e{fett, to assign. 3$ tt)rif 3#rem ?5ferbe ftinm fceffern (StaU anjutteifen, al$ biefe fcefdjattete 2Biefe, I have no better stable to assign your horse than this shady meadow. Infinitive : aufftetjen, rise ; aufjujletjett, to rise, ©t'e enttatjnte ba$ 9)?ab$en, fern fttttg aufjufleljen, she ad- monished the maiden to rise, as good manners dictate. The past participle takes the augment ge before the simple verb and not before the prefix : Segen — gelegt; anfegen — attgetegi 2D?eme $xau Ijatte £rauerftetber angelegt, my wife had put on mourning. 9ftadjett — gemac^t ; au^ma^en— au$gemac$i T)a$ tt>ar fetjr fcatb auSgemac^t, that was very soon settled. Senben— gefanbt; jufenben— jugefanbt Ste tt)ar un$ son @ott aU etne ©ate jugefanbt, she had been sent to us by God as a gift. The separation takes place in the simple tenses (Present and Imperfect) and in the imperative mood. Particles which are separated from the verb, stand, not only after the verb, but also after all the words in the sen- tence which are governed by, or depend on, it : Infinitive: auffpringen, to spring open. 25te Xfyuv fpringt auf, the door springs open. S)te Xfyixx (prang auf, the door sprang open. Infinitives : auffftegen, to fly open. f)eretttf$liipfen, to slip in, to glide in. £)te Zfyixx flog auf, unb em ttumberfdjoneS Stonbdjeufdjlupfte 54 ^erettt, the door flew open, and a wonderfully beautiful fair- haired girl glided in. Infinitive : anfangen, to begin. Present: t$ fange an, I begin. Imperfect: tcJj ftng an, I began. ©ie bret guten Seute ftngen an, pdjjifreunbltcij unb *>ertraultdj mit etnanber j^fpredjen, the three worthy people began to converse in the most friendly and confiding manner. Infinitive: ait ^Jteljen, to undress. 2Bir jogen bte $letne au$, we undressed the little girl. Infinitive : (^emanben) anladjeln, to smile upon (some one). @ie t&cfjette un$ an, she looked upon us with a smile. Infinitive: gett) atjr~ft>erben, to perceived ©te foarb ben fitter g etoa£ x, she perceived the knight. Infinitive: to^giirten, to unsaddle. @te gurteten ba$ $ferb t$$, they unsaddled the horse. Infinitive: auffc^lagen, to strike open; bte Slugen auf-= f^tagen, to open one's eyes. ©te feeing bte grofen Wauen Slugen auf, she opened her large blue eyes. Infinitive : an ffjeten, to lift up ; to raise. (£r $ofc bte Slugen nacij bent SBalbe auf, he raised his eyes towards the forest. Infinitive: (^entanbent) fcorftmtmen, to appear (to some one), to come into one's mind. (g£ fomntt mix fcor, it appears to me. (£$ tam ttjm fo *>or, it appeared so to him. £)a$ tam bent §ftf$et tone etn tjetbmfcfjer Dfante sor, this appeared to the fisherman a heathenish name. Infinitive : C^emcmben) anfommen, to come upon, to seize. @$ tam tfjn ) etn un*>erfel?ener ©ctjrecfen an, a sudden terror Sfjtt tam J seized him. 55 Infinitive: attSrufett, to cry out; to exclaim. SulsBranb rtef dngftltdj au$: ♦ . f Huldbrand exclaimed anxiously . . . Infinitive: aaf jlefjen, to rise. ©te atte $rau ftavti freurtfcltc^ griifienb auf, the old dame rose courteously saluting (: with a courteous salute :) Infinitive: fort fctljren, to go on; to continue, ©te fuljren fopffdjiittelub unb feufjenb in u)ren 9?eben fort, they went on with their talk, shaking their heads and sighing. Infinitive : afcjtdjett, to draw off; to move off; to take off. Sr jog femen #ut ganj fttttg oor bem ndfjer fommenben £errn at), in accordance with good manners, he took off his hat to the gentleman approaching. Infinitive : ettttjolett, to overtake ; to outrun. SWeute alten 33eme fjolen bert ©pringm^felb m'$t etrt, my old legs would fail to overtake the lightfooted girl. Infinitive : ant) and) en, to blow on ; to blow up. 2>er Sttte baufytt bte $of>Ien ttn'eber an, the old man blew the embers up again. Infinitive: (^emanben) an ftarren, to gaze on (some one). @ie fpradj fern SSort unb ftarrte un3 Wo$ immerfort Idd)elnb an, she spoke not a word, and merely continued to gaze on us with a smile (: smilingly :). Infinitive: (^entanbem) e t n fatten, to recur to (one's) me- mory. ggftel tyvx atteS ©raufensoQe unb 2Bunberlt$e etn, toa$ ifym fcei Sage tegegnet toax, there recurred to his memory all the awful and strange things which he had met by day- light. Infinitive : (3etttattbe»0 juijoren, to listen to (some one). @ie ijorten gerne §u, aU tfmen ber fitter son femen Meifen 56 90rfpra$, they listened with eager curiosity when the knight spoke to them about his travels. Infinitive: ftd) umfefjett, to look round. Imperative : £| &£ um (^.) ) look round fepen @te ftcf) urn, J fteJj £>t$ bodj urn,. } fe^en ©ie ft$ boc| urn, J P ra ^ look round ^ Separable particles are generally prepositions or adverbs, but there are many other words, of almost all parts of speech, which form an essential part of the meaning of the verb to which they are added, and may therefore be considered as a component part of it, though they are not united with it as one word. They occupy the same place in the sentence as the separable particles. They form but one idea with the verb, and are in English often expressed by a simple verb.— {Grammar, p. 146.) ju $Jlitta$ effen, to dine. ju 2ft>enb effen, to sup. ju ©rmtbe gefjen,.to perish, ju ©runbe rid)ten, to ruin. We ©ttrit ruttjeltt, to frown, in bit £ofje feljett, to look up. SBcum effen @te ju SDfr'itctg ? when do you dine ? SSir Jjctfcn fc^on ju SJh'ttag gegeffen, we have already dined. 2Qir Herbert urn brei Ufyx JU SWittctg effett, we shall dine at three o'clock. Sitter SOU tfjuett [4$ in bit £i>Jje, one of them looked up. 3£re S^orfjetten ricfjtett UttS ju ©run be, her wild humours ruin us. 25er 2Kte rmijelte iet biefent ©eraufdjje jebeS Wlal mtjufrieben bte @ tint, the old man, every time he heard this noise, knit his brows with vexation. 57 III. When a sentence begins with a relative pronoun, the finite verb (t. e. a simple tense, or the flexible part of a compound tense) is placed at the end {Grammar , p. 80) : — £>er ttetfe &tn($, ber ben fftittet trug, war f^Ianfen 23aues, the white steed that bore the knight was of slender build. 2)a3 SSflb eme$ rtefenmajng Tangen, fcfmeettetfen 9ttamte$, bet unauf§Mta) auf erne feltfame 2trt mtt bent Jtopfe ntcf te, jucfte t'^m burdj ten Sinn, the image of a snow-white man of gigantic stature, who unceasingly nodded his head in a por- tentous manner, flashed through his mind. 23 er bas ©etaufcf) seturfacfjt fyaitc, mar em fc$on gefdjmucf* ter Slitter, b er bura? ben 33aumfcf)atten gegen bte £utte ^orgerttten fam, he who had caused the startling sound was a knight sumptuously apparelled, who came riding through the shadows of the trees towards the cottage. Sr falj m'c$t$ ati bte tt'efe fd^arje -Wac^t, bte nun fcereite braujjjen &or ben <8cf)et6en lag, he saw nothing but the dark, gloomy night, which (now) already lay beyond the windows. 2)er Slitter ntctdjte ben ^t'fdjer auf em ©eraufdj aufmerffant, ba$ er fa)on fritter jttufdjen ben 9teben be$ Stlten serrtommen fyaittf unb ba$ nun mtt roadjfenbem Ungepm $or ben fatten* fenfiern ba|ttt ftr omte, the knight directed the attention of the fisherman to a noise which he had (already) heard before, whilst the old man was talking, and which now, with in- creasing impetuosity, swept along before the cottage-windows. Jpmter ber Sanbjunge lag em fe$r ttutber SSatb, ben bte mefjrjien Seute roegen femer gtnfiermfl unb Unmegfamfett f^eueten, behind the tongue of land lay a very wild forest, which most people shunned on account of its gloominess and impassability. 58 2>te ntefjrjten &ntt fc^eueten ben SBatb wegen ber tounberfanten Sreaturen unb ©aufeteien, bie man barm antreffen folite, most people avoided entering the forest on account of the mysterious creatures and phantoms which, it was said, were encountered therein. The adjective mt\$, or me|) xfk, most, always takes the article, as : t»tc meiften (or bie metyrften) Seute, most people. ©er atie gifdjer irug bte Bftti^en %\\§z f bte er auf feiner fdjonen Sanbjunge fing, nadj enter grofien ©iabt, toet^e nicfjt fetjr toet't Winter bent grofen SBalbe lag, the old fisherman car- ried the fine fish, which he caught at his beautiful tongue of land, to a large city, which lay not very far beyond the great forest. (£r trag fte liter ben Heuten 9? aunt, toetdjen ber ©from jttnf^en iljrent 3nfelc(jen unb bent feften Ufer burdjfcraufete, he bore her across the narrow channel, (between their little island and the solid shore), through which the stream rushed. 2B a 3 er in ntan^en fturmigen 9la3)ten $on ben ©e^eimniffen beS ^orfte^ getrduntt Ijatte, gucJte i$m nun auf einntat bur$ ben ©inn, what he had dreamed in many stormy nights respecting the mysteries of the forest, now all at once flashed through his mind. (£§ ftel iijnt afteS ©raufemwfle unb SBunberti^e zin t toa$ tym fcei £age unter ben je£t raufc^enben unb |)eulenben 3^^tgen begegnet tt>ar, there recurred to his memory all the awful and strange things which he had met by day-light among the now tossing and roaring branches. 9ftan 6rad)ie ein gxityjitttf unter bie Saunte, tsetse Winter ber iputte gegen ben ©ee ju ftanben, breakfast was brought out beneath the trees, which stood behind the cottage, facing the lake. ©ie ganje Utblifyz (Srfcfjeinung, bie fo fdjnefl in bie 9?a$t 59 aneber untergetaudjt tt>ar, wax m$t$ anberS getoefen, aU erne ^ortfe^ung ber mnb'tvtifym ©efctTbe, bie fritter im gorfte t^r lofeS (Spiel mil tym getrieten fatten, the whole of the lovely apparition which had so suddenly plunged again into night, had been nothing but a continuation of the strange forms which shortly before had played their mischievous tricks upon him in the forest. 3jju fcfjttunbelte *>or bem ©erotte ber SSogen, bie er pfettfdjneft an feinen ©tfjenfetn ^inftfjief en falj, his head swain with the rolling of the waves which, swift as arrows, he saw darting along by his legs. Ser dtitkx ftteg soon fetnem 3?offe, a>el$e3 bie fceiben gemeinf$aftli$ lo^gurteten unb toSjiigetten, the knight dismounted from his horse, which the two together relieved from saddle and bridle. S)er $ifdjer met'nte einjufe^en, baf ♦ ♦ ♦ , to ef J) alb er feinen £nt gan$ ftttig fcor bem nether fommenben iperrn at jog unb gefaffen tei feinen 3lt§z\\ tterHieb, the fisherman thought he could perceive, that . . . , for which reason, as good manners dictate, he took off his hat to the gentleman approaching, and quietly remained beside his nets. 2Mcf)er, ttJefcfye, ttelcfye^ and tt)er, X0a$ f when used as interrogative pro- nouns, do not remove the verb to the end (Grammar, p. 83) : — 2Bcl$en 2Balo fr^ eueten bie me|)tf en £ente? 2M$e ©tctbt lag gutter bem gtofen Saline? 2£er ^attz ba$ ©eraufcfc fcerurfa^t ? 2Ba3 n> a r tym im gorfie begegnet ? £)er, bte, ba$, when used as demonstrative pronouns signify he, she, it, this, that. They are easily distinguished from the relatives ber, bte, ba£, by the position of the verb. (Grammar, p. 84):- $# gat einmat einen aften guten $if$er* ©er fafr eineS 60 fcjjonen VtbtnH wr ber £tmr unb ffttfte feme -Dte^e* There once was a worthy old fisherman. He sat one fine evening before his door and mended his nets. 3$ Jjotte mix SKctttj £et einent ^rtejler in ber ©tctbt 25 er tuoflte cmrfj mc#t3 son bent Unbmen*9?amen Ijoren* I went to ask the advice of a priest in the city. He too would hear nothing of the name of Undine. 25er @ee, masc, the lake. — ©er retf t mix oftmate meine Sdmme unb 9?e|e burcfj* It often beats down my sluices and breaks the meshes of my nets. 3$ fragte fte, one fte tjtertjer gefommen feu 2) a 3 gafc erne ttertwrrene, tounberfantltdje @efdjtc|)te* I asked her, how she had come here. That produced a confused and strange story ( : the account she gave was both confused and incredible : ). 2) a$ ntuft Stjr nun f$on ju ®nk fatten, mem etjrentoeri^er ©aft, you will have the goodness, my honourable guest, to pardon this. 3£r miif t e$ tyx nifyt seruMn, funger £err, baft fte (5u$ ben fcequemjien (Stutjt tut £aufe mc^t attrftt ; e$ tjl ©ttte tet armen Seuten, baf ber Ober fcequemfte ©tu^I im £aufeO ben Slften ganj au$f$ttefi K<$ getjort, you must not feel offended with her, young gentleman, because she does not give up to you the most comfortable chair in the house ; it is a custom among poor people that this ( : the most comfortable chair in the house : ) belongs quite exclusively to the aged. ,,£) Kefcer ©ott," a$jte %$, f ,xoo ift unfer Ke&eS $mb ? ©ag' mu" „23et bent, ben £>u rufeft, ftefcer 9)?ann/ ; entgegnete fte. "Gracious God!" said I, sighing deeply, " where' s our dear child ? Speak !" " With Him whom you call, dear husband," replied she. 61 In German, the demonstratives bet, bie, bag, are often employed instead of the personal pronouns er, fte, e£, as substitutes for the names of persons or things present, or just mentioned, and rendered in English by he, she, it : — £a fommt 3!)r better; m$> Will ber? There comes your cousin; what does he want ? 25a fommt 3f)te gouftne; m$ tt)ttt bic? ©a fommen 3$re ^effen (3$re 9ii$ten); tt>a3 trotto bie? Sort tft 3#r Dnfel, fragen @ic ben, ber toeif e$, there is your uncle, ask him, he knows it. Dort tft 3Jre Scmte, fragen @ie b i e, b i e wet? e$. Sort ftnb 3#re SrSber, fragen ©ie bie, bie tt>fffen & They are, in such cases, distinguished from the personal pronouns merely by emphasis, and preferred for the sake of distinction and of sound. IV. There are conjunctions which require the finite verb to be put at the end of a clause, even after the participles and infi- nitives (Grammar, p. 102) : — 2)er cttie gttftyer bur^f^rttt ben SBalb r^tte Slnfec^twtg ju melen SKalen, tt>enn er bie fojlli^en Stfc$e (,bte er auf fetner f gotten Sattbjunge fmg,) ttadj enter grofen ©tabt trug (,tt>el$e mdjt fe$r totit Winter bem grofien SBalbe lag). The old fisher- man many a time passed through the forest without molestation, when he carried the fine fish (which he caught at his beautiful strip of land) to a large city (which lay not very far beyond the great forest). @g toarb ifym tt>o^I metjrent£eil$ beStoegen fo ttify, burdj ben giorji git jte$en, n>etl er faft feme anbere aU ftomme ©ebanfett fjegte, wtb (totit er) nod) auferbent jebeS 2)M, tteiut er bie serruferten (Styattm fcetrat, tin geijlKc^eg Steb au$ ^efter $e$Ie «nb aufric$ttgem ^ergen attjuftimmen gefooljnt to ax. The 62 reason why he was able to go through the forest with so much ease may have been chiefly, because he harboured scarcely any but pious thoughts, and (because) moreover, whenever he entered the ill-famed shades, he used to begin to sing some sacred song with a clear voice and sincere heart. The verbs must be at the end of both of two sentences connected by U n b, headed by a word requiring it. •Da er an btefem Stoenbe ganj argtog ie{ ben Dtfe^en faf, lam tyn em rou>erfe£ener ©cfjreden an, al$ er eg im SKMbegbnnfel ranf^en Jjorte, nnb fidj bag ©erauf^ mtmer nafjer nafy ber SattbjUttge Ijeraug J g + While on this evening he sat by his nets, neither devising nor fearing evil, a sudden terror seized him, when he heard ( : upon hearing : ) something rustle in the darkness of the forest, and (when) the noise drew nearer and nearer to the tongue of land. £)a$ $ferb trat fo letdjt liter ben 3?afen !jm, baf btefcr grim* Bunte Xeppt$ and; m'dfjt bte mmbefte 3Setle|nng ba$er afte SKcmn ntnrmelte in femen 33art: eg tjl mdjt bag erffce 9)?at, baf fie eg MtS alfo ntadjt, the old man muttered be- tween his teeth : this is not the first time that she has served us in this manner. 35te 9iebe fling fcerettg untet mi, oft voir m'<$t, bent nenen ^nfommtmge jn gronmten, nnfere fdjone Sanbjunge serlaffen ftotlten, we already began to deliberate whether we would not, for the benefit of the new-comer, quit our beautiful tongue of land. tylan mi% m'djt, oft fte am (£nbe m'$i gar sont 9ttonbe ^ernnter gefommen fern t onne, we know not, whether, after all, she may not have come down from the moon 63 £)er altt 9ttann tyat, tote 2teltern vxit serjogenen $mbern ju iljun p ft eg ett, the old man did as parents are accustomed to do with children to whom they have been over-indulgent. (£$ gmg mbeffen, tote e$ ber gtft^er gefagt $ at te, it turned out, however, as the fisherman had said. 33etbe tranfen unb fpradjen mtt emanber, tote e$ jtoet toacfern unb juirauttdjen DJfdnnern 3 e $ t etnt, they drank and spoke with each other ( : they relished their beverage and enjoyed their chat : ) as it behoves two worthy and confiding men. The adverb too, where, and its compounds, when used relatively, also require the finite verb at the end of the clause : — @te fyattt tijre ©tmte crji Jh'er unter ben Saumen toteber gefunben, too tpr an bem lujh'gen Ufer xtfy fce$agtu§ ju 2ftutf?e getoorben toar, she did not recover her senses until she found herself here under the trees ; where the gay scenery on the banks soon made her feel very comfortable ( : filled her with delight :). 2)er grime SJoben, toorauf feme Jpiitie gefcauet toar, ftrecfte ft$ toett m ben £anbfee $mau$, the grass-covered land, on which his hut was built, stretched far out into the lake. SDStr jogen bte ilteme an$, Bradjten fte ju 23ett, unb rotten v)T toarmenbe ©eirdnfe, to fc e t fte fern SBort fpracfj unb un$ Mo$ au$ ben feeWaiteti Slugenin'mmetn tmmerfort Iddjelnb an= fiarrte, we undressed the little girl, put her to bed, and gave her warm beverages ; during which time ( : at all this :) she spoke not a word, but merely, with a smile, continued gazing upon us with her sea-blue eyes. 2Bo fRafy nidjt geljSrt toirb, ba iff gar tzin 9laty ber aflerfcejie 64 33erfd)tt)enbe m$t betn SBovt, too man e$ nt$t fparen ttnrb, unb [pare e$ mtf)t, too man e$ fparenb fceftaJjren ttn'rb* @3 {jl ufcerafl gut lefcen, nut ba md)t too We §lu$gafce fete gtnnafwte uBerftetgt, uttb n?o bte SWettfc^ett metjr t>ermogen, at$ bte @efe£e« 5tnafreon telnet in femer erften £)be bte ®$ergnugtt'$en ©ang fiirber gtng, he could not blame the fisherman's aged wife, for Undine always deserved at least ten times as many reprimands as she received, for which reason (or ; so) he continued heartily attached to the mistress of the house, and everything went on its calm pleasing course. 2)te polftif$e 33tTfcung StftenS gtng $on ^hteftern unt> ©rofterem au$, ba^er ber ©eSpottSnroS, auf Wt'nben @ef)orfam gegrtinbet, bte ^errf^enbe @taat$form tfL When a dependent sentence, with the finite verb at the end, is placed before the principal sentence, the latter takes the nominative after the verb : — % H after enbltrfj em ganger @u$ gegen bte @$etben flog unb but$ ben fcijterfjt $ertoaf)rien 3?atjmen in bte ©tufce herein fprubette, ftanb er unttnQtg auf, when, however, at last, the 65 whole sweep of a shower dashed against the panes, and came bubbling into the room through the decayed frame, he started up indignantly. 211^ fte $n nun redji Icmge angefetjen petite, trat fte juttauttcfj ndJjer, when she had now looked on him for a long time, she stepped nearer, with a feeling of confidence. gfjeftetn bte £itttenipr getangten, toax Untune f$on fange in bent n>otftgen Sunlel braufen serf^tounben, long before they reached the cottage- door, Undine had already disappeared in the cloud-like darkness without. 2BeU nun Unbtne auf bte Srjafjtung ber setfjetfenen (Sefdjtdjte be3 9?ttter$ fcejianb, ftigten ft$ bte fcetben 2Uten in tyx 33ege£r, because now Undine insisted on the recital of the knight's promised story, the aged couple complied with her desire. When dependent sentences beginning with ba, as, since ; totit, because, as ; tt)emt, if, are put before principal sentences, the latter generally (especially when the antecedent member is of some length) begin with fo, so, thus, then, in that case, therefore, for this reason, in consequence of this, and the sub- ject stands after the finite verb. This fo is sometimes omitted, but the construction remains the same. 3fy lief tfjn wfen, ba er m'djt font, I had him called, as he did not come. £)a er mdjt lam, f o tief t$ tjjn rufen, as he did not come, I had him called, ©er aSeife fcenu^t jeben SlugenMtd:, totii bte 3&t fdjneft *>er* pretext, the wise man turns every moment to profit, because time passes quickly away. 5 66 SBetf bte 3^t fe^nell fcerftretdjt, fo fcenu^t ber 335etfe jeben SlugenfcticJ, because time passes quickly away, the wise man turns every moment to profit 3$ toerbe mit tfrm fpredjen, menu er fommt, I will speak to him, if he comes. SBenn er fommt, fo toerbe \§ mit t'^rn fpre^en, if he comes, I will speak to him. As (bcf) such grave, serious and experienced ladies well know their own meaning, so it is (f ift Z$) always very easy for a man to discover it with the utmost certainty. — {Fielding.) £)a ftdj ber griebenftorer m'tfjt mit SBorien ftetfen ftef , Cf<0 mnf te i $ bte £fjiir fcor t^m jufyerren, as the disturber of our peace would not be dismissed by words, I was obliged to shut the door upon him. aSetT ber Sllte bureaus ntcfjt jugeften tooflte, bafi iputbiranb ber (grttfTo^enen nac^fpitrte, (fo) mufiten fie enblt$ fcetbe ttneber in bte £>ittie geljen, as the old man would on no account con- sent that Huldbrand should go in search of the fugitive, they were both obligedat last to return into the cottage. 2Be£I after nun 2?etbe an faft gar mctjtS anberS ju benfen *>er* molten, aU an Unbtnen, (fo) toufiten ft e aufy m'cljts 33effere$, aU, ber fitter, ju pren, toetdjergeftalt ttnbme ju bem $tf$er gefommen toat, ber alte $tfcf>er, etett btefe ©efc^tdjte ju erja^ten, now because neither could scarcely think of anything what- ever but of Undine, so they knew of nothing better, than, for the knight, to hear in what manner Undine had come to the fisherman, and for the old man, to relate this very story. SBemt 3$r Unfug tretfcen xooVt, 3$* Srbgetfter, fo fofl till) let or n £u$ toa$ 23effer3 le^ren. Spirits of the earth ! . If you mean to do mischief, Kuhleborn shall teach you better manners. 67 Sa e$ immer leister i% 23ofe3 aU ®nte§ ju iijun, fo faun bit SBeiSfjeit ober Stugenb Sitter 2)?enf$en fe^r feften Stele gludflidj, after bie 2$w$eft ober ba$ Safter Sitter oft 23iete ungtiicfftdj matytn. Sa rot 3roeifeI &fe 33efjarren, feme 9?utje ift, fo treifct er ben @eift jur Unterfudjung, jum ^Sriifen, toorauS bann, mm bie$ auf erne softfommene SSet'fe gefc^iefjt, bie 2Ba{jr^>eit ober ©ettnfftett (?eroo:geljt, toorm ber 2ftenf$ feme fcotftge 23eruf)igung ftnbet. The conjunction toenn, if, is often omitted, in which case the sentence assumes the form of an interrogative one, the finite verb taking the place which toemt has deserted. This renders the sentence more emphatic : — 2Benn ber Sttenfdj jur £ugenb fterufen ift, fo tjl erne Unperft* lidjfeit, or 3 ft ber 2ttenf$ jur £ugenb fterufen, fo ift erne Unjlerftticpeit If man is destined for virtue, then there is an immortality. There is scarcely any man who cannot persuade himself of his own merit ; has he common sense, he prefers it to genius, — has he some dimi- nutive virtues, he gives them the preference to great talents. — (Helvetius). -3 ft bag ©lucf nur em Severn, fo tjl e$ bag Unglitd and), or SBenn bag ®IM nur etn ©djein ift, fo ift e3 ba$ Ungliicf audj. 23erddjttic{je3 ©erebe oerattet fcalb; rotrfi Su after ftofe, fo ftfjeinft Su getroffen, or 25erddjtli$e$ ©erebe fceraltet ftatb; roenn Su after ftofe loir ft, fo fc^einft ©it getroffen. 3?egtere Seine Seibenfc^aften, benn finb fte Sir ni$t unter- ttjan, fo {tub fie Seine £erren, or 3tegiere Seine Setbenfc^aften, benn toenn fte Sir ni$t unter- ttjan finb, fo ftnb fte Seine £>enm 68 Thus we may say : 2)?etne gran unb t$ batten fo: 3 ft fa m<$t getaufr, fo gtefci'3 ba nt$te ju jogern; ijlfa e$ after bo$, fo faun Jet gutett ©utgen ju toent'g e^er fc^aben ate ju *riel, or 9tteme §rau unb t$ batten fo : 2Benn fa m$t getauft tfl, fo gtefct'3 ba m'$t3 ju jogern; ttenn fte e$ after boc§ ijt, fo famt ftet gutett Dittgett ju loemg efjer f$aben ate ju *riet* My wife and I reasoned in this way : If she is not baptized, then there is no time to be lost, and if she is, it is more injurious, in regard to good things, to do too little than too much. ®r rtef: S3tft ©it tudjt toixtlitf) ba, g au f e t j* £)u nur neftltctji urn mt$ ijer, fo mag au$ t<$ m$t Ie6en, or Srrt'ef: SBenn £)u m'$t rotrfttdj ba fttfx, roenn £>u nur neilt^i um tm$ fjer gauf etft, fo mag audj tdj mcfjt leften* He cried : if you are not really there, if you are merely gamboling round me like a mist, then I also do not wish to live (: then life has no charm for me :). SSemt ®ott fromme ffiinber fjerrttdj ftelo^nen toiU, fo mac$t er fte ju 2So£It£atew i$rer Sttern*— ($o£eftueO SSenn £>tdj bte Sajierjunge fK$t, fo Ia# 2>ir bte$ jum £rofa fagen : 2)te fcijTedjiefan gruc^te ftnb e3 ntdji, tooran bte SBeSpen nagen*— (JBixxQ&c.') 2Benn ©it ©etnen gemb bemiitfngen ttnflfi, jet ftefitffen ^emuifnger ju fein ate er, unb mzfyx ju rotffen*— (9titcfert/) ©tdnbe m bem Soangeltum nur ber etnjtge 8e£rfa$ : ,,£ijue SStnberett m$i, tt>a$ 2)u mc$t toiCCft, bap fte ©it i£ttn," fo rourbe man jugeften muffen, ba£ btefe roentgen SBorte ben Sent after Wftoxat tt$aXten—C8n&ritf) ber @rof e.) SSareft £)u nt${ tm $ampfe, fo fcfjmecfieft £)u m$t ben Jrieben, nod) ©itfjeS, roare Sir nt'djt auc§ 23tttere$ ftefc^teben — CS^iicEertO 69 a$ tdjf famt, fet>rt mt<$ ber getnb n>a$ t$ foil— C@*iBerO When supposition or contrariety to fact is to be implied, the subjunctive must be used after n) e n It, if, either expressed or understood : — Virtue is generally praised, and it would be generally practised also, if men were wise. Sie £ugenb wirb ctflgemem gelobt, unb jte toitrbe mtd) allaemein aeitbt roerben, to e n n bte 9ftenfc§en toeife to a r e n ♦ JFere death denied, all men would wish to die. SB are ber £ob fcerfagt, fo ttitrbe jebermann ^u frerben tt>imf$en. Alexander reproaching a pirate with his condition, was answered : " If I am a pirate, it is only because I have a single vessel ; had I a fleet (or if I had a fleet), I should be a mighty conqueror." 2(1$ 2lleranber emem (seercmber feinen ©tcmb aorttarf, ertnelt er jur 2lnttt>ort: „2Benn i# em ©eeraubet bin, fo ift e3 nut, it>ett i$ ein em* $tge$ ©#iff &abe ; $ a 1 1 e i$ eine glotte (or m e n n i$ cine glotte $ (i 1 1 e), fo ware ic§ em mac^ttger (£robeter." " Had I a fleet " (or if I had a fleet), I should be, &c, is a hypothetical assertion, and therefore rendered by: $'attz itf) etne glotte, or ttKtttt \§ eine glotte $atte, jc (subjunctive). Were (Witt be} half the power that fills the world with terror, Were (n)itt be) half the wealth bestowed on camps and courts, Given (3 e ft e b e n, attgen)anbt)to redeem the human mind from error, There were no need of arsenals or forts. — (Longfellow.) 2Benn man ben Soffel tmb @fe mc$t $atte, fo mitgte man bte ©uppe trtnfen* $attt ba$ £$rifteitt$um feinen $o$em unb tiefetit ©tunb aU tt>a$ fanatif^e ©ferer barauS gema^t Ijaben, fo mfif tc man ft$ jurucffejnen na$ bem ^eitern, milben, bulbfamen, menf$enfreunblid)en $zibmtyum ber ©tie#en. 70 0$t if} whether, is sometimes omitted in the same manner as wenn: — 3$ ttmfjte erp nifyt, to ax e$ em orbentttc&er f tenter 9ttenfc(j, to at ^ Uo$ em gaufet|jafte$ 33ttbnt£, or 3$ ttmfte erft m$t, ofc e$ em orbentft^er fietner 9J?enf$ Oar,) ober (oft e£) Wo$ em gaufefljafteS 33ttbntfi war. I knew not for a time, whether it was a real little human being or a mere mockery of enchantment. ©it eg fte Emitter in bte fthtify, x>erffcromte fte barm, matt toufytt e$ nifyt, e$ toax tone SBetbeS unb H)ie $em$, or Ob fte Emitter m bte $lufy ft teg, oft fte barm fcerftrontte, man tou% te e$ ntdjt, e$ war wte 33etbe$ unb tok $em$* Whether she plunged into the stream, or whether, dissolving, she flowed away with it, they knew not ; her disappearance so much resembled both united, and neither by itself. The English as if, as though, is rendered by aU 0% or aU wemu Sr fteGte ftdj, ati wenn e$ tljm letb ware, he acted as if he were sorry for it. . X^nn ©te, aU wenn ©te ju #aufe waren, do as if you were at home. dx ftelji an$ f aU oh er franf fet, he looks as if he were ill. Wlan muf fo benfen, aU oh Stner m bte mnerfte 23ruft £mem fetjen fonnte, unb er torn e$. £anble tmmer fo, aU oft 2)u son Slnberen gefefjen unb gefwrt wfirbefL SStele 9ttenfc$en fc&en fo, aU oft fte ju SSergniigungen gefcoren waren* 2)er ireffltdje Slrjt 2)?ufomu$, wel^en 9?ero au$ 3?om t>er= fcannte, SSefpaftan after juritcf rt'ef, fagte : „2Ber gefunb ftletften toitt, muf tmmer fo leften, alt wenn er erne $ur geftrau$te!" 71 Oh or toemt is often omitted, in which case the finite verb stands next to ate, as it has to take the place of ofc or toenn; — g$ lam t$m sor, ate oft ( or ate menn) er burrfj ba$ Saui= gegttter ben nt'cfenben 9)?ann ^eri?or lommen fe£e, or ®$ lam tt^rn t»or r ate fefje er burdj ba3 Caufcgegttter ben mdenben Sttann tyxoov lommen* It appeared to him as if he saw the nodding man come forth through the net-work of leaves. g$ toax tym ju 3Wut£e, ate oh er mtt btefem Ifetnen ^au^^alte serwanto, unb efcen jje$t au$ ber fttxnt batjtn ^etmgelefjrt f et, or (£$ toot tyvx ju ^ut^e, ate f et er mtt btefem lletnen $au3* fjalte »ertt>attbt, unb eBen je£t au^S ber fttxnt bafjtn fjetmgelefjrt* It seemed to him for a moment as if he were related to this little household, and had just returned home from abroad. (Sr fteflte ftdj, ate oh er son UnbtneS Unart mcfjt3 merlte, or ®r ftettte ftd), ate me rite er son Unbtne3 Unart m$t& He acted as if he observed nothing of Undine's strange be- haviour. 2>te $tetne hMtt ftdj oaf etnmal tot, ate ob fie ettoa$ 2Bun* berfdjoneS tm SEBaffer fafje, or 2)ie fileine fciidte ftdj anf etnmal sor, ate fafje fte eta>a$ aSBtttiberfc^oneS tm SBaffer. The infant bent forward on a sudden, as if she saw some- thing wonderfully beautiful in the water. SKttteti bur$ ba$ ©efprdcf) $atte ber grembe fdjon fctetteffett em ^3Iatf(^em am ntebrtgen genftertetn sernommen, ate oh 3emanb 2Baffer bagegen fprt^e, or Sfttiten burdj bag ©efprddfj tjatte ber grembe fdjon ttgtotit&x etn $tatf<$ew am ntebrtgen geufterfetn fcemommen, ate fjm$e 3emanb 2Baffer bagegen* Already had the stranger, while they were in the midst of their talk, observed at times a splattering against the little low window, as if some one were dashing water against it. 72 g$ fam i£nt faft *>or, aU ofc bie ganje \\Mify (£rf$einung C , bte fo fc^nefl in bie 9?a^t ttrieber untergetauc^t toar,) ni$t$ anberS gettefen fei, aU eine gortfe^ung ber ttmnbetii^en ©efctfbe, bte 2c, or ®$ fam tym faft fcoir, afe f et bte ganje lieWidje Srfdjeinung (/bte fo fdjnefl in bie 9latf)t nueber uniergetau^t tear m$t$ anberS getoefen, ate eine gortfegung ber amnberli^en ©efcilbe, bie t& It almost seemed to him as if the whole of the lovely appa- rition which had so suddenly plunged again into the darkness, had been nothing more than a continuation of the wonderful forms, which &c. Sefce, aU xooUtfi ©at afle £age jlerfcen; fc^affe, aU n>ofiefi 2)n ettrig lefcen* 33ete unb arfceite, 33eie, aU plfe Jem Slrfceiien; arfceite, aU pife kin SBeten* ©e$e ntit bent ^reunbe ant, aU fonnie er Qtin gfeinb tterben, unb ntit bent geinbe, aU fonnte er Qtin greunb foerben* In German, when the ob or roemt from aU 0& or (d$ foemt is omitted, the nominative must be placed after the finite verb, in English it stands before the verb. Shakespeare says : — "He to such wondrous doing brought his horse, as (i. e. as if) he had been incorps'd and demi-natured with the brave beast/' " One cried, God bless us ! and Amen, the other, as (i, e. as if) they had seen me with these hangman's hands." Walter Scott:— " Waverley felt his heart at that moment throb as ( i. e. as if) it would have burst from his bosom." 73 When aU ftetttt is preceded by a comparative, it signifies : than if, than when, and toetttt is not omitted : — 2)er Sljittefe fagt: SSerfkttb tfjut m'e ttteijr ttottj, ummfopf ju tfjutt $at The conjunctions ofc audj } ofc gtetc§ / 0$ f$0tt \ though, although Q$t00l)t I ofcjtoar j require fo ♦ ♦ ♦ , or fo ♦ ♦ ♦ boclj, yet, in the next following sentence. mm audj "\ toetttt gletcij [ toetttt f$0tt \ though, although, even if toetttt jtoar / ttuetooftf J require fo ♦ • • bo$, or fo ♦ . .♦ betttto$, or fo ♦ ♦ ♦ beffett* uttgeadtfet, or fo ♦ • * mc§t$ bepo toemger, nevertheless, still. Dfcgleidj Sebermamt oott gfreuttbfdjaft ftm'#t, fo fetmen uttb nbm fte bocfj tutr 2Bemge> The conjunctions corresponding with though, although, are frequently used indiscriminately. However, in reference to a known or undoubted fact, we generally use the compounds with ot ; when though is equivalent to even if, those with toetttt are preferable : — Though the colonel was a brave man and dared to fight, yet he was altogether as willing to let it alone. — (Fielding.) £%lei$ ( or o£f(#on, ofcttottf, totetootjt, or toettttgtetc^, jcO ber 06ri# ettt fcra&er 2J?atm toar, uttb fuftt getmg, ftdj ju fdjtagett, fo toar er bo$ ri>en fo fomt, e$ Weften ju laffetn 74 Guiltiness will speak, though tongues were out of use. — {Shakespeare.) 2)a$ 33ettm£ifein ber ©djutb toirb foremen, ttenn 3^gen aud) au#er ©efcraudj to&m These compounds are often separated in the sentence by the insertion of other words. The separation generally takes place when a monosyllable follows, such as the personal pronouns. Even two or more of these monosyllables may be put between. With other words it is optional whether these conjunctions are to be divided or not. SBenn is often, and oi sometimes, omitted in such cases, and the nominative is placed after the finite verb : — g$ tft unfere ^flegetorfjter Unbine, bte ftdfj bag finbifc^e SBefen gar nu^t'afcgetti^nettttnC, ofc fte gleicij fcereftS in tyx a^tjeljnieS 3c$r getjen mag. It is our adopted daughter Undine, who will not by any means leave off this childish behaviour of hers, although she may have already entered her eighteenth year. 9J?eme alien Seine ^olen ben ©prmgutSfelb nify tin, toenn man an $ tomfjie, tvo^in fte gerannt tft. My old legs would fail to overtake the light-footed girl, even if I knew whither she has run. £n reben $atte fewer son un$ Sujl, tt>enn man t$ antf) gefonnt fyattt wt £tjranen* Neither of us had any inclination to speak, even if our tears had permitted us. 2Benni$ Sucf) and) minber gafitidj unb woltfmeinenb ge* funben fyattz, or %>or ber ii% £>or be$ fcermeinten ^reunbeS £duf$ung unb for bem £ruge be3 ©djmeicftfer^ f$tt$i £aft$, ber ^utoenbigtoiffenbe, rotrb ber2ttu$amebarter genannt, ber ben ganjen $oran austtenbig gelernt ^at\ man fcetrad?tet itjn aU erne JTetTige $erfon, ir-eldjer ©ott fern ©efe£ an$ ertrauet $at, foCte er auc^ ben ©eijt beffetkn gar nicfjt erfannt fyabtiu 3ft e3 gleid? -ftatfjt, fo teucfjtei unfer 3?ec§t; tft gleidj bie 34* ttie^t soft, Za$ £erj ift fn'er fce^S ganjen 23olfe3 ; ftnb audj bt'e alien Sudjer ttt^t jur £anb, fte ftnb in unfere £erjen eirt= gefc^riekn* — (@djifler,) VI. INVERTED SENTENCES. Unbine fragte ben Slitter: „2So fommen ©ie tjer?"— Sr antoortete; ;/ Sltt$ bent SSalbe fommeidj." Undine asked the knight : Where do you come from? — He answered: I come out of the forest. 76 ,2>ie afte grw erotaljnte bag 3D?abc^ett, fern jtttig aufjujlefjen, unb ft$ an tyre Sirfceit ju fcegefcem Unbine afor jog, ofme ju anttoorten, erne Kerne $ttpmtf nefcen #utb6ranb'$ ©tuftf, fefcte ft$ nut i^rem ©etoefce barauf nieber, unb fagte freunbti$: ^ter xoitt id) arfteiien. The old woman admonished the maiden to rise, show better manners, and go to her work. But Undine, without answering, drew a little foot-stool near Huldbrand's chair, sat down on it with her netting, and said in a gentle tone : Here will I work. Srgrimmt geba^f t$ettbK$ mein^of barauf lo^utreifcen, enraged, I at length determined to force my horse right up to it. 23ern>unbert f$tug fie We grofen Hauen Slugen gegen tyn auf, she opened her large blue eyes upon him in perfect amazement. ®ie teiben alien &ntt ttaren fe$r ser&unbert @ie fatten jmar bigfytt oft fo zttoa$ geba^t, after au3gefpro$en fatten fte e3 borfj mentals, unb ttn'e nun ber fitter bie$ tf)at f fatn e$ itjnen aU tttoaS ganj 9?eue3 unb UnertjorteS $or* Both the old people were much surprised. They had often, it is true, thought something of this kind, still they had never uttered it, and now that the knight did so, it came upon them like something quite new and unexpected, ©er fitter briicfte ifjr bie jarte #anb, unb ffreidjefte tyre Socfen. ©agen fonnte er nityti, toeit tym ber Merger ufcer be$ SHten £arte gegen Unbinen bie Sippen f$to£ , the knight pressed her soft hand, and stroked her locks. Speak he could not ( : he was unable to utter a word : ), because his vexation at the old man's severity towards Undine, closed his lips. 2Senn £>u e$ fo meinji,— gut, 2Ikr i e r f p r e dj e n muf mir erji ber alte 9ttann ba briifon, baf er £>i$ ofjne SBiberrebe nnfl erjd^Ien laffen, m$ ©1 int 2BaIbe gefefjen fjaji If you think so, -it is well. But the old man over there must first 77 give me his promise that he, without objection, will allow you to relate what you have seen in the forest. 3lm ©ee*ttfer fyatttmtinzftxan mit bent Stttfce gefeffen, my wife had been sitting with the child on the border of the lake. SJeim Stnirttte be$ fcomefjmen ©ape* fianb fte freunbli$ grit^enb auf, on the entrance of the noble guest, she rose courteously saluting ( : and gave him a courteous wel- come :). g#tt ttenigen ©Written toax er burdj bte fttnfy, unb net) en i$x jlanb er auf ber fletnen 3tafenfi:ette, a few steps- brought him through the flood, and he stood near her ( : at her side : ) on the little spot of green-sward. That member of a sentence on which we wish to lay par- ticular emphasis, is placed first in German. If an independent sentence begin with any other part than its subject, the latter must be placed after the finite verb which (in an independent sentence) always occupies the second place. — The relative position of other parts of the sentence is not affected by inversion. It is entirely optional which part of a sentence is placed first ; this merely depends on what from its importance or associa- tion naturally comes foremost to the mind of the speaker. The sentence may therefore begin, not only with the nominative (the subject), but also with a genitive, a dative, an accusative, an emphatic adjective, an adverbial phrase, an infinitive, a participle, or even a dependent clause. (See pp. 64 and 65.) Weighty is the anger of the righteous. Thee only have I chosen. I w as eyes to the blind, and feet was I to the lame. For your sake forgave I it. And the rest will I set in order when I come. Silver and gold have I none, but such as I have, give I thee. 78 Imnbert meifer Scanner diafy fcefiegt bte einjige ©ottinn @Iud . (Flautus.) 2)em fteif igen £amfter fe^abet ber SBinter nidji ©en gxemtb erfennt man in ber 9lvty. 3n ber 9?ot£ erfennt man ben greunb. Sag ©ute rofct 9#anc$er unb t$ut*« nify, 2)a$ SBofe tljut SWan<$er unb fagt'* nid)t* (Sin fcofe^ ©enuffen uxxafytri bie 9lugen* Die SBeifen Mf t<$, beren 2Bi§ fie fetfcft mla%t £>er gewaltfte fabft nimmt einen anbern 9?amen an, nur s ]3etrus barf er ft$ nitf)t nennen* Sang ift ber 2Beg jbur$ Seljren, furj unb toirffam burdj 33eifpiele + — (keneca.) 2tuf bem 9??arlte lernt man bie iente fceffer fennen, ali in ber SD?it einem Sropfen $omg fangt man me^r gftegen, aU mit einent Oxfyoft Sffig. 23eradjtet fatten un$ bie Keinen $einbe fc^tt>er, kadjtet mt£en wiS.bte grofen. ©eforgen fonnen 33eri>red)er oft fein, ftc^er nie; benn einen 33erf>recfjer ftraft dn anberer. 2SieIe entgetjen burdf) einen glitch lichen 3ufa# ber ©trafe; ber %uxtyt entge^t feiner. 2)ie Sofen miiffen jittem. Sty xotify, bafj man $or leeren et unb ijerrfdje ba$ SBeift — UngfucJtidje madjen, ift f$on f$recfti$ genug, after grafi \\§ i$% e$ iljnen serfunbigen, i^nen swjuftngen ben Sulengefang, baftei ju fiefjen, tt>enn bag Mutenbe £erj am eifernen ©c^aft ' ber Sfotftrcenbigfeit jittert unb Sljrijien an ©ott jtoeifeftu— (@<$tlferO 79 VII. In German, the infinitive with J it is required after the prepo- sitions p^ne and an ft at t or ft a tt, when in English the present participle is used: — We cannot wrong others without injuring ourselves, toil fonnen Stnberen nidjt unredjt ttjun, oljne an3 fetfcffc ju fdjaben. Unbme jog, o^neju antmorten, erne fleme gupanf nefcen ranb 1 $ ®tv$i f Undine, without answering, drew a little foot-stool near Huldbrand's chair. (Btatt fcet n>a$fenbem Stfter £itlfe im Qautyaltt ju ftnben, mu£ tdj nur mtmer bafur forgen, bafi un$ t^re £l>or* Ijetien m'$t twftenb^ ju ©runbe rtc^ten, instead of having any help (from her) in house-keeping, as I grow older, I must continually be on the watch that her follies do not completely ruin us. @tc fegte ftdj aniijren (g^renpla^ ttrieber Inn, o^ne biefen bent gremblmg anjufcteten, she sat down again in her place of honour, without offering it to the stranger. ffftomm nur, fomm!" rtef ber fttffytx tyx ju, o^ne meljr 2Borte ^erauSWngen ju Bnnen, "come! only come!" cried the fisherman to her, without being able ( : unable :) to utter another word. ©$ne f{$ burd) trgenb etn>a3 trre madjen ju la f fen, faffte ber junge SKtterSmawt ba3 fcpne 9)?dba)en in feme 2lrme, without allowing anything to confuse him, the young knight took the beautiful girl in his arms. (£m 2$or \% n>er r anftatt Srljolung femer $rdfte $u fuc^en, bie (Srfjolung felfeer jum ©efdjdfte mafyt—QRMtxt) 2)er greunb Jann nic^t grewtb fern, ofcne ft$ mtt-mtr jur £ugenb ju seremtgen, — (©eflert) 80 VIII. After the verb, feitt, to be, the Germans always use the in- finitive active, with a passive signification : — SSon 9J?ettf$en to a x an btefer pfcfdfjen ©telle ttemg ober gar mcfjt3 anjuireffen, as to human beings, there were in this beautiful spot few or none at all to be met with. 2ttt$ feme ©pur Wit tfjr to ax $U ftnbett, not even a trace of her was to be found. The English generally employ the infinitive passive, but the usage does not appear determined. Vie find both the infinitive passive and active employed under similar circumstances : — "True nature is as difficult to be met with in authors as the Bayonne ham or Bologna sausage is to be found in the shops," — (Fielding ) " There is a great difference between considering a thing which is already done, and that which is yet to do." — (Fielding.) " Post-horses were now not easy to get, nor were the ostler or post-boy in half so great a hurry as Jones himself." — (Fielding.) " There were affairs to finish in the city." — {Walter Scott.') 2)iefes $au§ ift ju sermietfjen, this house is to (be) let. !Dtefe$ $ferb ijl ju serfaufen, this horse is to be sold. ©tefe ©telle (ft jo JU serfie^ert, this passage is to be under- stood thus. ©ie tft mrgenbS ju fmben, she is nowhere to be found. (£r tfi ju fcebauertt, he is to be pitied. He that can please nobody is not so much to be pitied as he that nobody can please, totx es 9?iemcmbent redjt marfjen fcmn, tft mdjt fo fe^r ju fcebauern aU ber tt>el$em -fttentanb es redjt mafyxt famu Either you are to blame or I am, enttteber ftnb ©ie JU tab e In ober i$ Kirt* 81 IX. gut fdjim gefrfjmitcfter fitter tarn gegert bte $tttte £Otge= rttten, a knight sumptuously apparelled came riding towards the cottage. 2)?eme grau fam gegattgen mtt ftromettbett 2Iugen, my wife came to meet me, her eyes streaming with tears. When dependent on the verb fomtnert, to come, the past participles of verbs denoting motion are used in the sense of progressive action : — 25a fommt er gelaufert, gefpruttgett, §ergefrocf)ett, there he comes running, leaping, sneaking along. ©retfadj) tft ber ©cfjrttt ber $pti 3ogernb fomntt bte 3utoft ^er^ejogen, ^fetifcfjtteft tfi ba3 Sefct entftogert, @tt>tg fh'K fteBt bte 23ergangem)ett* — (@<$ttterO X. 2)er f<$neetteifje 9)catm rttcJte mtauf£3rlu$ auf etne felfc fame 2t rt mit bent $opfe, the snow-white man unceasingly nodded his head i?i a strange manner. Sluf tt>elc§ e SBetfettnbme ju bem ^tjajet gelommen toot, in what manner Undine had come to the fisherman. 21 ttf, with the accusative, is used with the substantives SBeife, wise, way, manner, and %xt, kind, manner. Now the birth of Christ was on this wise. — Matth. L 18. Shakespeare has : " You spend your passion on a mispris'd mood." for in a mispris'd mood, i. e. in a mistaken manner. 6 82 2luf toetc&e %xt unb 28etfe? what way? which way? (Er fcetrug ft$ auf erne feljr unarttge SBBetfe, he behaved in a very unbecoming manner. (£r fprtc^t auf eme auf erfi empfmbttdjje 9Crt, he speaks in a most acrimonious manner ; he speaks daggers. (Sr tmf$tft$ auf *rielfa<$e SBetfe ungefaten in unfern $ret$, unbidden he mingles in various ways with our circle. $)k 23ett>otmer be$ SorfeS waren ber 9#emung, bte$ fet bte arme, t>erftoff ene Uttbme, bt'e auf bt'efe 2lrt nod) mutter mtt freunb^ Itc^ett Slwten t'^ren Stealing umfajfe, the inhabitants of the vil- lage were of opinion that this was the poor deserted Undine, who in this manner still fondly encircled her beloved in her arms. Adverbs of manner form a superlative of eminence, denoting a higher degree than the simple form of the superlative, by taking — e, and being preceded by auf ba£, or auf $, or auf$. We say : -3$ grille <5te frettttWt<$ji or II send you my most 3$ griif e ©te aufS freunbltc$fte/ J friendly compliments- The latter expression is the most emphatic. @r fcegann auf ba$ 6ett>egltc^fte ju rufen, he began to call in the most moveable manner ( i in tones of earnest entreaty : ). £)er frembe ©ret'S banfte auf $ bemutfh'gfle unb freunbttdjfte, the aged stranger thanked them in a manner the most humble and courteous. 25te alte %xau fdjmetcfjelte ber SStebergefunbenen auf ba$ ,perjlidjfie, the old dame embraced the recovered girl most cordially. (£r briicJte fte auf 3 liefceid)jle m feme Sfrme, he pressed her in his arms with the tenderest affection. 83 Sacob Slcontms amtbe son ber ftom'gimt SItfoSet$ auf$ freunbttdjjle cmfgettommetu Sr gat erne terit^mte ©ammlung ber ©ttatageme be$ ©atanS J)erau$* (15650 The word alter, of all, is sometimes prefixed to the super- lative degree to increase its force : — Sit lefcte auf£ aUerfreunblt^pe mit Unbmen, she lived on the mcst friendly terms with Undine. £er atte $txx litU feme Zotyttx auf$ allergattK^fie, the old gentleman loves his daughter most tenderly ; the' old gen- tleman doats on his daughter. The superlative of eminence does not imply a comparison with other objects. To denote the highest degree, in comparison with others, the preposi- tion ait is made use of. (See p. 84.) The superlative of eminence is also expressed by adding some adverb conveying intensity, such as : I)P$ft, in the highest degree; most; a\X$ erjl, extremely ; attf erorbettttt($, extraordinarily; most : — ttttbme BettueS ft<# in ber ^ftege be3 gutett Stttcn fjodjffc fttttg Uttb atttmttlng, Undine showed herself, in thus promoting the comfort of the worthy old man, gentle and amiable in the highest degree. Die bra guten Seute ftttgen an, $ o $ ft freunbli^ unb sertrau* Itrfj mit emanber ju reben, the three worthy people began to converse in the most friendly and confiding manner. 3)ret aStel unb brei 2Qemg ftnb I)odjft fcpbKdj : — r reben c ttnffen SStel < mfym roemg < fjafcen ( ftdj bunfen ( gettetu 84 The superlative without a preposition is only used in some phrases, as : — (£r gritfj te tm'ctj freurtbltc^ft, he saluted me most kindly. 3$ bcmfe ^erjKtfjjl, I thank you with all my heart. Sometimes it takes the termination en$: — 3$ banfe 3^nen fceflen& 3$ griif e ©te fcejlenS* The preposition an, contracted with the definite article into ant O <*tt bent;), is employed to form the superlative of cow- parison t — &? Kef t am fceffcen, he reads best, i. e. er Kef t fceffer ate bte anbern, he reads better than the others. gr f^retfct f gorier al3 i<$, unb ant fc^onften (or am afler* fcf)imffcen) son un3 alien, he writes more beautifully than I, and the most beautifully of us all. 2)aS (or We$) gefaflt nu'r ant fceffcen Cor ant aGerfceften), I like that (this) best of alL 2Selcf)e Sofyntyzit mogen ©ie ant Kefcften ? which season do you like best ? 2)er Vlamt Soroifjea fdn'cft ft$ ant beften fur fte, Dorothea is the most suitable name for her (i. e. more suitable than any other name.) 2)te3 erjattfie fte ant beutlic^ften, this she related most clearly (i, e. more clearly than the rest). 2Ba3 fie am beuiKc^ften erjafjtte, tt>ar &c, what of her story she related with most distinctness, was this, &c. 2)a3 3?eben sont SBalbe pa$t ftdj ant toentgften in ber em* fcretfjenben Sftatyt, to talk of the forest is least of all suitable ( : less suitable than at any other time : ) at the approach of night. at least, tscrngfiens. 85 3m (grbenlekn ftnb bte Sofyxt fnrj, bte SefcenSatier noe^ furjer unb ba$ Men am fitrjejlen ; afcer bte Sage ftnb fang, bte ©fcmben nodjj langer unb bte 2)?tnuten oft Sttugfetten — C3#ui faul $r. SRt'iterO Unter ben UnglMtttfjen fceflagt man bte am werngften, bte es t>ur$ tfjre ©djulb getoorben ftnb; fte ftnb akr am metften ju fceffagen. £>er £rojl etneS guten OettrifFenS fefft tfmen. — (£. son flletfiO Unter alien 23olferfd)afien fyabm bte ©rtedjen ben £raum bes Sefcens am fdjonften getraumt. — C®$dfytS) Der ©tarle xfi am ntacfjttgften afletn. — QS^iUtxS) g$rK<# xotyxt am Idngjien. 3eber toetf am kften too tyn ber ©cljulj briicft 2lm fceften ertragen btejem'gen £abet, toeldje $oi serbtenen. Srtoerkn unb Sparen jugletdj madjt am gettnffeften retcfj. 2Bo ber §Iuf am ttefften i% ba tft er am fitQfiem DaS fc^Iedjtejle 3?ab am 2Sagen fnarrt am metften. XL All the three genders of the adjective are frequently used, by ellipsis, as nouns. They designate those classes of objects which are charac- terised by the quality they express. They are declined like adjectives, but written with capital initials. The masculine and feminine denote persons ; the masculine either a male or one of the species, without reference to sex ; the feminine only a female. £>er SHte, the old man ; em filter, an old man. Die 2ttte, the old woman ; erne 2ttte, an old woman. Plural: bte Slftett, the old people; old persons; the ancients. 86 35er 23tmbe, the blind man ; em 23lmber, a blind man. ©tc 25Itnbe f the blind woman ; erne 33lmbe, a blind woman, Plural : bte SItnben, the blind. 2>tC @$Otte, the fair one ; et'tte ©cf^orte, a fair one j plural : bte ©djonen, the fair. Ste 8$one is sometimes used (poetically) for bte ©C^ontyett, beauty. In this signification it occurs in Chap. VIII. of Undine: „(?r erjdfclte batm t>0n tt)m @d)one Wetter*" — As an adjective used substantively, bte ©$6tte, the fair one, it is declined; as a noun, bie ©djone, beauty, it is not, for feminine nouns do not vary in the singular. Shakespeare makes Adriana say : u My decayed fair ( : for fairness, beauty : ) a sunny look of his would soon repair ." — (Comedy 0/ Errors.) DECLENSION, Masc. N. bet mt< et'n 2ttt-et G. beg m-m etneS 21tt-en D. bent 2(It-en etnent 2tlt-en A. ben 2tft-en. et'nen 2Ht-en. Fern. N. bte m-t etne 2lft-e G. bet Mt-en et'net Stft-en D. bet 2tft-en etnet 2Wt-en A. bte aft-e. etne 2Kt-e. Plural: N. bte Slit-en G. bet Sltt-oi D. ben m-m A. bte m-m. 2)et Sllte ttoflte bureaus m'rfji jugefcen, baf £ufbfoanb ber Sntftotjenen natf?fputte, Me 0^ man would on no account allow that Huldbrand should go in search of the fugitive girl. *©u fcmttJT ftp!)! fpre$eit," entgegnete fopffcpttelnb bte 21 It e, " you may say so/' replied Me o^ woman, shaking her head. Die fdjettettbe 211 te Kefi tym jur Slrttroort feme 3tit, *** o&2 dame was so prompt in her reproof as to allow him no time to answer. 87 £ter f$ren un$ bfegramK^en Slit en m$t, here ?Ae cross old people do not hear us. J)te fcetben 21 It en fugten jtdj fn yfyc SSege^r, Me a#ed couple consented to gratify her wish. S3 tft (Bitte fcet armen Seuten, ba£ ber tequemfte ©tu$l im |>aufe ben 211 ten gan$ ausfdjjtiefrttclj ge^ort, it is a custom among poor people that the most comfortable chair in the house belongs quite exclusively to the aged. 25 te iUetne ftanb p6f<$ gefc^miidt unb fjolbfeltg wr an$, the little maid stood before us prettily adorned and with an air of gracefulness, 25er 3ufriebene tfi me arm, ber ttnjnfrtebene nte ret$, the contented ( : a contented person ; a person who is contented : ) is never poor, the discontented never rich. @c$aben fcmn jeber, abtx mi£en fann nnr ber SQBetfe nnb ©nte, every one may do harm, but the wise and good alone can be useful. Dte 23Iumen be$ gelbeS Hitmen bent Slrnten ttne bent Dtetdjen, the flowers of the field bloom for the poor as well as for the rich. The simple believeth every word, but the prudent man looketh well to his going. 2)er 2lfl>erne Cor em SJBewer) gtaufcet 2lfle$, afcer ber 2Bt$tge (or tin 2Bt$tger) merlet auf fetnen (Sang* The sceptered king, the burdened slave, the humble and the haughty die ; the rich, the poor, the base, the brave in dust without distinction lie. 2)er $omg ntft bent ©center, ber ©flaae unter fewer Safi, bte 2)emitttjtgen twb bte £oc$mutln'gen fterfcen; bie 9tet<$en, bte 2trmen, bte 9?tebertradjttgen, bte £apferen Itegen olme ttnterf#teb im <&taubt. 88 The neuter gender implies the general and indefinite idea of a thing, without reference to any particular thing ; it indicates any thing whatever, or merely a thing or part, possessing the quality in view. — It is not used in the plural. — Some generic substantive as e thing, things, object' is understood. £)a$ ©cfiptte, the beautiful, whatever is beautiful. 35ag (Srljafcene, the sublime, sublime things. Q&riEemte bag SBaljre, Itefce bag ©ute, tJjue bag 33ejle, distin- guish that which is true, love the good (: that which is good:), do the best (: whatever is best :). |)affe bag 33ofe, after fcebattre belt 23ofen, hate evil (: the bad thing, whatever is bad :), but pity the evil-doer. SBflfe $cntt fu$ett mutter bag Sttttfle, bad people always seek the dark (; darkness.) That is a common thing, ba$ iffc tttoa$ ®ett>0$ttK($e3v That is quite the thing, bag tjl bag ffttfyt (2Ba|>re, ^Jaffenbe-) £>er $tf$er $ a # e tm SQSatbc me tttva$ Un^et'ntltdjeg gefe^en, the fisherman had never seen anything dismal in the forest ; the fisherman had never seen anything in the forest which could terrify or annoy. (£g ftel tJjm alleg ©raufett^olle uttb 2Bunberlt$e em, W>a$ t'tjnt Bet Stage fcegegnet tt)ar, there recurred to his mind all the awful and strange things that had met him by day. &a$ ift gar etn Slnbereg, that is quite a different thing. Qa$ Stub ere ftnbet ftclj w% other things will settle themselves. gg tffc tetchier, bte Srtgettf^afiett beg ©etfieg aU bte beg £erjeng ju ergrimbetu £)te erperen toiU ^ebermatw in $o£em. ©rabe jetgen, bte le^teren ber grofjte £$etT fcerfcergen* 2)er 89 23ofe fcerfctrgt fte am Stolg unb Stgewmjs, ber ©ute aug Stefie unb 33efdjetben|)ett 2)er Stob tft erne 2Bo$li§ at fur ben 2trmen, unb bte grofite ©trafe fur ben 23ofen tft bag Sefceiu 2m 9?arr fragt tn Smer (Siunbe nte$r, ate jefm SBetfe in emem 3a$re fceantttwrten fonnen* gg tft fceffer ben SBetfen ju fotgen ate bte Xfymfykn ju letten* ©en SReuten tjl 2l#eg rem, ben Unretnen after unb UngtduWgen tfl 9?t$tg rein* 2)er Slraber fagt: 23er Unttmrbtgen tooBI tljut, ^at nt$tg 2lnbereg ju erftarten, ate berjentge ftelcfjer enter ip^dne 3uffo$t gtefct* © fcerberfcen tmmer neun <&pate f efje em gxttyer ju ©runbe £g ge^t em ©dmon ber Strtt&fal burdjg Men, ber fott>o$I ©ute ate 33ofe, fon>o^I 3Wa$itge ate ©ertnge tjetmfuc^t* ®ott Idft feme Sonne f$emen ufcer @uk unb SBofc, ©eredjte unb Ungeredjte* Die ^arjen, ®tetf)o, Sadjefte unb 2te)p*>g, ftnb bte ©ottmnen beg ©efcijtclg ; fte gefcen ©uteg unb SSofeg* 2Ber xtifyte ®nte$ tynt, tynt fdjon SMfeg genug. 9ft$t, tt>etT e^ fitter i% toagen nnr bag ®ntt mdjt, fonbern n>eil nur eg ntdjt ttagen, tft bag ©ute f<#tt>er* — (Seneca.) ©eg ©uten foB man tttc^t ju ml tfjun* — (Salomo.) ©n fumtnemHeg ©emutij fann nt'djtg Umfaffenbeg ergrunben, nodj k^arrltdj Wetfcen. Sannji 2)u ntdjtg ©rofeg fur bte ©etnen ober bte SBelt tfjun, time mtt fitter £reue bag jfleute, tooju £>u 33eruf IjafL 2)er 9ttenf$ fcerlangt erft bag 9?eue, fu$et bag 9?u$K$e bann mtt unernuibltdjem gleife; enblt$ fcege^rt er bag ©ute, bag tl)n txfytbt unb tt>ert£ mac^t — (©oetfjeO 90 SSerfaume me 9?ot|>tt>enbtge3 urn 2tngenef>me$ — dtMtxf) T)a$ ©$Ie$te tfk m$t fc^Iedjt, betin bag t>erJennt man fetten ; bag 9tttttelmafnge ip&, i>a$ leicljt fur gut gelten fann — (9?ucfert*) $ein 23?ann tft fo groff at$ feme Sftame, toeber im ©uten nod) tm ©djttmmem— (©eunteO Comparatives and superlatives of adjectives are likewise used as nouns : — Leave that which is good for that which is better, ©iefc bag ®ute fur ba$ 33effere auf. ©ie toufiten mcJjtS 33effere$, at$, :c v they knew nothing better than — @ag' etma$ 33effere^ aU bag ©$n>etgett, ober f$t&etg*« — (Euripides.) @o tft em alteS SBort be$ SratofHjeneS : SCBer bretmat ft$ bttintyt, bent gefcen bte ©otter ba$ 23effere* 2®er Dftemanben fc^euet, aU ben emtgen ©ott, unb WifytZ ttnC, aU (lined, ba$ ©rofte, ba$ 9Wt|ngfie, bent gelmgt e$>— (2tu$ bent SoranO SBer fann mit bent ©ermgeren jt<$ fcefdjetben, toemt tljm ba$ £odjfte ufcernt £aupte fc^roefct ? — C©^iIIerO @u# £>u ba$ £o#e, bas ©rofite? ©fe W*W ttc^ tetjrem 23a$ fte .nnflentoS tft, fet 25u e$ toottenb— ba3 #'«♦— C@<$iCerO Dfc ©u ber $Iitgfte fetft, baran tft toem'g gelegen; after ber Steberfte fet, fo tote ju 9iati?e, ju £auf ♦— (©oetfje/) 2)er 25unf$, nodj tmnter 9ieuere$ unb @cijonere$ aufjutretfcen, macfjt, bafl toir me, audj fel&jt fcemt ©djonften, fte^en Wetfcen, ftet^ toettergeJjen, unb enbftdj ufcertretfcem— (9h'colau) 91 Participles are frequently used as adjectives. They are like common adjectives also used substantively : — 2)er ©djreifcenbe, he that writes. 2)er Sefenbe, he that reads. £>a$ StufaKenbe, what is striking. 2)a£ SBerbenbe, what is in the course of formation. ©afl toix an ber ttefcen Srtrunfenen ©telle bie ©efunbene fcetjalten unb auferjtefjen xooUtm f toax Mb au3gema$t, it was soon settled, that we should keep and bring up the little girl we had found in place of our own dear darling that had been drowned. Sr fuc^te bte 23en'rrte, he sought the strayed-one (: the girl who had lost her way :). 3$ banfte ®$tt im SttKen fur bag 9?eugefcorne (:ba$ neugefcome $inb :), I thanked God in silence for the new-born child ; my heart breathed a prayer of thankfulness too deep for words to express. @ie faljen bag ©efc^ene, bo$ bag ©efa;ef)enbe ttftpfc— C^Iopfloci) Many adjectives are used as adverbs, without any change of termination : — gut, adj., good; gut, adv., well. fdjoit, adj., beautiful; f$on, adv., beautifully. re$t, adj., right, correct ; re$t, adv., correctly. &c. &c. (£r fannte ben toeifen mcfenben SWann nur affju Cor ju) gut, he knew the white nodding man but too well. SBemt 2)u e$ fo memft,— gut; mix tft PN redjt a>a$ ©a memft, if you think so, — it is well ; all is right to me which you think right. £>a$ (Butt tyu gut, ba$ 9?e#te recijt 92 25er ©tubent 9?. tjat bret 3af>re m 3^a unb ©otttngen gegeffen r getrunfen unb gut — fcerbauet ,,Surj unb gut" ttue ber STOemtom't Salf im 93etf>aufe ju 3aarbam, ate $eter ber ©ro£e erne ^rebtgt son t$m ju f>oren ttronf<$te. Sr fcefKeg bte ftanjel unb fpra$ nut SBitrbe : „2)enfe gut, fprtdj gut unb Ijanble gut 2lmen! gin gute$ SBort, gut gefagt, unb auc$ gut aufgenotmnen, baju gut angettanbt, ntag unS ju ®xtt? fomnten* — (JRMtxt) 2Ber ftc§> bag Setc^te tt>a$lt, erretc^t e$ $teflet$t Iet$t ; bo^ fdjtt>ertt$ ienetbet t£n, tt>er ©$tt>ere$ fitter erreic^t — C^iitfertO Adjectives used adverbially, remain undeclined; they may consequently be readily distinguished from attributive ad- jectives : — T)a$ 33tfb emeS rtefenntafh'g langen, f djneetoetf en 9J?anne$ jutfte tfjnt auf etnmat burcij ben ©nut, the image of a giganti- cally tall, snow-white man flashed all at once through his mind. @tn fdjiin gef^tnutfter 3?ttter tarn gegen bte ^uttesorgerttten, a beautifully attired knight came riding towards the cottage. £>te (Jrbjunge tjatte ftdj ju ber M au tt'cfj flaren, ttmnberljeflen ^tuttj ^tnetngebrangt, the tongue of earth had forced itself into the bluely clear, wonderfully bright flood. (£r $#rte em ©eraufdj ime son getoatttg rauf Reuben 3®a$* ferffatten, he heard a noise as of a mightily rushing flood. XII. gr $orte be$ §?j^rS angjHtdjeS 9?ufen na$ Unbtnen unb ber often £au$frau laute$ 23 e ten unb ©tug en, he heard the fish- erman's anxious shouting after Undine, and the old housewife's loud praying and chanting. 93 Sr t>erncu)m em $ I at fd>etn am f^enffcer, he heard a splash- ing on the window. tylan kfannftcftenblidj nac^ ber ^reube bes 2Btebetfja6ett3, they at length recovered from the transports of again meeting In German, the infinitive is used as a noun to denote the action implied in the verb. The English generally employ the participle present as a verbal noun. The noun substantive converts the action, as it were, into a thing, the verbal noun paints the action itself. Verbal nouns are of the neuter gender. — They are not used in the plural : — 2)as ©tngen, the singing, act ber ©efcmg, the song of singing ba$ 33eten, praying, the act ba£ ©efcet, the prayer of praying bas Strfeeiten, working, the act bte Slrfceit, the work, per- of working formance ba6 Stigen, lying bte Siige, the he bas 3xvtn f erring ber ^xxt^vatt, the error bas ^anbeln, acting, doing, bte $anblmtg, the act what a person is doing $>a$ J^un, that which a person bte Xfyat, the deed, action is doing bo3 SBotten, that which a per- ber SBt'fte, the will. son wants (is willing) to do To err (erring) is human, to forgive (forgiving) is divine, Srren tft ntenfcjjlt'cf), SBergefcen i§ gottlttfj. Lying injures the liar most, ba$ Siigen fc^abei bent Sugner am metjletu Working pleases him not, bd3 W&titm gcfattt t£ttt m$t By reading, we add the experience of others to our own, buret? Sefen fugett toix bte Srfa^rwtg Slnberet unfer etgenen fnnju* 94 £abeln tft letter aU 23efferma$en* ©e$ S^curguS ©efe£e Btlbeten bte ^ugenb burdj Sirktten, bur<$ 3a$txi f Saufett, £mtgern, ©urfteu, gtieren, ©<$ttu'$eu* ©orgen ^ertretfct ber granjofe ttttt ©mgen, ber ©pamer ttttt 2Bemeu, ber Qtaltener ttttt ©djtafen* 2Betttt bag Sefett utid fta^ttjaft nullify toerben foC, fo muffen toix forgfdlttg barauf ar6text f ioarum, xoai uttb tote ttnr Iefen* 2Ber ftdj be$ gxagettS fdjctmt, ber f^dmt ftd) be$ Semens g$ tft ba$ SBefen ber 3Ba£r!jett, baf fte tttt Srltegett uocft ftegt, uttb bag SBefcn ber Sitge, ba$ fte tttt ©tegen nocfj erltegt Sttt ftrfttf er fagte oott Studerf $ 2etjrgebt($te ; 9?itc$ ert leljrt bett ©eleljrten ttt Setyren Ieljrret$ bag Se^rett. 23rmget bag £affett 33efc^tt>er uttb bag Stefcett m'$t mmber, fo totH t$, son jtoeen ©^dbett J&ebro$t, frattfett am eblerett ©djmerj* — {Euenos) . Masculine nouns can be formed from the infinitives of verbs by changing the final tt into r: — £a$ 9?eiber ttetbett, gaffer tjaffett, toag ©ott mtr gonttt, ttutf matt mtr taffen* • 2Buttfrf>er uttb SBofler ftttb f$le<$te £aug$atter* SDte fceftat ©d)tomtmer ertrtttlen oft, mtb bte fceflen Glimmer fcrec^ett oft bett $aU, totil fte ju ttyn >oagen- SStel Kefcer tft mtr bod) em £fwer alg etn ©ager, uttb em 2tttttoorigefcer aU em oorlauter grager*— (3JitcIertO XIII. £)te fcetagte grmt beg $\\&)tx$ fafl fcet bem $eerbe, or Deg §;tf$erg ietagte §rau fafi fcei bem £eerbe* The fisherman's aged wife sat by the hearth. 95 For the sake of emphasis, the genitive is often placed before the noun governing it, the article before which is then dropped. 2)er ©egen be$ 23ater$ or be3 Setters @egen, the father's blessing. 2)er $fo<$ ber Sautter or ber gutter gftrijj, the mother's curse. See 23ater6 Segen bamt ben Stnbern £aufer, after ber Scatter $Tucij retfjet fie meber, a father's blessing builds houses for the children, but a mother's curse pulls them down. Sh'e pgungen be3£tmmel$ ftnb tmmer bte fcefien, or 2)e3 £>tmmel$ giigungen ftnb tmmer bte iejiett. The dispensations of heaven are always the best. £>a3 Stage tft be$ £erjen$ 3^Wf or £)a$ Stage ifi bte 3^3^ bt$ iperjenS* £)er $tnber 2Betnen macf)t bte ftxantn ftngen, or 2) a 6 23etnen ber Stnber mad)t bte $xauzn ftngen* (£tne$ fatfdjen greunbeS 3wge sermunbet f^ltmmer at$ Sold? unb SDcejfer, or X) t e 3^3 e KMrt fallen *£retmbed ^errx>unbet fdjttmmer ate 2)of$ unb 2)ceffer* 3m Ungliicfe fjafte beS Somen 9)?utfj; trau auf @ott, e£ mtrb fcalb fcffer merben, or 3m Unglude ^ate ben 9#utfj be$ Somen; trau auf ©ott, es mtrb fcatb feeffer merben* The form of the adjective varies according as it is or is not preceded by an article. — (See Grammar, p. 33.) 2tber son fern t^orte er bo$ tmmer no$ be$ %\\§tx§ angfilt* $e3 3?ufen narfj Unbtnen unb ber alten £au£frau tautts 35ttm unb ©tngen, but still he heard, afar off, the fisherman's anxious 96 shouting for Undine, the old housewife's loud praying and chanting. @r$orteba$fittflfttt'$e 9?ufen be$ gtf^erS tmb ba$ laute 23eten unb ©t'ngen ber alfen £au$frau* 2Ba3 tji ber langen 3?ebe furj e r ©urn ? or 28a3 tfi ber furje Stun ber tangen 3?ebe ? What is the short meaning of this long speech ? ©icfjertjett ift be$ Ungtucf3 twberfte ttrfa<$\ ©tdjertjett ift bie wrberfle ttrfa^ 1 be3 ttnet Sturm raufdjte burdj bte SStpfel ber 33aume unb itkr bte emporten SB^gen be$ ©ee3 |nn* The tempest raved through the tops of the trees and swept along over the agitated billows of the lake. Dative Plural : fcfjlagenb en gttttgen ben f$lagenfc> en gttttgen. Accusat. Plur. : emport e 2Sogen bte emporien SBogen. 2)a3 Unglitcf \\%t ntcfjt tmmer nur *>or armer itnte Zt)ixr, or 2)a$ UngludE ft|t nt$t tmmer nur $>or ber &fmr armer $mte+ 97 XIV. Ser 2Btrt$, the host We 28trtfnmt (or WlHxttyn), hostess ber $i>mg, the king bte Simtgtmt, queen ber $atfer, the emperor bte Satferum, empress ber £iger, the tiger bte Stt'gertmt, tigress ber $wfy$, the fox bte 3#$fum; she-fox (fixen). The female sex is denoted by the ending ttttt being added to the masculine substantive. This feminine termination is by some authors written with a single n in the singular, and with a double tt in the plural, as : bet gxettttb, friend (masc.) ine grettttbum or greunbm, friend (fern.) Plural : bte greunbumetu Fjocen or vixen, now generally applied to a sharp ill-tempered woman, primitively signifies a female fox. Nouns ending in e drop this letter in the formation of the feminine, as : ber &>tt>e, the lion, bte SottHtttt ; ber £afe, hare, bte £aftmu XV. <£$ ttmre em funbttdj 2Berf, totnxt \§ Sudj in Wafyt wtb Sinfamleft bent fybxifytm Sttabdjen fo gcmj atteine fotgen itefie, it were ( : it would be : ) a sin, if I were to suffer you, quite ajone, to search after the foolish girl amid the lonesomeness of night. The inflection— e$ of the nominative and accusative of the neuter is sometimes omitted : — (£$ tft f<$ott SBetter for e$ tji fc^oneS SBetter, it is fine weather. 7 98 ®itb wt§ tjeute unfer tagti<$ (for tagti$e$) 33rob, give us this day our daily bread. £)ii foKft nidjt faXfc^ (for faffdjeS) 3ettgm'£ reben ttuber bemen 9?adjften, thou shalt not bear false witness against thy neigh- bour. 2)te 3^8^ ifl em ftein @Iieb, unb ric^tet bo$ grofieS ttngtud an* SBaS In'tft itjm feirt ertwgt ©efteber? Surdj frentbe traft ftteg er empor, unb burc§ ftc^ fetter ftnft er ttneber* 2>ie ©ttmmen jafjtt man md)t in folder ©tunbe; wan roagt bit ©timmen nacij bent innern SBert^e; ber ©iarfe nur fpri^tein entfc^eibenb SBort— (tower.) XVI. 3$ $at>e fteben ganjen £ag tang mtf bent $atfe, I am troubled with her the whole (all) dtoy fo/^. SWufjtejl 2)u 3<*$*e I an g in ber SBeW tjerum jlreifen, bmt 2)u 2)u$ au$ eimnat ju un$ fanbeft ? Were you obliged, for years and years, to wander about the world, before you could find your way once to us ? (£r llitb tint 3 tit fang in fcetenben ©ebanfen ft^cn, he continued to sit, for a considerable time, in a state of devout though tfulness. Sang, after a substantive indicating time, expresses the no- tion of continuity, during, for : — 3$ toaxktt tint ©tunbe tang, I waited a whole hour. 2#em ganje3 Men tang, (also mem Sefcentang or mem Sete* tang), all my lifetime. Sine 3ztt fang, or eine 3eitfang, for some time, for a while ; tange or eine tange 3tit f a long time. 99 The accusative is used to express definite time and dura- tion of time : — 3$ feJje tyn j'eben Sag, I see him every day. 3$ roartete erne ©tunbe, erne ^alfce ©tunbe; einen Sag, emert $att>en Sag; ac^t Sage; emen 9J?onat; em 3<$*/ «n £alfce$ 3^ r / ^ waited an hour, half an hour ; a day, half a day ; eight days ; a month ; a year, half a year. Der Sfjmefe fagt ; din gut SBort f ann efnen 3??enfc^en brei SQSmtertage lang barmen ; em fcofeS 2Sort fann t^m bret ©pm* mertage fait ntac$en* In dating letters, the accusative case is used : — Sonbon, ben 6ten ©eptemfor, 1849. XVII. 2>er wetfe m'dettbe 3)?ann ttarb uxpltylify ju einem if)m Idngft ttwijt fcefannten 23atfjtem, the white nodding man became transformed, in the twinkling of an eye, into a small brook, long well known to him. £)er 33a$ ^atk femen unge^mten Sauf gerabe fcor ben un* $etmlt#ett SBalb $m genommen, fo baf er We Srbfptfce jur 3nfel tttat^te, the brook had taken its unrestrained course directly in front of the haunted forest, so as to change the peninsula into an island. 3 U, after nta^en and fterben, denotes a transition or trans- formation into a certain state or condition, and is, in English, either dropped or translated by into. <£r nnfl femen Setter jum fromnten $?anne macfjen, 2)enn mil er fc^elgt, ttn'rb be$ fSatm @etj faft jur Sugenb, £er SBoIf jerretf t ben, ber fttf> gum ©tfjaafe mac^t Sange Gbzmfyvfydt ttnrb enbltdj jur 3?atur, 100 2)urcfj femen $eflen, Karen 33Kcf, bur<$ feme talk, tapfere 23efjarrltdjfe{t, burdfj femen Siberttrittett loor afttm Unflaren nub ttnfejlen, baburdj fwt btefer geroalttge Slngetfac^fe Snglanb jur £errmn ber SSotfer gemac^t— (StrnbtO 3u 9?of ; ju ^ferbe, on horseback. 3 U denotes manner in reference to going or travelling. 2Bir reffeten ju ^ferbe, ju gufte, ju 2Bagen, ju Sanbe, ju 2Baffer, we travelled on horseback, on foot, in a carriage, by land, by water. ftxattfytit fontmt ju $ferbe unb ge^t ju gfufie tt>eg* SBtr tooften mc^t atlju *>iel bawn teben, we will not (: let us not :) talk too much of it. 3tt or aftjU, adv., too. T)a$ tfi ju f<$te$t, that is too bad. £)ct3 ge^t JU tt>ett, that goes too far ; that's too much. 2)a3 tjl mtr JU gettuj? , that is but too certain. (£r fe§i etnen ju Ijotjen fret's auf feme ©rntft, he sets too high a price on his patronage. We never place j u, foo, before its article . 2Ber furdjtet, er fpue ju m'el, fyut immer ju toem'g. 33ertrau, bodj mc$t ju s^tel* $emem 3^f^>^^ r toax je erne 2lrktt ju fitter* ®iti nifyt ju fdjrtea S)em 2Bort, fo *rtel fceffer ifl eg, mefjr ju fatten aU *>erfpre$etu— tm$txto 3um Opfertobe fur bte gxetyett uttb fur bte Sljre femer Nation tfi femer ju gut, toofjl afcr fmb mete ju f$le§t baju — (tornerO @et m$t attjtt geredjt uttb m'$t aflju n>etfe, auf bag bu md)i bt$, nodj bemen S5ruber $erberfceft — (Salomo.) 101 XVIIL SBer miff, ofc fte ntc$t benno$ etmnat©<$aben nmtmt, totxin fte fo braufjen tot Sunfet ftlfettt ift ft* an ba$ Sftorgenrotlj? Who knows ( : who can be sure : ), whether, in spite of her past escapes, she will not some time or other come to harm, if she thus continues out in the dark and alone until daylight ? The particle iii f till, until, up to, as far as, is often used with another preposition. It denotes extent, or the extreme limit, of time or space : — ©eljen ©te nadj part's ? Are you going to Paris ? ©e$en ©te Hi ttctdj part's? Do you go all the way to Paris? 2Bit gtngen Hi an ben $h$ , Hi an bte ©tabt, W* an bas ©<$tff, we went as far as the river, the town, the ship. Sr fianb Hi ani $nte im SBaffer, he stood up to the knee in water. Sr toaxi xofy Hi an bte ©tjren, he blushed up to his ears. 2ttan erljofc tfw Hi an ben £tmntet, they extoUed him to the very skies. 2Son Slnfang Hi ju Snbe, from beginning to end ; Hi ju btefer ©tunbe, up to this hour. §9perM tft tint 9tebeftgur, totlfyt jur ©tetgerung etner ©a$e, t'nbem man fte ini ©rof e, ja Unermeftftc^e treifct, ge* fcraudjt tturb* ©te $eW ben ©egenjknb, fcrtngt Sefcen tn bte JRebe, barf afor xd$i fe£r oft angettanbt tterben* ^>9perBel tjl 3- 33. : £)er gtfdj f^tagt mtt fetnetn ©$tt>etf bte gluten, baf* ft$ ba$ SBaffer Hi an ben $immel tjefct £$ett$, bte gutter be$ affiles, ta»$te tfm tn bte %\nfytn be$ ©fy*, tt>obur$ er um>ertt>nnbfcar foarb fctS an bte gerfe, an ber fte tlm $fe& 102 T>k gett>otwftc$en SSmbe burc^taufen tn enter ©ecunbe 6 KS 8 gufi ; fta'gert ftcfj btefe ©efc^ttnnbtgfett W$ ju 60 $u$ in ettter ©ecunbe, fo ift e$ etn ©turm, nocij fjefttger em JDrfan* 3ebe$ Setben tft erne £tmmet$tetter, tt>elc^e son bar (£rbe, n>o ba$ £etben geforen ttnrb, fete jum £tmmel ra$t, t'n beffen ©eg* nungen e$ ftcfj x>erliert> ©taut HeiW <5ta\rt>, unb ftfeg 1 er 6tt jum £mwtet tn'nauf* 2Ber ©ott KeK n>irb me Ws jum ^re^el Kefcen* — C@$ttter)» 3ebe Sugenb ift ftecfenfrei fciS auf ben SlugenWief ber ^Jrofce*— (©fitter.) £ugenb{jaft fern unb e$ nu$t ttuffen, nt$t an auSgeufcte ebte £!jaten benfen Wd an -We ©c$tt>eKe be$ enugen SefcenS, unb bemfitytg fein, ba$ ifl Stogenk— (Sa&aterO XIX. The article is substituted for the possessive pronoun where a doubt as to the possessor cannot arise: — Men who have not bowed the knee to the image of Baal. — (Rom. xi. 4.) Poor Strap had well nigh given up the ghost. — (Smollet,) In his presence they were to strike the forehead on the ground.— {Murray.) (£r lafft ben $opf tjangen, he hangs down the ( : his : ) head ; he is low-spirited. fatten ©te ben $opf gerabe, hold up the ( : your : ) head. (£r Jjo& bte Slugen na$ bent SQBalbe auf, he raised his eyes towards the forest. Sr trug etnen gotbenen ©$aupfenmg an etner fttttt auf ber 33ruji, on his breast he wore a gold medal attached to a chain. £>er Sltte runjelte bte ©ttw, the old man knit his brow. 103 ©ie fe§te bie [gotten Slrme in bie (£>tittn f she set her pretty arms against her sides ; she set her pretty arms a-kimbo. 9?un Ijat man We Stngji auf bem £er$en unb ben @$taf au3 ben 2lugen fiir We ganje Vlatyt, (now one has anxiety on one's heart and sleep out of one's eyes for the whole night) ; now must our hearts be filled with anxiety, and our eyes find no sleep, the whole night. 9?im fyatttn ttrir nod) erne gtofe ©orge unb 23ebenflid)feit auf bem^erjen, now had we another heavy care and perplexity (weighing) on our hearts. Sr jog fein 2ftu$cfjen son bent fallen ©$abet, he removed his little cap from his bald crown. 2Ber We 2lugen m$t auffyut, ntuf ben 25eutel auftijwu Sr fann tim £afelnu$ mit ber (Sttrne auffnacfen. <£r $at bie ®i$t im Saumen* (2r fann ni$t jattfen/) 2Ber bie §anb im SJlute fcabet, mufj fte mit £Jjranen toafdjen* Stts SltaricJj, $onig ber ©otfjen, im 3a$re 410 naclj S$rifK ©efcurt sor 3?om ftattb, unb bie romifc^en ©efanbten na$ ben Sebingungen be$ gfrtebenS fragten, forberte er afleS ©olb, ©itber unb ©erdtlj in ber ©tabt unb aCe ©flaxen son beutfd)er Slfcfunft 2luf i$re grage: „2Ba$ nnflft 2)u un$ benn iifcrig laffen?" antoortete er: „£)ie ©eelen/' XX. To abbreviate expressions, and give them vivacity, verbs of motion, as : go, come, run, rise, get, &c, are sometimes sup- pressed, being suggested to the mind by an emphatic ad- verb : — We must homeward or we shall have them rolling stones 104 upon our heads, and the royal gazettes teaming with an account of a rebel regiment routed by two royalists. — (Cooper.) I'll to the woods among the happier brutes; come, let's away ! — (Smith.) Love has wings, and will away. — (Waller.) I'll hence to London on a serious matter. I'll to him again. To him again, intreat him, kneel down before him. Away, old man, give me thy hand, away! — (Shakespeare.) Thus, in German, we often use an auxiliary verb of mood (Grammar,]). 124,) without an infinitive : — 3$ muf fort (gefjen, etfen, &c. understood), I must go away ; I must be off. 3dj mx$ ju £aufe (etlen or gefjen), I must hasten (or go) home. 2Bo$m tooflett ©fe (gef?en)? or too tootttn @ie $m (ge^ett)? whither do you want to go ? Sr toift fort (gefjen), he wants to go away ; he wants to be off. 3$ fcmtt nityt better, I cannot go further; I cannot proceed. Sr Itej? tm'cfy m$t toeg, he did not allow me to go away. (£r ttoftte mid) m'^t tteg laffett, he would not allow me to go. (Sr barf mcfjt JU if)ttt, he dares not (: is not allowed to :) go to him. £ttlbfacmb unb ber gtfd^er fprcmgett son i^ren ©t£ett unb tooflten bem jiimenben 3??abc§en nadj Oetlett), Huldbrand and the fisherman sprang from their seats and were about to hasten after the angry girl. @o laft mi tyx bo$ na$ Oetten), 23ater, then, pray, father, let us follow her. 105 £>a$ 9#ab$en liej? tyn tmfi ba$u Cfommen), the girl did not let him come to that; the maiden did not permit him to do this. 2Btr raotfen ju itjm juriid Cjje^en), we will go back to him ; let us go back to him. ©ie meinte, e^er &ofte fte mil bent [gotten ftremben in ben nn'Iben gtorft fcoftenbs £inein Qjeljen}, aU iDteber in bie £utte jUriicJ C3 e £ e *0/ sne declared, she would rather enter the wild forest itself with the handsome stranger, than return to the cottage. //3a #*wfy murmelte fte, „bie Unfjolbe ftnb tt>ac$* 3« £attf ! ©onjl $afc' i$ 35i$/' " Home," it murmuringly cried, "the fiends are awake. Home ! or I have you." „®vk f bafj er fort iff," fagte ber atte Sifter, "well, that he is gone, said the old fisherman." @ie fomten nityt fort, you cannot get away. 2Ba$ ben ©ee angefjt, ba fteifj i$ m% ber SSater barf mit feinem Saljne nic^t tt>eit genug barauf JjmanS, as for the lake, I know well, my father dares not venture far enough out upon it in his boat. 2Ber tteiter toitt, aU fern $ferb fann, ber ft|e ah unb ge^e |u Safe, Scmnjl S>« m'c^t auf ben 25erg, fo Weifce bo$ m$t int £Ijale* 3Q3oju (fotf) ba$ (bienen) ? what for ? wherefore should we T What purpose would that serve ? (See Grammar, p. 127) . In English, can, cow/a\ and would are sometimes employed as principal verbs : — What for ourselves we can, is always ours. — (Young). Who does the best his circumstance allows. Does well, acts nobly : angels could no more. — {Young.) 106 What then ? what rests ? Try what repentance can. What can it not ? Yet what can it, when one can not repent ? — {Shakespeare.) What would this man ? Now upward will he soar, And, little less than angel, would be more. — (Pope.) Thus, in German, we use f ontten in the sense of ability, and of know- ledge, but chiefly such knowledge as is acquired by practice. Ser 2tfenf$ farm STOIeS, tt>a# er ernfttid) ttnll, man can ^anything he is determined to do. ©te fatm Wete efler ntitgefcracpt? Will you eat with us ? 23oflett ©ie m it effen ? Will you drink with us ? SBoffen ©ie mittrutfen? ftommen ©ie ntit, come with me (or us). 3?ommen ©ie, fpieten ©ie ntit, come and join in the game. 107 ©eljett ©te mtt, go with him (her, them, &c.) fiaffen ©te ttlify mttgeljen, let me accompany you (or him, her, them, &c.) 3$ teat mit betid, I was one of the party. 3$ tjafce au$ em 2Bort ntft jufprec^ert^ I have also to say a word. 3$ fprengte mem 9io£ fa ©atopp an; er gatoptrte mtt, I started my horse into a gallop ; he galloped on with me. 2#efa 23ater fagte: 3$ netwe ©i$ m'ctjt mit, my father said : I will not take you with me. gr tooUtz mify ii&erreben, bap tc$ £>$$ m$t mtt na$ 9tina>* flettett uefymn foOte, unb ba fuf?r t£m bteS ©e^efatmfj mtt £erau£, he wished to persuade me that I should not take you with me to Ringstetten, and then this secret fell from him among other things. Sr t>erft$erte, itf) mufte mtt fat 9?a$en gewefen fetn, he assured me that I must have been with him in the ferry-boat. ©er §tf$er $attt ben 2Bem son ber ©tabt na$ unb nadj mtt geirac^t, the fisherman had brought the wine by little and little with him from the town. ©te ttmrbe tmter bem Setc^engefotge mttjte^enb gefe^en, she was seen among the mourners advancing with them. 23ertalba J?atte an t^rem £obe mtt @<$ulb, Bertalda was partly the cause of her death. SWtarfcettett (an), to work or to labour at something in company with another or others. £)er SWttatbeiter, the fellow-labourer, co-operator. (£r arbettet mtt an einer Stitffyxtft, or > he is one of the writers of Sr tft SMttarbetter an einer 3^ftfc3&rtft, J a journal. Stfttgefcen, to give something to a person to take along with him at parting. Die HKitgtft, the marriage-portion. (£r qah fetner Softer em gto?e$ Sermogen mtt, he gave his daughter a large fortune for her portion (at her marriage.) 108 3o$* Seinr* ^otttttger giefct in feiner " Eistoria Ecclesiastica* N. T" (I, 159) SluSjiige ?anufcrt>te, ettoa sorn ^aljre 1430, fcettteti: Condones Facultatis Theologies Vien- nensis" m toeWjem unter Slnberm bie @ef$i($te ber breifng ©ttfcertinge, urn tt>el(^e SubaS ben £erot *>errie$, alfo erja^It toirb : — „S:$ara$, Sttratjam'S SSater, tjatte fte auf Sftimrob'S 33efe$l gestagen ; fte toaren ba$ erfte gemiinjte ©elb, tt>el$eg man in ber SBelt iwtte* 2£6rat)am ertte fte unb faufte bafur ba$ 33egra6* nif* ju jetton, bte S^^t^^Kten fpater ben 3*>fe^ 25iefer ertjtelt fte *>on feinen SMbern fur i?ow unb fte famen tn ben fonigli^en @$a£* SD?ofeS nat^rn fte mtt auf feinen ftelbjug na$ Steitjiopien, unb oerefjrte fte in bag $onig$|jau$ fcon <&aba aU £eirattj$* gef^ent 2)ie ^oniginn x>on ere$rte fte bem $inbe* 9D?aria gafc fte in ben £empetf$a£; soon ba ertjieft fte 3uba£, unb nadfj tym jerftreueten fte ft$ in ber ganjen Sfjrifien* ijett unb toerben al& Ijeilige SMiquien oeretjri XXIL Attributive adjectives having several words depending on them, may follow the general rule, and, preceded by their de- pendents, take their place before the noun they qualify : — ©ott $attt mi in un f erm bamatS f$on jtentli^ $o|jen Sifter tin tounberfdjoneS ^inblein fcef^eert, God had, in our then already rather advanced age, bestowed upon us an infant of wonderful beauty. In the position of qualificative words and expressions, the Germans adhere more closely to rule than the English. The rule in English is, to 109 place the attributive adjective before the noun, and so it is in German ; but when this adjective is an entire sentence, it is usually placed after in English, whilst in German, whether the adjective consists of a single word or an entire expression, it is placed before its noun. Dependent clauses are often deprived of the relative pronoun and the auxiliary verb, turned into attributive adjectives and placed before their substantive in the order of arrangement in which they would have stood without this change : — £)er gftf^er notljtgte ben dtitkx auf ben tebtgen Sfjrenpta^ ber £au$frau, toetdje fdjtafen gegangen tt>ar, or 2)er §tf$er notfngte ben fftitttt auf ben lebtgen £§renpta§ ber fc^tafen gegcmgen e n ipausfrau* The fisherman invited the knight to take the vacant seat of honour of the mistress of the house who had gone to rest. £)er ttmfje md enbe tyflann toarb xtxpttytitf) ju etnem 33a$letn, xoilfytZ ijjm Idngft tt>otjt ftefannt mar, or 25er toetfre mcfenbe Wlznn n?arb urplo^ttc^ $u etnem ttjm langji mo^I tefannten 33ac^Iem. The white nodding man became transformed, in the twink- ling of an eye, into a small brook, long well known to him. <5ettmart3 Wtcfenb falj er tfjm SWonbltd^t, toeldjeS ft$ efcen mteber entente, auf enter Wetnen $n\tt f melcfje burdj bte Ueberf^mentmung ge&tlbet tt>ar, Unbmen ladjjetnb unb UMify m bte Mttjjenben ©rafer Ijmgef^tmegt, or @eittt>art$ Wtdenb fa£ er tm eften fteij uueber enifjiittenben Sttonbltdjt, auf enter bur$ bte Uekrfdjmemmung gefcttbeten fletnen Stfd, Unbfnen la^elnb unb titWify in bte fctiifjenben ©rafer ijtngefdjmtegt Looking sideways, he saw in the moonlight, at that moment unveiling, on a little island formed by the inundation, Undine smilingly and charmingly reclined upon the flowery grass. 110 The present or imperfect tense is converted into the parti- ciple present used adjectively : — Sr futfjte fcei ber glamme, toeWje ttueber aufloberte, einen $rug mit 2Bein Ijemr, or dx fuc$te fcei ber ttneber aufifobewben gramme einen $rug mit 2Bein Jjertwr* He looked for a jug of wine by the light of the fresh-blazing flame. 2)ie Slnjatjt ber 9)?enf$en, tteldje itjren 3?ut>m iifrertefcen, i$ fe$r grof, or Die Slnjatjl ber iljren 9?u|jm ufcertefcenben 3D?enf$en ijl fe$r grojh 2>ie ^reunbfdjaft ber 9#enf$en, tt>et($e an aKen unfem 9)?utjen unb ©e^tcf falen Slttt^ett ne£men, ift ein fe$r grofjeg @ut, or S)ie greunbfc^aft ber an aCen unfem SJfttfjen unb ©djicffaten 2lntljetf ne^menben 9#enf$en tfi ein fe^r grofeg @ut Sie 3^1 6er iefannt gettwrbenen @pra$en, mit @inf($lu$ ber serfdjiebenen ©tatefte, fcetragt: in Slften 937, in Suropa 587, in Stfrifa 225, in Slmerifa 1264 -(SBolffO Drafo gab feine mit 33tut gefdjriefcenen @efe£e 622 t>or S^rifti ©efcurt 35er gib CSib 9?U9 Siaj be 33if>ar) ttmrbe ber $ampf£elb otjne ©leic^en genannt dlafy feinem £obe foKen bie Lauren fogar sor feinem auf ba$ $5ferb gefe^ten £ei$nam gefto^en fein* 35ei ben ©partanew tt>ar berjenige, ber einen in feiner ©egen* toaxt fcegangenen ftefjler nicfjt ritgte, berfetfcen (Strafe fcfjulbig one ber geljtenbe fetfeji* Porcus trojanus (bag irojanifdje ©dfjtoeuO wax tin ganj gefcrateneS, mtt Secferfuffen unb lefcenben SSogeln, welcfje kirn Stuff djneiben ^erau^ffogen, gefuttteS @$tt>ein, ein $5rac(jtgeri$t auf ben Safeln ber r#mif$en Gourmands, Ill XXIII. A succession of past events, in lively narration, is often ex- pressed in the present instead of in the imperfect tense. 2tm @ee*Ufer fyattt nteme $xau mit bent $mbe gefeffen, mrb ttrie fte fo redji forglo^ unb fettg mit tym fptelt, M£t ft$ bte iHeme auf eternal sor, al$ falje fte etoa^ rec^t 2Bunberf<$onee tm SBaffer; nteme greutfd?, ttemttd) fonnie, I would speak German, if I could. SBenn bte £offmmg nifyt toaxt, fo ftctre fetn ©ttefcen auf Srben, if there were no hope, there would be no exertion on earth. 112 2)er Stlte ertoieberte: ®* to are em futtbltdj 23erf, Itefj f$ 2:ucij m !fta$t uttb Stnfamfett bem itjortc^ten 2D?abc^>en fo gattj atfeme folgen, the old man replied : It were (: would be :) a sin, were I to suffer you, quite alone, to search after the foolish girl amid the lonesomeness of night. 3$r todret mty tooJj! fitr fyute nitfft toteber toSgetoorben, you would hardly have got rid of me to day. gr ^attt bte ganje Sanbjunge, fantntt ber £mtte uttb ifjren SSetoofwern, fajl fur ettte tritgert'fclj necfettbe 23ttbuttg ge^altett, after ♦ ♦ ♦ He would almost have viewed the whole peninsula, together with the cottage and its inhabitants, as some mocking illusion, but . . . 2)?an$er gate mMfyt grofe @djd§e, toent* er bte serfdjmett* betett Sugenbja^re noc^ etnmal fcefdf e, um fte ttii^It^er attjutoenben> (£$ todre tri$i ber 9Hf)e toertfj, ftefcjtg -34^^ alt ju Herbert, toemt afte 2Bei3#ett ber SGBelt forfeit todre sor ®ott— (©oetijeO (£3 todre fettt Uttterfdjteb nte^r jtotfdjen @ut uttb 33ofe, toemt tit ber 33ruft, too SKorbertrdume ftetjn, bes ©drummers frtebttdj 9Jet$ gebetfjen fomtte* — (Horner*) The future is sometimes used instead of the present tense to express probability or mere supposition. An expletive is often added. ©as fattn m'dji fern, ©te toerben ft<$ trren (%. e. ©t'e trren ftd) toerjagen ?" " Why, husband !" cried the old lady with a placid smile, " where 113 can your wits be wandering ? Our guest, to say the least of him, must belong to a Christian nation, and how is it possible then, that so well-bred a young man, as he appears to be, could think of driving old people from their seats J" £)0fy— See Key, p. 46. SBo^I frequently implies uncertainty or conjecture, and may be rendered by / dare say, perhaps. Sr tturb jefct tt>o$t JU £aufe fern, he is probably at home now ; he is at home now, I dare say. 3$ $a*e t|w ttifyt gefeljen; er anrb xosfy no$ axUitm^ I have not seen him, he is probably still at work. When occurring in questions, it) £ I may be rendered by / wonder. It refers to the answer expected :— Dh er jef$t n^O^I £U §aufe few ttrirb ? I wonder whether he is at home now. Do vou think he is ? XXIV. £)er fitter fragte, 0$ er n>c^I mtf femem $5ferbe fu'er Unter* fommen unb ^ftege fmbert Bnne, the knight asked whether he, with his horse, could find ( : have : ) shelter and entertainment here. The subjunctive mood is used in German in sentences in which either words or ideas of another person, or of the person who speaks, are indirectly quoted. In such sentences, the subjunctive mood of that tense is used the indicative of which was employed by the speaker. Thus the knight said : — $antt %ty &>oJ?I vxit ntemem $ferbe Ijter Unterfommen unb WW ftnben? Can I, perhaps, with my horse, have shelter and entertain- ment here ? 8 114 ©te anttoortete, fte miffe xotfyl, baf fte etne greatttr fei, ju ©otteS fret's unb gxeube. gefcf)affen, unb tt>a$ ju @otte£ $ret$ unb 5^^be geret'tfje, fei fie auc^ fcereit, mtt ftdj fcornetjmen $u laffen, she answered that she well knew that she was a being created for God's praise and glory, and what might promote the praise and glory of God, she was willing to submit to. ©te antoortete; „3$ toeif too% bafi id> etne Greater fc in. ju ©otteS ^JretS unb greube geftf)affen, unb ttaS ju ®otte$ $ret'3 unb greube gereic^t, tin t$ au$ fcereit, mtt mix sometjmen ju lajfett* 2)er Stfdjer fagte, aft bag ©efrfjrei Jjelfe am Snbe ju ni<$t3, ber SRitter ttuffe nocf) ni<$t, ttue trofcig bietleine fei, the fisher- man said, all that shouting would in the end prove of no avail, the knight did not know yet how obstinate the little girl was. grfagte: „WL ba$ ©efdjrei $tlft am ©nbe ju ntcf)i3, ber Slitter foetfi no$ m$t (3#r ttifit nodj m'd;t, ©te tx>tffen noc^ ni$t), tt>te trofcig bte f teine tfL" ©te metnte, etjer footle fte mtt bent f crimen $remben in ben ttritbett Sorjl ^oGenb^ fjtnetn, at3 ftueber tn bte ipaitte jurM, too man fyx vdtyt tyxtn IBiUtn tfyuz, unb au$ toiUjtx ber p$f<$e JRttter bo$ titer fur$ ober tang f^eiben foerbe, she declared that she would rather enter the wild forest itself with the beautiful stranger than return to the cottage where they did not do what she wished, and from which the handsome knight would sooner or later depart. ©te fagte: „@§er toitt tcf) mtt bem fcpnen gremben m ben ttntben ftorjl *>ot(enb$ tn'nein, aU tm'eber tn bte $i\tte jurtid, too man mix nify metnen SBiflen tyut, unb au$ todfytx ber pbf<$e fitter bod) titer furj ober lang fctjetben toixb. ©te metnte, ttnbtne fei fte son tljren Sleltem genannt iwrben, Unbtne footle fte au§ ferner tjeifen, she declared, Undine she had been called by her parents, Undine she was determined to be called henceforward. 115 ©te fagte : „Unbute lin i$ i>on miwn Sleltern genmmt twrben, Unbine it) i It t<$ autfj fewer Jjetfl etu" Sr fagte fatten, bag er erne Surg an ber Cutetfe ber 2)onau £afce, nub £>err #ulbiranb sort SRmgftettett gefjetfien fet, he told them that he had a castle near the source of the Danube, and that he was called ( : that his name was : ) Sir Huldbrand of Rings tetten. dt er&agte, ane t$m bodj nkmaU in btm 2BaIbe feK>ften toa$ SebenflttfjeS ttuberfa^ren fet, nnb alfo auf ber freten Sanbjunge ber fcofe ©effi tt>o$t nocf) tm'nber ©etoalt u&er ifjn auSufatt burfe, he reflected that nothing alarming had ever befallen him in the forest itself, and that, consequently, on the open neck of land the evil spirit would probably still less dare to exercise power over him. (£r meinte, mtr t'fjre Ueterraf^ung laff e tfmt 3^t baju, unb fte tx>erbe ft$ ialb natfjtjet in jtwefac^er 23Bbtgfett $or fetnen SBltcfen atfoenben, he imagined, it was only her surprise that allowed him the opportunity, and that she would soon after turn away from his gaze with redoubled bashfulness. 3fy nterfte, ba$ fcfjone Emblem tja'bt tut SBaffer getegen, unb £itlfe tljue tym noil), I perceived that the pretty child had been lying in the water, and stood in need of help. @t'e erjaftfte, fte fet mit tljrer 5D?utter auf bem grofen ©ee fpajteren gefaljren, Cf e O <*us ber 23arfe tn$ SBajfer gefatfen, unb Ijafce t^re ©tune erft £ter unter ben 33aumen ttuebcr gefunben, tt>o ttjr an bem tuftfgen Ufer retf)t fceljagtidj $u 2ttut$e getoorben fet, she related, she had been taking a sail with her mother on the great lake, had fallen out of the boat into the water ; and that when she first recovered her senses, she was here under our trees, where the gay scenery of the shore filled her with delight. fpc^teren fasten, to take the air in a coach (in a boat, &c.) fpa^ieren gefjen, to take a walk, take the air. 116 2Btr memten enblt#, ber 9?ame T>oxotyta ix>er be ft# am frejlen fiir fte fdjttfen, totit t$ einrnal geljort $atte, bag $etfje @otte^- gate, we at length concluded that the name of Dorothea would be most suitable for her, as I had somewhere heard it said, that this name signified a Gift of God. 2Ber fonnte nun ttriffett, o£ bag $inb getaufi f e t ober m$t» who could now know ( : who could tell us : ) whether the child had been baptised or not. £)er ©ebanfe, Unbme fet nur erne Mofe SBatberfdjetmmg 3 erne fen, Mam aufg neue tyflafyi v&tt \$% the impression, that Undine had been a mere phantom of the forest, gained a new ascendancy over him. XXV. 2)a3 ©erdufdj jog ft$ tmmer nd^er nac$ ber Sanbjunge Jjeraug, the noise drew nearer and nearer the promontory. Sent #utbfcranb toarb eg tmmer dngfftt'djer unb seworrener ju ©inn, je Idnger er Unbme unter ben nd$tlt$en ©fatten fu$ie, ofme fte JU ftnben, the longer Huldbrand sought Undine beneath the shades of night, without finding her, the more anxious and confused he became. ^ntnter, ever, always, when joined to a comparative, means : gradually, increasingly, more and (more . . . ) 25er 9?a$en bretjte ftcfj tmmer ttu'Iber unb f^ttnnbttger, the boat reeled more and more wildly and giddily ; the boat rocked with a motion that became more and more wild and dizzy. £>er ertjafone SBeruf beg 2ttettfdjengef$Ie$tg i% aCe in m^ gelegte $rdfte aufg mogttc$jle ju ser&oftfommnen, unfere galente tmmer setter ju enttmtfeln, unfer £erj ju sereblen, bte jarten Smpftnbungen ber ^umanttdt ju serfemew, unb nrt$ fo ber ©ottijett, unferm Urfctfbe, tmmer metjr ju ndljenu 117 3mmer lurjer unb bofy imtner nte$r* * $efeetm9 empfa^I ft$ femen gremtben oft burdj Sinf^reifcen be$ folgenben arttgen @^ru^>e^ in ©tammM^er: Musis et amicis Omni tempore Serviendum amore more ore re. XXVI. The indefinite pronoun tt>a3 is sometimes used for tttoa$, something, anything : — @t £at ^un toa$ JU fagett, he has something to tell you. Sr i£t gern toa§ @ute$, he is fond of dainties. 2Biffen @ie to a$ 9?eue$ ? ) Shall I tell you some ©ott \§ 3#nen to a 3 9?eue$ erjaftfen? J news? S$ toar tpm mentals in bem 2Balbe feftjiett toa$ £3 e bent* Iidje3 toiberfaljren, there had never anything alarming befallen him in the forest itself. 2Benn £)u wm ^tfd^fang ober son ber Sfteife Jjeimfommft, ba mag e$ mit ifjren ©c^afereien ganj toa$ 2triigeS fern, when you return home from fishing or from a journey, you may find something quite amusing in her frolics. Darin $at nteine gran ganj re$t 2Bir Ijafcen toa$ Znty* tigeS mit iJjr auSjujletjen ge^att In this my wife is quite right. We have had to bear much with her ( : she has occa- sioned us a great deal of care, anxiety and vexation : ). 25er Strme ifit, toenn er toa§ $at; ber 3tei^e, toenn er toiH Sr toeif? fainter toa$ %lmt$ f feften toa$ ©ute& 118 £afi ©u ttag ©djImmteS gefagt, ^orft £)u iatb tta$ no# ©djlimmeres* — (Hesiod. ) Slflen gefaften iji f$mer, ttenn man toa$ ©rofieS fceguwt* — (Solon,) £)er ^fnTofoplj SWjenoborcS gat bent $atfer SfaguftuS ben Slaty, tt>enn er in 30™ geratf>e, foUe er erft ba$ ganje Stfptjaiet fair ft$ tjerfagen, e^e er tt>a3 tljue ober rebe* — tyfian fh'Kt emeu ufcerfoc^enben $effel mtt gar ttemgent fatten SSaffer ! SBStflt 3$r, n>te auc^ ber Sterne tt>a3 tj??— £r maty ba3 tletne rec^t, ber @rof e fcegeijrt jufl fo ba$ @rof e ju iljmu— C@oetfjeO @ott fcraudjt aU SSerfjeuge ju grofen £>tngen oft 9ftenf$en, bte fdjle$,t ftnb, unb ganj m$ anber3 tm ©inne fatten, aU fte fattrirften* — (£egner/) * ©arm fjai nteine §rau ganj 9?e$t, in that my wife is quite right. We say: re$t (or 9te$t) Ijafcen, to &e right. (French, avoir raison.) „®u Ijaji mdjt retfjt/'— £)a$ ntag fern. 2lkr ba$ ju fagen f tfi Item* £at>e nte^r re$t, aU i$\ ba$ ttu'rb xoa$ fern* — GBoeQeJ The neuter pronouns aOe$, c^/, and tt?a$, what, are employed in reference to people generally, or promiscuously: — 2lfle$ toitt fjofjer aU e3 fieljt, all beings aspire to rise in the scale of existence higher than they are, 2ttte3 um fte tjer, ttarb, ttne auf etnen 2Btnf, fh'fle, all around her were in an instant hushed to silence. SIKeS rennet, all are running, every one runs. 2tfle3 rennet, rettet, ftitcf?tet, all is hurry, rescue, flight. What now acts shall continue its agency, and what now thinks shall think on for ever. — (Johnson,) 119 2Ba3 ftdj fud^t, ba^ fhtbet ft$, those who seek each other will find each other. 2Sa$ ft$ KeW, ba3 necft ft$ gern — C®eOertO griil? nit ftcfj toa$ em Sttetjler tterben tt)f ff* — (© fitter 2Sa$ grof fft ^h* gefc^euet, &a3 Kern ifi, ftnrb &erla$k— CSSermleO 23a3 an3 ber £aufe gefrodjen tft, ba<8 mag fi<$ rii^men, baf? e$ fdjon jum ^5rtefter f 23tfrf?of ober g?a»ft getoetijet feu— C&ttfjer + ) 23 a 3 is used after the neuter of the indefinite demonstrative pronoun ba§ or basjemge, that, either expressed or under- stood, and after the indefinite numerals afle$, etoaS, mancfje$, nt$t$, fciei, toeing-* SeftreBe ©u$ ba$ ju fein, &o3 2)u jit fdjeuten nmnfd)eft, endeavour to be what thou wishest to appear. $!#e$ xoci$ i§ fyaUf all that I have. 3$ fage toa$ tdj toet'f, I say what I know, ©agen @ie mir fta3 i$ nufji toeifi, tell me what I know not. 2Sa3 ity nifyt mi$, mafyt mix (or miify) nifyt ty\% things unknown to me I am not concerned for. Xfym ©ie toa$ \§ Stjnen $et£e, do as I bid you. I dare do all that may become a man, who dares do more, is none. {Shakespeare.) 3$ i^age 2lKe3 tt>a$ bent 9#anne jiemt; met meJir magi, ber tft femer* tylan tarn 2lffe3 »a8 matt toiU, menu mart null tta$ matt team* din alter SBettftetfer pflegte ju fetnen ©cpletn ju fagett: ©aget m'djt 2tfle3 toa$ 3#r tt>if t, benn berjemge melc^er Slfles fagt, tt>a$ er roetf, fagt oft metjr aU [man ttnffett tmJL S^ut mc§t §l£fe^ toa$ $ f gx fount, benn berjemge metier Sifted $8t, &ag er t$wt fann, tynt oft metjr aU er tfjmt foJL ©aget m<$t Slfle^ »a$ 3^ glaukt, unb glautei m$t Silted roa$ 3£ r ^ort, benn 120 berjem'ge tt>elc$er Wai glaufcet, tva$ man fagt, tfl ein eutfatttger 2)er 9ttenfd) tjl fo fceftfjaffett, baj? er bagjem'ge tt>a$ t'mmer mdfjrt, m'$t ertragen tarn. Sr unff mc^t twiner fcf)arfjuuuge ©tnge $hm— (& & ©#teget0 SBSir ftnb gettotjmt, ba{? We 2D?enfc^en fcertjofjnen, *oa$ fte m'$t *H»fh$ett/ baf fte $or bem ©uten unb Scpnen, bag tljnen oft tef$toerlt$ ijl, munm — (©oetfjeO 2Bag ber 23erjknb beutlt$ auffaffen foO, ntitffen ttrir, ft$ ju etnem gennffen @rabe toemgjienS, fceac$ten; toaS ttnr fo fcea^tet $afcen, flatten toix hifyt unb mit S3efttmmt^ett> di $at bur$ We Slufmerffamfeti, We e3 un$ gefoftet £at/ etnen 3Ber$ getoonnem— C£offfcauerO XXVIL (£fcen, adv., even, just, just then, at this (that) moment ; exactly, precisely. (£r ftenb unier bett ©fatten, We ft$ efcen bunfel ufcer ben 3D?0ttb getegt fatten, he stood beneath the shadows which had that moment duskily veiled the moon. £>er SJJonb entfjiiflte ft$ eien ttneber, the moon unveiled its light again at that moment. gr tooUte efcen feme @ef$t$ie cmfangen, he was just on the point of beginning his account. (£6en je^t, even now, just now, at this very moment. Verily he did it even now,— -{Spenser,) (£r {ji efcen j[e£t cms ber §erne ^emtgefe^rt, he has ttw very moment returned home from abroad, 3$ $abt fte felfcji erft efcen j[e§t gefunben, not till Mi* rery moment did I find her myself. 121 The adverb ebcn gives additional force to the^demonstrative pronoQD, like the English very. £x tr^iiiu eten Zic'c ©eu5;'c§te, he related this very )ry. £bea btefe umjcBcnerrt 2?{fter rirTcn t'6n ^ctralrt^ mi) ftc$ :hese very monstrous forms impelled him towards them. 5 ben fcesbalb irar jc^Iicficv fo fc^cn, for this very reason was each so beautiful. ©iqemgeit be^ihmujen trtr, srcl6e eben ttefelben ©era&ren anrreten, recipe ir;r uberitanten baben. £3 crctjjncre iTdb, h:§ in eben cerelbcn -Jhiit, in trefc^-cr 2llerancer ter @rc§e ^ebcren trurte, ter Jemrel ter Staita ju SrSeutS Ccmec ; cer jtebert 2}u;:?er) abbraiuue. £a$ eben in tcr glaidj tcr bofen £bax, Dafj fie fort^euijent 2?o^"ci$ mu§ tjebarcn.— (Skitter/) Q*ben 1*0/ even so, exactly so. Even a.s 2. hawke ±a:h no: hie w::h one ~inc. *ren so a man reacheth excellence wi:h Dne tongue. — [R-ocer .{<:z: Smcm Sd&urfen ircbl tburt, bnxt^t eben fo otel fktt mtem 2?raoert 'Sous rSun, to show favour to a rogue brings just as much danger as to do ill to a brave man ; to treat a rogue weD is just as dangerous as to treat a brave man badly. 5ben m'cfjt, not exactly. yjlaix fann t'6r eben m'd&t ^anj tefc trerten, one cannot exactly get quite angry with her. ©elfc eben m'djt, ®oI> fell es eben md?t fein, mem 3 U; n6 = fcerrtein ; rcy Sraijes 6aS ;6 fclcuen aft$u inel ; anTPsS 2nc$ ■mat jetton, not ex?.c:lj gold ; it is not exactly to be gold, my smart young gentleman ; of that trash I have too much myself; I'll just show it to you. 122 ©Ott)O^I • ♦ ., aU audj ♦ ♦ ♦, as well • , „ as also ♦ ♦ ♦ ; both . . . and ♦ ♦ ♦ eten fb tvofyl ♦ ♦ ., aU antf) . ♦ ♦, just as well ; as much . . ., as also . . . ®$ fc^ten efcen fo ftoljl, bte grbjunge $afce ft$ in bte §fat$ Innemgebrangt, alg au$, bag SBaffer txtfce mtt fcerltefcten Slrnten nadj ber f^onen Slue gegrtffen, it appeared^* as much that the tongue of earth had forced itself into the flood, as also that the water had, with loving arms, sought to embrace the beau- tiful meadow. XXVIIL Wlan nofym braufj en tinm alien ^riefter ttatjr, ber soor bent um>erfet?enen SinWide beg ttmnberfc^onen SttagWeutS erf^redt gurudftrat, they perceived an aged priest without, who stepped back in terror at the unexpected sight of the wonderfully beautiful maiden. Der ©etftft^e lam netgenb unb untHtdenb herein, unb fat) gar Tieb unb eJjrttmrbtg a£ren ft$ sor @c$aben>— (33atucf), vi,, 540 It is not unusual to form a word of the initial letters of the words of some remarkable sentence or assemblage of words. Thus we find : — Cabal. — A faction in the reign of Charles II. The word is formed of the initial letters of the names composing it, viz.: — Clifford, Ashley. Buckingham, -Arlington, and Zauderdale. Smectymnus. — A club of parliamentary orators, in the reign of Charles I. 124 The word is formed of the initial letters of the names composing it, viz. :— S. Marshall, E* Calamy, T. Toung, ikf 4 Newman, and U. Spurston. It is a singular coincidence that the word " News," should contain the initial letters of the four cardinal points : JVbrth, -East, JFest, and South. Thus, " Newspaper," signifies : A Paper containing intelligence from the North, East, West, and South. The initial letters of the names of the late French Provisional Govern- ment (^rago, Zamartine, Zedru-Rollin, Jfarrast, -Albert and Dupont) form the words : all mad. XXIX. ©o *net ali tyn armttdje £uite, ijHo^fjt'erunfer 33Ioiterbacf> Mljt nodj fanner ttertfj. — 2$ tp ber £famtel! fagte £utbfcranb. I should think, and I hope you will agree with me, that this our roof of leaves is at any time worth as much as their poor hut. — " It is heaven itself!" said Huldbrand. The article is used before nouns denoting an object, which is the only one of its kind, or denoting an abstract idea, as : names of sciences, arts, virtues, vices, qualities, passions, &c. Set #fatmel, heaven. bte fitefa, love. We £>60e, hell. ber $<*#, hatred. bag fforabted, paradise. ba$ Sefcett, life, bte 23orfeI?urtg, Providencec ber £ob, death. bte Sftngfett, eternity. ba$ ©djtdfal, fate. ba$ Slftert^um, antiquity. ber 3 u fafy chance, bte ©egenttart, the present ba$ @IM, fortune. time. ba$ Uttjjtucf, misfortune, bte 9?adjtoett, posterity. ber gljejknb, bie Stje, ma- ik 3ttfttttft / futurity. trimony. bte SSergcmgemjeii, past time. bte £offmwg, hope. 125 bte Jjetltge ©djrtfi, Holy Writ. bte tylatftmatit, mathematics bte yiatUX, nature. &c. bte ©$opfung, creation. bte 23ernunf£, reason, bfe Srbe, earth. ber 23erftonb, understand- bte £ugenb, virtue. ing. bctS Sajter, vice. 2)er £a$ tft partettfclj, afar bte Stcie no$ me$r, hatred is par- tial, but love is still more so. ©ocraieS ttefcett Stm'tuS ^mgejleUt, erfc^etni ttue bte £ugenb jur ©ette be3 Safters, Socrates placed beside Anitus, appears like virtue at the side of vice. 2)te Swjenb \ft bfe 3tii ber g;rettbe, youth is the time of gladness. Sent gjeif e unb ber ©ef<#ttf K$lett ftnb toentge £)tnge mtmog* Itcfj, few things are impossible to diligence and skill. £)te Sfafptoenbtgfett tfi bte gutter ber ©rfmbung, necessity is the mother of invention. £)er Sttufftggang tft erne $ejt fur ben Setfc unb fur bte ©eele f idleness is a plague for the body and for the soul. ©er ©tolj tft wcafytitf), pride is contemptible. SBennbte Stgenltefce unb bte St'telfettnt'c^tbte SBelt fce$errf$ten, fo fcctre bte SBafjrtjet't meljr geefjrt al$ fte e$ geto^nltdj tft @elb f<$Kefjt aucij bte $ofte auf, nu#t after ben iptmmeL ©te greunbf^aff mac^t ba$ ©lucE glanjenber unb ba$ Unglud letcljter* 2Ber ba$ Sefcen *>era$iet, furdjtet ben Sob m'$t Stcero nennt bte $$ifofop$te bte ptjrertnn be$ SefcenS, bte Siuffpurertnn ber £ugenb unb bte 33ertre£6ertnn ber Safter, bte Srftnbertnn ber @efe£e, bte SeJjrotetjtertnn ber ©ttten unb ber 2>te bret ©rajt'en, SlgTaja, (5«p$roftne unb S^alta, ttaren bte ©otttnnen ber Slnntutij, be$ StefcretjeS, ber greube 126 Site mx bte ®Utinn ber ©djutb, beg Unre$t£ unb ber SJelei* btgungem Stene ber SBetStjett unb ber £ugenb, tttc^t ben SBegterbetu Ste ©ef^tdjie be$ menftftftctjen UngTiid^ tefjrt un$ jt^ef frucf)t* tare SBa^rktten ftnben: ba3 UngTucf nta$t toeife, unb ber SSerjianb aUdn rettet md;t, fonbern bte <£ittm. ©ie £ugenb tfl ber aufrtcJjiige unb tetenbtge 2Btfte, alien ©efefen ber 23emunft unb ber Dffeu&arung ju geljor^en* — (©eflert) The article is not used before the name of the Supreme Being, © tt, God, except when preceded by an adjective or otherwise determined. "When a heathen dignity is signified, the article is used, b er © Ott, plur., bte ©otter. ©er atlmac^ttge ©ott, Almighty God. Ser ©ott be3 $riege3, the God of war ; ber ©ott ber Siebe, the God of love, gtn re$tf$ctffener Wlaxrn, unb no$ inel nte^r em tu$enb|>after, red)t* fd)affener $ont3, tfl ©otteS erlmbenjleS, ebeljle^ SSerf — (©tur^) SJJerfur war ber 23ote ber ©otter, unb ber ©ott ber 23erebfamfeit, ber ^aufleutc unb ber SMek. The definite article is employed before a substantive when it is used to indicate the whole genus or species of things or creatures, especially to express the cases : — £)er SBem erfreuet be$ Sftenfdjen £erj, wine gladdens the heart of man. £>a$ 2Betf> iji ba$ SKeijierjiucf ber 9?atur, woman is the master-piece of nature. 2)er 8ott>e ift ber $omcj ber £f)iere, the lion is the king of beasts. 23tete3 fann ber 2)?enf$ entfcetjren, nur ben 2D?enfc^en nifyt— (23owe*) 127 2)te gret$ett tjl be3 3#enfc$en $o<$jle$ Out— CSlrnbtO 2Ba3 $at ber 3)?enfdE) bent SWenfc^en ©rogereS ju gefon ate 2Ba$r$ett?— (@<$tfferO Uefcerafl tt>et(3^et ba3 2Setfc bent 2>?anne, nur in bem £o$jien tt>eu$et bent toetWt^ften 2Bet£e tntmer ber mannltc^e 2)?ann>— C@$tHe?0 Dte SBcIt QtauU m'$t an bte ©erecijttgfett be3 2Bei&e$, foWb em fBtii ba$ Dpfer ttn'rb*— (©duller/) ©o gomti benn, tt>a3 bem SBetV 9?atur unb ©lud fcefdn'eben; gowtt tfjnt, ane £erfule3, bte ©$imfm'i unbben $u§>— (2)?anfo + ) The article is frequently used with proper names to denote the cases distinctly, and it is necessary where ambiguity might arise. -3$ Jte$e ©$t'Ker bem ©oet^e &or, I prefer Schiller to Goethe. Dent ipttlbfocmb ttarb e3 tntmer angftlu#er unb ^ertoorrener ju ©mn, jetanger er Unbtne unter ben nadjtttdjen (Sfyatttn ftu$te, O^ne fte ju ftnben, Huldbrand became more and more anxious and confused the longer he sought Undine beneath the shades of night, without finding her. 28ttt man bte ©t^tfmtft ber ©rte^enunb ipekaer $ergfeu£en, fo fteflt man bem Corner unb $mbar ben £toft, bte ^falmen unb emett SefaiaS entgegen. 2)er Qafyn toax ben Sltten fcon relt'gtofer Sebeutung, 6efonber3 bem 9)?ar3 $etftg, mil er ftetS f cmtpffertfg ; fetn $ra£en ttmrbe fur ftetffagenb ge^alten ; er toav bem SIpotto ate ©onnengott, ber Sftmer&a ate 3^^^ ker SSac^famfett, bem 9)?erfur unb anberen ©ottern gett>et§t, unb ertn'elt ba^er au$ £)pfer+ $n ber |>eralbtf fcebeutet ber Qafyn tintn £elb tm $nege, ober SBacjj* famfeit 128 XXX. Sumufitmir erjaftfen, tt>a3 fur ttMtttberti$e Sltenteuer 2)u tm 2Balbe erleftt fjaft, you must tell me what sort of marvellous adventures you have encountered in the forest. 2BaS fur tin, what, what sort of, is used to express the species or quality of a person or thing : — @te fe^en xoaS fur tin $reunb er tji, you see what a friend he is. SBctS fur em 2#ann iji ba£ ? what man is this ? who is the man there ? 2Ba3 fur erne grew iji ba£ ? 2Ba* fur em Stub ijiba3? §lu3 tt>a$ fur einem SanSe iff er ? from what country is he ? (See Grammar, p< 82.) Sin is omitted before the plural number and things that cannot be numbered: — 2Sa$ fitr imtt ftttb ba3 ? what people are those ? 2Ba$ fitr 23ii$er lefen fte? what books do you read? (but &a$ fur ein SSuc^ lefen Bitfj 2Ba3 fur Sffiein tji bie3 ? what sort of wine is this ? 2Ba$ fur SBetter tji e$ $eute ? what kind of weather is it to-day? a 2BaS and fur em, or fur, are sometimes separated by the insertion of other words : — 25a$ foK ba£ fur ein 2Beg fern? what sort of a road d'you call this ? ©er SBeife ttctrb fcefragt: m$ tt>&rf#efl bu fur ©afcen? @r fprad); m'<$t$ ftimfrfje 1$, at$ ba£ t'$ m<$t$ ju tt>imf$en ^atte. — C3?iicJertO 129 ©A Smer tturb tm #tmntetrei$ fern ^Jla^en gegeben* — „ So Siner?"— frfjrie ftrau ©$m'p$, — ,, ei ftfjaui, &a3 Bin t# benn fur gi&e?"— (SMrgerO Ser S3ar erjafjlte barauf, tt)a$ er m fremben Sanbern fur 2fi>enieuer au3geftan$en, #a3 er gefefjen, geljort, getfjan (Jjatte)* — COdfert) " XXXI. 3$ fu'^r orbentttdj jufammett, ttenn t$ unter bent Sarm unb ©ejanfe in ber @tabt ki mir felfcjlen benfen ntufite: 3^ folder 2Btrt^fc^aft nfmrnjl aucf) bu nun mit nadjfiem be in en 23o^nft^ ober bodj in etner nifyt iriel jitttern, I actually shrank from the thought when, amidst the bustle and broils of the city; I was obliged to reflect in this manner by myself : In such a scene of tumult, or at least in one not much more quiet, I too must soon take up my abode. In a soliloquy, the Germans use the second person singular, bu, thou, the English the first person. XXXTI. 2lu0 bunjltgent Zijal bte 28 e lie, fie rann unb futfjf tyx ©liicJ, the wave, it ran from the misty vale, and sought its fortune. For the sake of emphasis, the subject of a verb is sometimes expressed both by a noun and its representative, the pro- noun : — "My banks they are furnish'd with bees." — Shenstone. Die ©lode fte bonnert em nwcf)ttge$ SinS* (©oetfje.) The clock peals forth a thundering (note or stroke of) one. 2)iefe3 Men, adj ! tt>ie fur J iji e$, this life, ah ! how short it is ! 130 XXXIIL The pronoun must agree with its antecedent in gender. The English pronoun it is rendered by e3 when the sub- stantive to which it refers is of the neuter gender ; but when the preceding substantive is of the masculine or feminine gender, er or fte must be used for the nominative, and ifyn or fte for the accusative.— (Gramma?*, p. 74.) This rule likewise applies to the relative and demonstrative pronouns. Whoever dreads punishment, suffers it, and whoever de- serves it, dreads it, n>er (Strafe f&xifyttt, let'bet fte, unb mer fte fcerbteni, furcijiei fte. T)k me^rften £eule fcfjeueien ben SBalb ttegen feiner gmfiermf unb Unttegfamfett; ber alte frontnte fttffytx jeboc^ burdjfdjriti t^n o^ne Stnfec^tung ju t>felen 9Sa(en, most people avoided entering the forest on account of its gloom and almost impassable recesses ; the pious old fisherman, however, passed through it many a time without molestation. T)\x ntuft mix erjatjlen, nne £>u in ben 2Batb fnnetnfamji, benn bte 3)?enf$en fc^euen ifyn fonft, you must tell me how you came to enter the forest, for people generally shun it. bet SSatb, (masc.) ttnbme, n>enn ©tr be3 alien SJtomeS Samnter ba$ £er$ m<$i irtfft, fo irtfft er'3 (for er e$) mtr, Undine, if the distress of the old man does not touch your heart, it affects mine. ber Sammer, masc— ba^ ^erj, neuter. £>a raf^ette tta3 (or es) an ber 2$fir; fte fprang auf, then something rustled at the door ; it sprang open. tic S^iir, fern. 2)a3 SSaffer ^atte ttaa; ber fc^onen Slue gegrtffen, na$ t^ren ^oc^fa)n)an!enben ©rafern unb SSIumen unb na$ bent crquttf* K<$en ©fatten i^rer 25mmte, the water had striven to grasp in 131 its embrace the beautiful meadow, its waving grasses and flowers, and the refreshing shade of its trees. bte 2dte, fem, @te fptette vxit etnem golbenen ©cljauipfenmge, ben (or tt> eleven) er an einer ftttte auf ber Srujl trug, she played with a gold medal, which, attached to a chain, he wore on his breast. @r \cS) m$)t$ aU bte ttefe f dj xoax je 9fat$t, b t e (or b e I (fy e) nun braupen sor ben ©djetfcen lag, he saw nothing but the deep black night, which now without lay beyond the window ; he discerned nothing except the deep darkness of night, which had now enveloped the whole prospect. <3k muffen e3 t$r m'djt ixM netjmen (or Joerftfreltt), j'unger £err, bafj fte 3*jnen ben faquemjien ©tufjt tnt £aufe m<#t aWrtti; e3 tji ©fttc fcef armen Seuten, bafi ber ben SKten ganj auSf^ltef* Itcfj ge^ort, you must not be offended with her, young gentle- man, because she does not give up to you the most comfortable chair in the house ; it is a custom among poor people that that belongs quite exclusively to the aged ( : it is a custom among poor people to look upon this as the privilege of the aged : ). (£r tarn bt$t an ben Sbaty, unb fatj, true biefer fetnen unge* ja^mten Sauf gerabe &or ben un^etmlt^en 2Mb $ttt genomnten §atU t he came close to the brook, and saw, that it had taken its wild course directly in front of the haunted forest. ©ie altt ftxan fe§te ft$ an i^ren ©jrenpta£ ttueber fyn, otjne bt'efen bent trembling anjutneten, the old dame sat down again in her seat of honour, without offering it to the stranger. (£r Jjatte fdjon etnen ftarlen gt^ienaji ergrtffen, nnb fianb, auf biefen gejiit|t, in ben ttnrMnben ^fat^en, he had already grasped a strong branch of a pine/and stood, supporting him- self upon it, in the whirling current. 132 <£ro ©etbemourm fn|t iagltdj jtoetmal fo met aid er fitter ift. 3ttan tji muner tne^r genetgt, QUten Stety ju gefon ate t$» ju neljmen. Mux $u oft letbet bte SBaljrtjett erne 23erbunlelung, afcer fte crlif^t me. SKe 3**nge $at feme $nodjen, after fte jermalmt $noc$en* <£r beclamtri sortreffltdj fi&er bte £ugenb, ot?ne fte felfcp ju SBenn man bte ®ere$rtgfett Wegt, fo iru$t fte. XXXIV. There are several particles which, are used both as conjunc- tions and as adverbs. When employed as conjunctions, they throw the finite verb to the end of the clause; as adverbs, they merely cause an inversion (i. e. the nominative must be placed after the finite verb.) Such are : — CONJUNCTIONS. ADVERBS. ba, as, while, when, since then, there bamit, in order that therewith, with that nun, now that now, at present, by this time fo, as ( — as) so. ©a, eonj. ©a er nun an btefent 2H>enbe ganj argloS Ui ben 9?efen f af , tarn tyn em unserfe^ener @<$recf en an, while he sat by his nets this evening, neither fearing nor devising evil, a sudden terror seized him. £) a m'cfjtS erf $ ten, fufjren fte fopffcptielnb unb feufjenb in ttjren 9teben fort, when nothing appeared, they would shake their heads, breathe out a sigh, and go on with their talk. 133 2Son SBortourfen tsar gar tricot bte 9?ebe me§r, ba ttnbine, ifjres &ro|es ^ergeffenb, bte fcetben ^flegedltern mtt amnuifngen SBorien unb Stebfofungen faji ufcerfc^iittete, they no longer thought of reproaching her, as Undine, forgetting her way- wardness, almost overwhelmed her foster-parents with caresses and the prattle of tenderness. 2)a, adv. £>a ftog bte Sfjur cmf, at that moment the door flew open. ©a $ielt ber 9? titer jltAe^ at this moment the knight stopped. X> a nofym er ftc£ jufantnten, upon this, he collected himself. 3$ fudjte natfj ber fteuten Setcfje; ba erfufjr tdj erfl, ttne Silted gefommen tt>ar, I looked for the little corse, then it was I first learnt how all had happened. ©atfi bte 9iebe son gotbenen ©^loffern, then her talk runs upon golden castles. ©a jog er fern Wltyfytn son bent latjten ©tfjabel, (:thus speaking : ) then he took his little cap from his bald crown. (£3 mogen nun stele Ijunbert Safjre fox few, it may now be many hundred years ago ; ba gat e3 etnmat etnen alien guten ^tfdjer, then there was once a worthy old fisherman. S$ ftnb nun tt>o$t fiinfje^n Satire sergangen, there are now, perhaps, fifteen years passed; ba jog t$ eumtal bur$ ben toufttn SSalb, then I one day crossed the wild forest. SBenn * ♦ . , ba mag e$ mtt ttjren ©^afereten ganj tsaS 2trttge£ fern* St&er • , . , ba tjl e$ gar etn 2tnbre3* When . . , then her frolics may be something very pleasing. But . . . , then it is quite a different affair. £)amtt, conj. 2Btr arfotten fefct, banttt toix btefen Slbenb auSgetjen fonnen, we work now, that we may be able to go out to-night. 134 £ter tjl ©elb, bam it ©ie 3$re @$ulben fceja^ten fonnen, here is money, in order that you may pay your debts. 2)ie ©otfjen fdjitften $re $nafcen IteBer in feme ©c$ule, bamit fie mm Wiefcem— (3* ?♦ S- 9K$terO ©ettriffe 23ii$er fdjeinen gef^riefcen ju fetn, ni$t bamit man barau$ lewe, fonbern iamit man ttuffe, baft ber SSerfaffer et&aS gettmfit $abz— (©oetlje/) SWemanb fcebenfi hifyt, baf un$ 33ewunft unb tin tapferes SSoflen gegefcen ftnb, bamit toix un# ni$t aflein wxn 33ofen, fonbern auti) wm Uefcermafi be$ ©uten jurudljatten — C@oetfjeO Damft, adv. £ier ift ©elb, bamit fonnen @ie tyxt ©djufben fasten, here is money ; w#A £Aa£ you may pay your debts. 2)amit trat ba$ jierli^e S&fj^eo fjefft'B gegen ben 23oben, thus speaking, she stamped her elegant little foot vehemently on the floor. 9?un, conj. (mm ba, mn baf), now that. 9?un er un$ nic$t metjr £rauc§t, lommt er me ju un$, now that he does not want us any more, he never comes to us. Unb nun ber £immet beinen ©<$ritt tnertjer gelenfet C^aO, fo taf bie ©rofimutlj unb ba$ Wlitkii ftegen*— C©$itferO 9?Mt, adv., now. %lun fcrau^t er un$ ni$t metjr, now he does not want us any more. ■jftun frequently expresses the English well:— 9?Mt, fo fet e$, well, be it then. 9?un, \§ toitt fommen, well, I will come. fftwx, ttn'e fte$t 1 3? well, how do matters stand? 135 ffiwst, toaz fyabm ©fe ju fagen? well, what have you got to say? Well, Shylock, shall we be beholden to you ? Sfon, © § 9 1 cf , n>offen ©te mt$ serbmben? „!MMt/' rief ba3 Sttabcfjen lac^enb, „bte ttmfl redjt brnnm fern/ 7 "Well!" exclaimed the maiden, laughing, "she must be very stupid." „9ta, nun,"— layette ber £au3tjerr, „2)u ^aft eS mit Unbmen, unb t$ nttt bem See/' fi Well, well," replied the master of the house with a smile, " you have your trials with Undine, and I have mine with the lake." 9Jun is used as a particle of connection, like now and well in English. Now, this is indeed too bad, nun, ba$ if: bo$ rcirftid) $U axq. Now, by St. Paul, this news is bad indeed. (Shakespeare.) ^Utt, fcd @cmct $aul, bteege3 tie @ef$tcf)te jiemtt^ im $opfe Return, well, this affair would keep running in my head. 9?un, rtur serttmif ten 2Wtern fa^en benn nod) felbt^ert 2(benb3 ftttt betfammen in ber f)iitte, well, we again desolate parents were sitting this same evening quietly together in the hut. In its connective import, nun is sometimes placed in the middle of a phrase : — 2HS t# tf)m bieS nun erflaren foottte, lief er mq f now, (or well,) when I was going to explain this to him, he ran away. ©a er nun an biefem Sftenbe ganj aroloS M ben S^efeen faf , ic v well, while he sat by his nets this evening, neither fearing nor devising evil, &e. Sometimes now is rendered by abet or nun aber. (£t tt>o£nte aber in einer iiberauS anmutl)i<}en ©e^enb, now the comer of the world where he dwelt, was exceedingly picturesque. Now there was a day wheu the sons of God came to present themselves before the Lord. (Job i. 6.) & begafc ft$ aber auf einen Xa$, ba bie $inber @otte3 famen, unb $or ben g>errn traten. 136 If this be true, he is guilty. Now this is true, therefore he is guilty, {Rogers.) 2Benn bte$ xoofyx i% fo \\x cr ftyuBrig. 9?un abet tfi bieg n>a^r; folgttg tfi er fcfrafttg* Now there lived in the same town a man, who — , nun lebte dbtX in ber= felbtgen 8ratt cm 3Ramt, rceld?et— 9JUU, now, at present, must not be confounded with nur, only. 9hir tm ©rabes^unfel leu^tet ba^ Serbienfc raib beg Vetoes ©$Ian* genfopf jtrtritt nur bet 2ob + — Gftesc&ue.) 9Jur bcr frete ©e^orfam gefattt ®ott unb 9D?cnfc^cn tto^t — Common.) 2[ffe$ in bcr SBett Lvsi fid) erttagen, nur md?t erne IRei^e son (crimen Sagetu— (OoetyeO 23er nur feme etgene ^artet begtetft, ift auf etnem -2(uge b(mb unb auf einem £>£re tavti. <&Q f adv., so j fo 'oklf so much, thus much. @r $at ft$ tmtner gut fcetrageti, fo met toeif itf), he has always behaved well, so much I know. ©o ate! gewa^rt em greunb, fcafr au($ ba3 Men mdjt mefjr al$ em £>afem ift, ttenn uns em greunb gefcru^i— (£agebornO ©o, conj., as — as ; fo Otel, as much as, as far as. gr $at ftdj ittmter gut tetrageu, fo triel id) toetf, he has always behaved well so far as I know. 3$ toitt S^nen ^elfen f o otel i$ f ann, I'll assist you as far as I am able. ©0 is used as a co-relative of aU and ttne, answering to the English so and as. When the word between the particles fo and al$ is an adjective or adverb, al$ is often omitted, and the particle fo, from its including the subordinate aU, becomes itself a subordinate conjunction, throwing the finite verb to the end :•— ©o oft (aW) flor ben Senjlern fca$ ©eringfle regie, fa£ 137 Suter &0tt fcetbett ttt fete £o£e, as often as (: whenever : ) the slightest thing moved before the windows, one of the two looked up. 3d) rot'C Stfcfj gerne mit 2ftenbfcrob wtb 9?acr)ttager fcertnrtJjen, fo QXtt QctW) e^ unfer Sitter* §at f I will gladly accommodate you with supper and bed as good as a man of my condition has ; you are welcome to as good a supper and bed as such folks as we can give. Thus we use : fo fcalb aU or fofcalb, as soon as fo lange ate or fo lange, as long as fo Otel aU or fo tu'el, as much as fo mentg aU or fo roemg, as little as fo totit aU or fo foeft, as far as in fo fern ats or tn fo fern, in as far as. ZU @uie3 fo oft mtb fo ml £u farmfL So tange man (jlwJIufj t'jt, fetrten gtnem bte grewibe ntcf)i 2Ser unoergefiltcfje 23o£Itf>aten er&etfen toilt, ber sergeffe fte, oBalb cr fte getJmn bat Zfyn fo ml 2)u fannjt, after ttt^t mel>r, benn ©it fannjt m$t JffleS, unb tnjt au§ ma;i bajtt ft eftettt £>te Statue bes StpoKo tft ba$ ^oc^jte Sbeat ber !?nnft itnter tflen SBerfen be3 Stttert&mns, toetc^e ber 3erftorung entgangen tub. g£ it&ertrtfft aile St'Iber beffeften, fo roeti Jpomefs Stpott en, roe!a)en bte folgenten Sifter ntalen. ®ott hat bte 3ttenfc$en uniernc^ier, fo ml fte noting $aktt, tm ft$ m ber SBSelt ju tei'ten, nid)t akr, fo otet fte bxaufym, urn §re Dceugterbe ju tefrtebtgen, benn ber 3Eenf<$ tft gemacjft ju >anbeln, nt$t, ju fpeatfum— (^rtetrtd) ber ©rofleO '* Umer diner or unfet &n$ signifies : a person like us, in cur condition ; uch folks as we, 138 XXXV. 2Bte is used both as an adverb and as a conjunction. It signifies : I, how ; II, as, like, both as a comparative of equality or similarity, and in a consecutive sense ; III, when, while, I, how, adv., in exclamations and questions. 2Ste alt ftttb ©ie ? how old are you ? SSte getjf 3 3$UOt ? how are you ? SSBfe tefmben @te ft$ ? how do you do ? SSte teftnbei ftdj 3$r iperr 3Sater ? how is your father? SSie teftttbet jt$ S^re grew gutter ? (3^re ftrau ©$tt>efier ; 3$r gfraulero Sdjttefier?) 2Ste frof) ftar t$ ! how glad was I ! 28te tteknsnmrbtg iff bte Stugenb ! how amiable is virtue ! SBie f i>nn t e e$ bent IteBen jtungen 23 tut emfaQen, alte itntt wn if)ren ©t^etl $U $erj[agen ? how could such a nice young man think of driving old people from their seats ? £5 tok met fteubtger tranche nun ber junge 2J?amt feinen gic^tenafi jum State al3 sorbin! how much more joyfully than before did the young man now use his pine-branch as a staff ! how, in ivhat manner, the manner (way) in ivhich. (cons.) 23 te ber Jftttter ju bent %\\§tx fant, how the knight came to the fisherman. ©unwftnu'r erjd^len, ton £)u in ben 2Batb Ijmemfantft, you must tell me how you happened to enter the forest ; you must tell me what made you enter the forest. 3fy fuc^te na$ ber flemen Setrfje; ba erfuijr \§ erft, to it Sitter gelomnten to ax, I looked for the little corpse ; then it was that I first learnt how all had happened. 139 SDBte elenb mac^en ft$ We Ungebutbtgen ! £etlt mc$t i'ebe SBunbe nur aflmaftftg ? ©ebutb, 3^ vati ^offnung fiinnen aufy bte groften @$nter$en Itnbern* SGBt'e fann t$ enter Slufgate nadjbenfen, ofme fte burdjjubenfen ? 2Bte fann t'dj bte Sfaftofmtg ju ftnben fjoffen, ttenn i$ son ber Stufga&e unb tfjren StfjetTen himn beuttt^en, sottjlanbt'gen unb genauen SJegrfff $afce ?— (Sefftng*) 9?t$t tt>a$ er tretW, fonbern tok er ba3, tt>a3 er tretfc, fce^anbelt, unterfcfjetbet ben pfnlofoplnfcfjen ©eiji— C©$tCerO @te£' tt>a3 bte SBetfen fyxm, fte^% iwV$ bte Sfjoren tretfcett, unb tyu bas Sine na$ unb lafj ba3 2tnbere Weftea. — QH&fctO II, a.?, fofce. 2)te ©tttenletjrer fpretfjen ttne Sngel unb lefcen toit 9)?enf$en, the teachers of morality discourse like angels, and live like men. ©er ©etjl bes STOenf^en ofme Srjt'e^ung tjl tone etn unpoltrter ©tatttCtttt, the mind of man without education is like an un- polished diamond. Stefce betnen 9?ac§fien ttne btrfj felfcfl, love thy neighbour as thyself. ©te jetc^nen ttne em 9?e$f#, you draw like a Retzsch. 2Bte em |JfeiI ftar fte au$ ber 2$ur, like an arrow she was out at the door ; swift as an arrow she shot out at the door. ©a3 tarn tym toit tin {jetbmfc^er Dfame sor, that appeared to him like a heathenish name ; that appeared to him to be a heathenish name. dx Jjorie e$ im SBalbeSbmtfel rauf^en, toit 9?o£ unb Sttann, he heard something rustle in the darkness of the wood, like a horse and man ; he heard a rustling in the wood that re- sembled the trampling of a mounted steed. ©er ©turm foafy, toit torn bem ©etofe erfeetft, cms itn 140 mac^tfgctt ©eftolfen Ijer&or, the storm, as if awakened by the uproar, burst forth from the mighty clouds. £)te 33aume fcengten ftc§ ttne fc^tt>tnbelnb tt&er bte retfienben ©ettdfler, the trees, as if giddy, bent themselves over the rapidly rolling waters. (5r jlcmb ttne fceitjort unfer ben ©fatten, he stood as if en- tranced beneath the shadows. 2)er ctlte Wtann itjctt, ttne Slettern mtt serjogenen $tnbew ju ttjtttt p fie gen, the old man did as parents use (:are apt:) to do with spoiled children. @3 gtng tnbeffen, toteti ber ^i\6)tx gefagt Ijaite, it turned out, however, as the fisherman had said. SBetbe ircmfen mtb fpra^en mtt emanber tt>te e$ gtoet toacfern tmb jutrauT;d)en SWamtern gejtenti, both drank and spoke together (: they relished their beverage and enjoyed their chat :) as it behoves two worthy and confiding men. g$ tft Bet arnten £enten m$t fo bantt't, to it 3^ r e3 ntetnen ntdg t, £err 9?ttter, poor people cannot in this respect do as you may think, Sir knight. 3$ Jjafte Gutf) cmfgenontnten, tt>te e$ etn Bteber^erjtger 3D?amt bent anbern JU t^un pflegt, I have received you as one true- hearted man receives another. Wlix ftiefj m<$$ 23ebenfttd£)e3 tn bent SBatbe te etn egppitftfjer £nnb an$ bent 9?tt. Sr ftnbet nnt SKtttema^t o|me Saierne ben 2Beg son 2W?en nafy SWegara ttne $om SteOer tn ben 2ttunb, 141 Die Setben fttib tote ©etotttertoolfen; in ber gfmte fetjen fie fdfjtoarj au3, liter unS fount grau*— (3* -P* §♦ 9ii<#terO Oft $at ba$ teffe #er$ jum Stergfien ft$ t>erirrt, ttue au$ bem ffifl eften 2Setn ber f^drffte gfftg totrb — (9fcutfert0 Semite £)t$, eme mogttc^ft reine unb rtcfjttge 2lu3fpra$e $u erlangen, unb fc^reite fcann bt'efer rtc^itgen 8ta3fpradje gemaf, ober tote £)u rtc^itg fpri<$ji unb fcudjftainrfi, fetnen Saut mefjr, afcer auc^ letnen $axtt toemger! 3* ©♦ nt§t f^te^en Ontfteti fietjeu), fc|:precfjen Omjiatt fpretfjen), ftoarj (anjfott fc^toarj), ftoetgen C^nftatt fd^etgen), ©gtnfen C^nftatt Sdjutfen), ^urfenober ^nrfen (anffcatt ©urfen), fotbfetft ober jolb* jelfc C^jiatt golbgelb), ipeifer Cctnfiatt ^aufer), eier Cctnftatt euer), if$t C«njiatt ifO; x>telen anjlatt fufcleu .— (§e9feO ffite . . v fo (or atfo) ... ^ (So tote . . ., fo (or alfo) ... V as . . ., so . . . ©tettfjtote . . ., fo (or alfo) ... 3 As (tt)tc; fo ttue or gtetdjttue) the reputation of books is raised not by their freedom from defect, but by the greatness of their beauties, so (fo) should that of men be prized not for their exemption from fault, but the size of those virtues they are possessed of. — (Goldsmith.) 2St'e ft$ bte Sftetguttg anberS ioenbet, alfo ftetgt unb fdttt be$ ttrt$ett$ 2Bage — CS^tUerO 2Bte traurtge £taume eine angenefjme 3ttfunf5t fcebeuien, fo toirb e$ mtt bem Sraume be$ $tbtn$ fern, totnn er au$ ift.— 2Ste im ?enje ber Zfyan bte toelfenben Slumen erquidet, fo Mefcet ©efang KeWu# ba$ menfdjlic^e £er$* — (25aggefen.) ©o tote ber SBet&raudj ba3 Seten enter i?of)Ie erfrifdjet, fo erfrifc^et ba3 ©eiet bte ipoffmmgen bes £erjen&— C©oe££je.) @tetcf)ttne ber Sett otme ©etji tobt i% alfo ifl audj ber ©lauk otjne SBerfe tobt— CSacoB. 2-, 26.) 142 2Bie denotes a definite time, when, while, in the moment that. It is especially used with the present tense when employed instead of the imperfect to enliven the narrative. Sim ©ee^Ufer £atte meine $xau mit bem $inbe gefeffen, unb nue fte fo recfjt forgtoS unb feltg mit ifjm fptett, IMt ft$ bie $leine auf eimttat *00X f my wife had been sitting with the child on the border of the lake, and while she was playing with it, free from all fear and full of delight, the little girl all at once bent forward. ©tettettjater nennt man bie in Serlin 1786 gepragten Scaler, auf benen bie SatjreSjattf fotgenbermaften auggepragt ijl : 17 A. 86. ©o fcebeutet fte ben 17. Sluguft 1786, aU ben ©ierfcetag griebricp be$ ©rofen, beffen Sob ber Sftunjmeijler erfuljr, ttu'e er efcen im 23egriff &ar, Scaler ju fdjtagen* XXXVI. 35er ipin* Oeg} unb SJiicf&eg, the way there and baeko 3$ tnitfte anfy titgen, toenn t<$ fagen vooUte,mix toare auf bem £in=ober ^iicftoege bur$ ben SBalb irgenb ttm$ 23ebenfti$ere$ aufgepo^en al3 fonft, I should also speak an untruth, were I to say, that anything had befallen me, either on my passing through the forest to the city, or on my returning homeward, that gave me more alarm than usual. 9ftan lam nad) manmgfac^em #in*unb §erreben mit einanber auf$ 3?eine, after a great number of questions and answers, the affair was arranged to the satisfaction of all. T)a$ 2faf* unb 2tttreifcen in ber 2Beft, (the ups and downs) the triumphs and repulses in the crusade of the world. 143 A hyphen is used when two or more successive compounds have the same word for their last component, which, to avoid repetition, is generally expressed only in the last compound. (£m 23et*, 33tt$* Uttb $a$* Sag, a day of prayer, repentance, and fasting. ©t$refi>*, ©rucf* Uttb Spfc^paipier, writing, printing, and blotting paper. Sin junger fcottauier £>a%eteijrter fragte fpottif^ in @egen= Wat emer ga^Iretc^en £if$gefet(f$aft ernen foiirbigen ©$au* fpteler urn bem Unterftfjieb gtt)ifc^en einetn £rauer*, ^fyau* uttb Sujlfpiele* 2)iefer ertoieberte ; baf @ie bett nt(#t ttnffen, tji fair midj em Sujifpiel, fur @ie em Strauerfpiet uttb fur bie fdntmitic^e £if$gefeCf$afi: em ©tfjaufpief* 2)er e^etnatige @c^meme^na^^ertgett)eltteru^mte ©eelenl?irt, fJaBft ©trtus ber pnfie (er leite soon 1521 W« 1590), ttarb burdj Siji gar fjeitiger 23ater, uttb, fritter aU ©c^rcetrte^irt f)od)ft ungef^icff, uttter ben ^5atjlen emer ber rtt^mttmrbtgftetu Sxt bett fatten Sunften rennet man bie Zon*, QifyU uttb tftebefunjl, bie 3ft f $en*, SDcater^, tupferjledjer^unb Silbtjauerfunft, bie ©eterben^ £a'%=mtb StfceaterfunfL XXXVII. There is in German a special reflective and reciprocal pro- noun for the third person only, ft$, which serves for the accusative and dative in all genders and numbers, and may be rendered in English thus : Accusative ; ftcj), himself, herself, itself, one's self, yourself, themselves. Dative : ftcfj, to (or for or from) himself, herself, itself, one's self, yourself, themselves. 144 For the first and second persons singular and plural, the personal pronouns are used reflectively. 3$ Itebe memett Sntbet (metne efter), I love my brother, my sister. id) Itebe mid), I love me ( : myself.). IDi! lob eft Semen @o$!t, Seine Softer, thou praisest thy son, thy daughter. 35 U lobeff £)id), thou praisest thee ( : thyself: ). er acbtet feinen ibnM, feme Xante, he esteems his uncle, his aunt. ex Ctd)tet tbn, he esteems him ( : some other person : ). cr ad)tet f t d) , he esteems himself. fte riu)mt tfrren Setter, tbre Souftne, she praises her cousin (masc), her cousin (fern.) fte ritbntt fte, she praises her ( : some other person : ). fte ritlnnt f i cb , she praises herself. man Ber#e&tgt feme greunbe, one defends one's friends. man Dert&etbfgt Xtyl, one defends him. man fcertjetbifjt ft$, one defends one's self. ttir Itcben unfere ^ermanbten, we love our relations. Voit Iteben UttS, we love us ( : ourselves : ) 3f)r lobet Sure jltnbcr, you praise your children. 3(n: lobet QEntf}, you praise you ( : yourselves : ) ©te tubmen 3$re Sebtetttett, you praise your servants. ©te ritl;men fte, you praise them. ©ie tubmen f t cb, you praise yourself. fte bemuurern feine 2(uscauer, they admire his perseverance, fte bettnmbem fte, they admire them. fte bett)Unbem ftcf), they admire themselves. In English, the personal pronouns were, originally, used reflectively. I will lay me down in peace and take my rest; for it is thou, Lord, only, that makest me dwell in safety.— (Psalm iv. 8.) Forlorn of thee, whither shall I betake me, where subsist.— {Milton.) Prepare thee to cut off the fash.— (Shakespeare.) Will you prepare you for this masque to-night?— (Shakespeare.) 145 id) freue im'c$ u$ fdjmeic|Ie mix 2)u freueft £>i$ £)u fc^met^elft Sir er freuet ftdj er fdjmeic^elt ftdj fie- freuet ftcp fie ftf)meicfjett ftdjj man freuet ftc£ man f$meid?elt ft§ nur freuen un£ ttrir [fymtifytln wt$ tfjr freuet eucf) t£r fc^meicfjett eu$ 8ie freuen fief) @te f^metcpeln ftcij fte freuen ft$ fie f§mei$eln £$♦ (See Grammar, pp. 162, 171.) In an independent sentence, the reflective pronoun follows the flexible part of the verb : — Sr fcebedfte ft$ ttneber, he covered himself again. Sa3 Saltern erg of ftcjj in ben Sanbfee, the little brook discharged itself into the lake. 2)er fitter erlunbtgte fid) rouge 9JtaU nacf) bent 23albe, the knight occasionally made some enquiries concerning the forest. £)a3 ?R&ttt $om SSafte pafi t fid) nirf)t in ber eintred)enben dlatf)t f talking about the forest is not seasonable now that the night is commencing. £ult>fcranb ergo^te fid) an ber f)olben ©eftatt, Huldbrand gazed with deiidit on the sweet form. @ie fe|te fidj auf eine Heine guftanf xtzbm ipulbfcranb's Qtv&l, she sat down upon a little footstool by the side of Huldbrand' s chair. @ie ftetrug fid) ttaf?renb ber tjeiligen £anbtung auferor* bentlidj ftttig, during the holy ceremony, she behaved ex- tremely well. 2)ie fceiben Sllten fiigten fidj in vfjr SJegeljr, the aged couple comphed with her request. 10 146 9J?an fcefamt fid) enbftci) na&) ber gxeube be$ 2Bteber$afcen$, they at length recovered from the joy of meeting again. 3$ bebecfte mid) ttieber. 3$ etfunbigte mid) na$ tfjm. 3$ ergo£te mid) an tf;m + 3$ fefcte mi$ auf eine 23anf. 3$ fttgte mid) in fein ^5cge|>r. 3^) befann mid) enblic^. (gr na^ttt fid) Mb jufamntett, he soon recollected him- self; he soon felt emboldened. £>er fitter Ifefl fief) freunbfic^ barauf nieber, the knight sat down upon it with gentlemanly good humour. 2)?a$ ©eraufd) jog fid) t'mnter tidier ttac^ ber Sanbjmtge IjerauS, the noise continued drawing nearer and nearer to the tongue of land. Die atte §raunat)m fi$ Unbine'3 5^$* u ** @efaJ)r nic$t fel)r JU £>erjett, the old dame did not take Undine's flight and danger much to heart. 3$ nafym mid) ^ufammen. 3$ Ifep micf> auf einen @tut?l nieber. 3$ fe|te mi$ baki nieber, 3$ bitcfte mi$ $cr. 3d? nal;m mir ba# ntc^t fej?t ju £er$en. In compound tenses, the reflective pronoun follows the flexible part of the verb : — Srfjatie fief) fel)r geirri, he had been much mistaken. Hnbine fyattt fid) ettva$ emporgeridjtei, Undine had par- tially risen. £>ie ©fatten fatten fid) eknbunfel iifcer ben 2D?onb gelegt/ the shadows had that moment duskily veiled the moon. 2)ie ©rbjunge I) a ttt fid) au$ Siefc gu ber Haulic^ flaren, amnber^eften glutf) in biefe Jnneingebrangt, the strip of land 147 had out of love for the bluely clear, wonderfully transparent flood pressed itself into it. (Ste fotrb f($ talb nati$& m jtoeifadjer 33tobigfeit wr femen 3Sltcfen atmenben, she will soon after turn away from his gaze in twofold bashfulness. Unbine tooHie fi$ ba£ finbif$e 23efen gar m§t aftgetoo^ nen, Undine would on no account leave off her frolicsome childishness. Ser fJrtejier fonnie ficfj enbltdj auf femett ber ©riinbe, bie er gegen bm 9?amen Unbine t>orrdt£)ig ge^aW fyattz, nte^r tefinnen, the priest could at last not remember any of the reasons which he had had ready against the name of Undine. 2Ber to gefa$r&oHen Slug etti It den uteljr fjofft aU f&tifytet, ber toixi ftd) oft m femer Sojfnung getdufcf)t fmberu The reflective pronoun belonging to a participle or an infi- nitive, is placed at the commencement of the clause : — (Ste rief, ft# bufjt x>or bett $i}fytx fyn fteltenb: « . ., she cried, placing herself right before the fisherman. 3d) rief, mtcf) btcf?t &ot ben gtfd)er I;m fMenb. Du riefft, St$ fct$t &ot ben gtfe^er I;fn ftctfenb* 2>te alte grauermafmte baS 3ftabc$en, fi$ an if)te 2M>ett ju fcegefcen, the old woman exhorted the maiden to betake her- self to her work. £)erj;emge, ttetcfjer mrr ba3 SBerbtenf: feiner 2tl?nen geltenb ma^t, anerfennt fttftfdjweigenb, bafj er ttrfa^e §at, ftcfj niify& auf fern eigeneS emjubtlben* The reflective pronoun keeps its place when the flexible part of the verb is removed to the end : 25a3 35a<$Iem erg of ftc$ in ben Sanbfee* 2)as 23acf)leut, ba3 ft c^ in ben Sanbfee erg of,, the little brook which discharged itself into the lake. 148 ©tc £au$frau natjm ft$ UnbtneS gl'udjt unb ©efaljr mcfjt fefjr ju iperjen* Ste #au3frau, bte ft# UnbtneS Studjt unb ©efa$r m'<$t fe^r ju iperjen nafjm, toar terete jur 9?u^e gegangen, the mistress of the house who did not take Undine's flight and danger much to heart, had already gone to rest. 23cm SBalbe, nadj tyet$eitt ber Slitter ft$ etmge Sttale erfunbtgte, tooKte ber alte 9)?ann m$t *nel ttnffen, about the forest, concerning which the knight occasionally made some enquiries, the old man pretended to know but little . (£r jlcmb unter ben (Bfyatttn, bte ftd) eien bunfet fiber ben Sftonb getegi fatten, he stood beneath the shadows which had at that moment obscured the moon. 3#n lam em unserfe^ener ©djretfen an, al$ ♦ ♦ ♦ (unb} ba ^ ©eraufdj ftctj tmmer natjer na^ ber Sanbjunge $erau$ j o g, a sudden terror seized him, when . . . (and) the noise drew nearer and nearer to the tongue of land. Sr fa$, ttue fe$r er ft$ getrrt tjaite, he saw how much he had been mistaken. ©te bcgtcbt ft$ an tyre Arbeit. fte begab ft'cf) an t^re Arbeit* fte Ijat ft$ an tfjre Slrbeti begeben* fte ttnrb ftcr) an tyre Arbeit begebem fte nutt ft$ md)t an tyre Arbeit begeben. 2Benn fte fid; an tyre Arbeit beg tcbt Ut# fte fid) an tyre Vtx'btit'btQa'b. 2BetI fte fi^j an tyre Arbeit begeben $at. 2) a fte ft d) an tyre Arbeit begeben ttirb. ©a fte ftcfc ntcfjt an tyre Arbeit begeben tt> (II. In a dependent sentence, the reflective pronoun is sometimes, for the sake of emphasis, placed before the subject : — 3^n tarn em unserfefjener ©djrecfen an f aU ft c^ ba$ ©erauftf) tmmer nctyer na$ ber Sanb^ttnge f?erau3 jog, a sudden terror 149 seized him, when the noise continued every instant drawing nearer and nearer to his little territory. 23om SBalbe, naty n?el^em ftdj bet dtiittt et'mge 9Jfafe erftm* btgte, tooUtt ber attt 3D?ann xtitfjt &fel ttnffen, in relation to the forest, concernig which the knight occasionally made some enquiries, the old man chose to know and say but little. However, we do not place ft$ before the subject when represented by a personal pronoun :— Som SSafte, nacl) mifytm er ft$ erftmbtgte. £)a3@eiauf$; a& eg ftd) immer na^er rmd) ber Sanb3unge t)erau0 303, ♦ * ♦ Thus in inverted sentences: Der gtfdjet na^m ftd) gufammett, the fisherman collected himself. © a na^m ber giffier ft d) ^ufammert, or £)a tta|)m ftd) ber gtfct}et ^ufammen. Dana^m er ftd? jufammen. If the dative, or the accusative, of the third person be under the government of a preposition, it must, if referring to the nominative of the sentence, still be considered as reflective and rendered by ft dj, though in English the simple pronoun is often used in that case : — Sr fyattt fern @elb Bet ft$, he had no money with him. @fe §attt tfjre Ufjr m'djt bet ftdj, she had not got her watch with her. @te ttarf ba$ 33itcfj Son ftdj, she threw the book away from her. 3$ £a&e tan ©elb bet tmr. 3d) ^abe metrte ttfjr md?t bet mtr. £aft Du (Mb bet Sir ? f)afx Bit ©etne ttfcr bet ©tr ? <£r $at tan ©elt> bet ft$. Sr 5at frfnc Ufjr md?t bet ft$. <3fe f)at fetn @elb bet ft$. ©fe $at i^re U£r m$t bet ft#. 2Bit fjabert fern ©elb bet uttS. 23trl)abert unfere U^ren m$t bet un$. f>abt 3$r ©elb bet £ud?? £aW 3^r £ure U^rert bet g u$? £abert ©te ©elb bet fid)? £abett © t e 3^re U$ren bet ft$? ^aben ft e ©elb bet ft $ ? £aben ft e tyre Ufjren bet ft $ ? 150 St $at ©etb bet feinem Sattquter, he has money at his banker's. & f)at letn ©elo bet tljr* £aben @ie ©elb bet t^nen? Spaben ©ie ©elb bet ft$ ? £aben fte ©elb bet 3$nen? £abenfte@elbbetftc|>? S)er $tfd;er jleflte em en $rug mtt 28em jnuf $en fi$ tmb fetttett ®a% the fisherman placed a jug of wine between him- self and his guest. din $rttfl SBeut, a jug (full) of wine ; etn $rug mtt JSein, a jug con- taining wine. ©te jog tfm auf tfjren totifytn ®i% neb en ftdj m'eber, she drew him down upon the soft seat beside her. 3)er 25a$ fc^teuberte (Sterne unb #oT$jWmme in mffenben 2Btrfcetn mtt ft$ fort, the brook hurried stones and trunks of trees in rapid whirls along with it. ©te toax berett, mtt fttfj somefjmen ju laffen, tt>a3 ju ®oite$ fret's unb ^reube gemote, she was willing to submit to what- ever might promote the praise and glory of God. (Sben btefe ungeljeuern SMtber rtffen tfm gen>atttg ttadj ft<# £ttt, these monstrous forms only impelled him to cross over towards them. 3$ faflte rfne gfoftye 333etn gnriftyen mtcb unb metnen ©aft ©telle etne glafdje SBetn gtotfcfjen £)t$ unb Seinen ©afr 3$ goc^ tlw neben mify nteber* Su ^oofl: tt)n neben ©u$ nteber* 3$ kta bereft, eg mtt mtr ttorneDmen gu lafFem Sijl Su bereft, eg mtt Sir sowe^men ju lafien ? 151 2Ber einen ©tern nUx ft$ nurfi, bent fafft er Uifyt auf ben topf* (£fjriftu$ $at unfere aci$eit auf ftd) genommen, unb unfere ©eu$e Jjat er getragen* — (9)?atttj* 8, 170 2Bo @aul fatj einen ftarfen unb riiftigen Sftann, ben natjm er gu ftdj*— (Samuel 14, 520 3$ tterbe feinen (Stein liter mi$ tterfen* Stem Su einen (Stein iiber ©i^ nnrfft, fo fattt er Sir lei#t auf &en $opf* Sag netjme t$ auf micjj. SStafl: Su ba3 auf Si$ nef)men? 3$ na^m ba$ @elb $u mix. 9limm ba$ @elb p Sir, ©cpne ©ebanfen ertoetfen gen>oJ?nli$ nur fcfjone ©ebanfen, fcljone Smpftnbungen nur fdjone Smpfmbungen, after em ebler iljatiger Sftenfd?, aooK Si^t unb $ raft, fcegeiftert ju Ijofjem Sbet* ravtfyi, unb reift mtt ft$ fort ju ipanblung unb S^afc. ©ie meiften jungen £eute, bte em SSerbtenft in ft$ fuljlen, forbern me^r x>on ftdj at$ fciftig*— (@oet£eO 3ur gefefligen £>armonie mufi man eine ganje Octane in ftdj faffen, namli^ C, D, E 3 F, £, A, H. ©a$ C ©titer, ba$ D ©enfen, ©a$ E (ginfafle, ba$ F geinijeit, ba$ G @efd)macf, ba$ A Stnjianb, ba$ H #etterfett— QSappfyx*) ©er Sngldnber $at tin dlefyt, mit jioljem ©elfcfttettMftfem auf ft$ unb auf fern Sanb ju Mid en, unb er tyut e& SGBtr feljen ttn'e er e$ tljui Sr fiefjt fo fejl, fc^auet fo War unb fefl in bte SBetoeite, aU $, ben anbem aufben©rei$a($ ffltptm^ geftammt — (2lmbtO Su rei^eft Seine Scorer mit Sir fort. SBenn Su and) £alente in Sir f$$l% fo mug t Su bo$ ni$t me£r son Sir forbero att UUiq ifr 152 Saffen, with the reflective pronoun for the third person, ftcf), takes the infinitive active of the principal verb, with a passive signification, and is to be rendered by may, can, is to be. 2)a3 U$t ftdj mtf)t ttjun, that cannot be done. 2)a3 lixfyt ftci) tricot fcegret'fen, that cannot be comprehended. £)erneljmem $lux em letfeS ©eftc^er Kef ftcf) no$ semeJjnten* Only a low titter could they still hear. Only a low titter allowed itself to be heard (: was still per- ceptible:). fteitte ttnbme fonnten fte fjoren ober fe^eiu Stmt Unbme Kefi ftcf) tjiiren ober fe^eiu No Undine could they hear or see. No Undine was to be heard or seen. SBtr fowtten ttottf atneljmen, 7 J S3 fief ftd) tooljl a&ne^men, / fcaf fte fettten juettem ©<#aben 153 genommen Ijatte, we could easily see (: it was apparent :) that she had not received any further harm. 2)er Botje SSorjug beS £$rtjlettt$um$ vox alien anberen dtdu gtonen lofi tft$ furjm ben SBorten angefcen : 3^aftet j s 9?eltgum tji gugletc^ ^tlofopijte; ber @rte$en Oteltgtott tffc gugletc^ i?unft ; SKofeS 1 9Wtgum tjl jugleicij ©iaai ; Sfmftt 9Wtgton tji iloff @eete mtb Men, au3 fteWjem aHe^ ©te$ fommen fann* — (SBagner/) £) en J) of) en ^or^ug be£ d()rtf£emf;um$ *cr alien cmberen SMtgumcn f ann man fut$ in ben Morten angefcen, :c + XXXVIII. (£u$ f e Ifcfi tt>t£C t$ gerne to metnem ipaufe mtt Sftenbfcrob unb iftadjttager ftenurti^en, you yourself will T willingly accommo- date in my house, with supper and bed. 3$ $abt fte fetftft erffc eten je|t gefunben, I myself have but just now found her. @te fetter ttmfte barft&er feme Stu^futtft ju geien, she her- self could not give any information on the subject. £>te fjetftge ©ebulb fetfcften ttuirbe e$ ant Snbe fatt, holy patience herself would in the end get weary of it ; it is enough to wear out the patience of a saint. ©em ^tfc^er Yoax mentals in bem SSalbe f elbften toas 23ebenHtc(je3 ttuberfafjren, nothing alarming had ever befallen the fisherman in the forest itself The indeclinable felfcfl, fetter or fetbfien is often added to a noun or pronoun merely for the sake of emphasis. The reciprocal personal pronoun is not repeated as it is in English. 3$ fef&ji, I myself, ». e., my own self. 154 G. metner, of me ; metner fett>ft D. mix, to me; uur fetfcfl A. mitf), me ; mtcfj felt ft toix fetfcj^ we ourselves. btt felfcfi, thou thyself, thy own self t^r felSffc, you yourselves. ©te felfcfl, you yourself, er fetbft, he himself. fie fetfcp, they themselves, fte feft>ft, she herself. (See Grammar, p. 74). I myself saw it, tclj fatj e3 fet&fh I will myself see and hear it, t<$ ttn fl e3 feftfi fetjett Uttb tjoreru He will come himself, er iw'rb fettft fommen ; er ttn'fl felfcffc fommem Say yourself, fag en @te fetfrjl. You yourself can best tell, ba$ ttuffen ©te fettfi am befletu He deceives himself, er taufdji ft$ ; (if emphatic : er taufc^i W fettft) He deceives nobody but himself, er taufc^t m'emanb al$ ftdj fettft I am a burden to myself, t$ fcitt mix feftfi jur 8aft He is a burden to himself, er tji ftcfj fetfcji jur 8afL £>er ©pa£ soeritert 2tfte3, tterm ber ©paff madjer fetfcer tac^t, the joke loses all its force, if its author himself laughs. SBer feftft etnen $opf tjat, fcrautfji fetneu ju forgen, he who has a head of his own, needs not borrow one. 2Ba$ 25u fettfi m'$t t$un tt>iirbeffc, fcegeljre mc$i, what you yourself would not do, demand not (of another). SEStr fofltere immer Wefette 9?a$ju$t fur Slnbere tjafon, bte toix fur UttS feffcfi: fcerlaugert, we ought always to show the same in- dulgence to others that we claim for ourselves. 155 Ser Sftenfdj prtife ftcf) fettft ; benn ttenn ttn'r uns fettft rt<#* teten, fo triirben tt>ir nirf)t geritf)tet+ Let a man examine himself ; for if we would judge ourselves, we should not be judged. Strjt, $flf Sir fetter, physician, cure thyself. ©ie fcebenfen nur jtdj fettfl, you are all for yourself. Sent Stater ift bas 23ei& fctc Itef fte 9ttc§terum, kfonber^ wenn fee fettft feme ©interim: tft, — (fftMttL) ©efetT Sid? einem 93effern ju, btffi mit ifym Seine ^rafte rtrtgert ; met fettft mc§t teffer tft, ate Su r ber faun Sicf) aud) nidjt toeiter fcratgem— QdtMtxL) 2Ser tt>fffen tt>iC, 06 ber geijtlidje Stattb fei, tta3 er fern foflte, fann e$ fet bejfen SDfttgKebera fettft, ttenn nid)t fettft fefjen, bod^ erfragen* 33on Slerjteu after, tw'e fie feirt foflten, wirD man Sriert genug fpredjen £oren* — C$ e 9tterO 3<$ ^aBe in langen S^ren, **><*$ ^ a ^ tft fettft S^riift, »a$ fatfd) tft fettft erfa^ren— (Spiegel/) Slc^te Sidj fettft ttetra Su xvxftft, za$ 2inbere Si§ a^ten f often— C^niggeO Srfenne t)i$ fettft baS petflt: gieb SCc^t auf Did) fettft; mmm D^ottj on Sir fettft bamit Su gewafjr tterbeft mie Su ju Seined ©leidjen unb ber SSelt ju fte^en fontmefi— (©oetlje.) Sin leber gieftt ben 2Sert§ fftjj fettft 2Sie ^oa; tc^ ntid> fettft anfdjtagen ttrifl, ba$ ftefjt Ui mix. So fjod) gefteflt ift feiner auf ber Srbe, bafj ity midj fetter neften t£m oeraajte* Sen 2)?enfd)en mac$t fein SBifle grof unb Kent — (SdjtHerO 2Ber ba3 ffir 2tnbere son ©ott erfte^t, rx>a^ er fettft noting §at, bem giefct ©ott e3 fetter sorter*— (3tit$ bent SalmubJ 2BennSu mid? fragft: „2faf rt>ert barf vfy ju$er tauen?" fo fage tdj Sir; „8luf bie, bie fetter 2lnberen trauen/' Unb fragjx Su, mm ju trauen Sir nid?t geMJjri ? ;/ 9?ur bent ni$t, ber rm SWwib pets 2reu unb ©tauten ftt$rt"— OfcficfertO 156 greifce nur m$ Sir felfcer taugt ; tteil 23ielen 33iele$ taugt, tt>trb 9?tc^t^ unterWeifcen*— QfRMtxtO Sapfer tft ber Sotoenfteger, tapfer ift ber aBettfcejttnnger, tapferer, toer ft$ felfcfi ftejtoang — 0£>erberO (£$ giefct ©cf)tner$en, too ber 9)?enf$ ftdj nur feffcji ^elfen fann ; einftarfeS £erj ttiflftdj auf feme ©iarfenur mtajf en*— (©emitter*) SSer ft$ ni$t fetfcjl fceftep, Wetti immer em finest— C@oetljeO 5Die ISeotacijtung be$ 2$terret<$$ fuijri ben 9ftenfcf)en jur ftenntntf feiner felfcfi — 0>m Simmon*) 25a$ SBa^re, ©ute unb SBortrefflt^e tfi einfadj unb jt$ imnter gteitfj, &ne e$ and? erftfjeine* ©a$ 3rre» aier, ba$ ben gabel Ijemrruft, ift {?o$fl mannigfaliig, in ft$ feI6ft serfdn'eben, unb m'cf)i aCein gegen ba$ SBa^re, fonbern au$ gegen fttfj felBft fdmpfenb, mit ftcfj felBffc tut 2Biberfprud?* £)a$er miiffen in jeber Siteratur bie Sluebriicfe be$ £abeT$ bie SBorte be$ Me$ ufcerttnegem — (©oettje*) £)er tra^e 9)?ann benfi an ftdj fetfcft jttle^t SBerirau auf @otf unb rette ben 23ebrdngten> — (©chiller.) SBenn bie 9)?enfrf$eit im bitten 9ftenfcljengebrange tooftffeil tturb, fo pc^tet fte in ba$ Dunfel be£ £aufe$ unb mtytxt ba mit ftdj feftjk £>ier n>trb jt'eber urn feiner felfcft ttuflen unb uneigennii^tger gef$d£i— (©tarfe*) ©elftft, when preceding a noun or pronoun, is rendered in English by even : — ©elBji feme ^etttbe adjten tyn, even his enemies esteem him. (Settfl geinbe forbem oft m$ ®ott fcefc^offen*— (2L 2B- ©djIegeL) D, feftft bie gutter gat idj fur £>ic$ $m — (©fitter.) ^inbar fagt: ©egen bie £>\xmmfyit fampfen felbfl bie ©otter oergefcenS* 157 ©mb ©totj artb Sttelfett feftft bem serbtenjboflen SKamte gefa^rttc^ urtb nac^t^etltg, tok fctetmeijr tterben fte We$ bem ^mtglmge uttb SftabcJjen fern* Sometimes fet&jl is used to express the highest possible degree of comparison, or rather to personify a quality. @te tjl bte ©djonljett fettfi, she is beauty itself. @te tjl bte @iite felfcffc, she is kindness itself. Sr tji bte Utteigennii^tgfeit fet&ft, he is disinterestedness itself. In English, the poets sometimes introduce the noun self after another noun of the possessive case, as : — Affliction's semblance bends not o'er thy tomb, Affliction's self deplores thy youthful doom. — ( Byron.) Thoughtless of beauty, she was beauty's self. — ^Thompson,') We render this by: ber Summer felfcft; bte ©$6rt#ett felbfl I consider him as another self, tcfj fcetracfjte i£n tote tnetn jtoetteS -3$ (»"• *• mix felfcft gtetc^O Your honoured self, $1)xt toertfje ^5erfott; ©t'e* XXXIX. ©often (shall) is often used in the signification of: £0 be said, to be reported. @r foil tobt fern, he is said to be dead ; they say he is dead. @te foil tobt fern, ©em $ater (feme Gutter; t^rSSater; ijjre STOutier) foK tobt fern. ©erne Sftern foCett tobt fern. St foG angefontmen few, they say he is arrived ; he is said to be arrived. 158 ©et'n Onlel (feme Xante) foK angefontmen fetn* ©erne ©rofieltern foOen angefontmen fem> 3tjr 23ruber foil ba$ getljan Ijaten, your brother is said to have done that ; they say your brother has done that. 2Ba$ ! STOem 23ruber foil ba$ getljan $a£en? What! do they say, my brother has done that ? (£g foil toafyv fein, it is said to be true. tyflan foCte ttmnberfame Sreaturen unb ©aufeleten in bent SBalbe antreffen, it was said, people encountered strange creatures and phantoms in the forest. (£$ foil olme amnberlt^e 2f6enteuer rot SBalbe m$t afcgeljen, it is said, in the forest things pass not off without extraordinary adventures. 2)u tmtft tmr er jctylett, fcue £)u in ben 2Mb Ijmem famfi, benn bte 2ftenf$en fc^euen tfm fonft, unb m$ fur ttnmberltdje 2fi>en^ teuer £)u barmnen ertefct $aft, n>eit e$ bodj oljne bergtetdjen borten mcf)t atgeljen folL You must tell me how you came to enter the forest, for people generally shun it, and what marvellous adventures you have encountered therein, because they say there is no escaping without something of that kind there. SuripibeS foC *>ott SQBetfcertt, bte tljn fur fetnen 28etl>erlja£ teftrafen ftoGten, geriffen ioorben fern* Xerre3 grog 480 $or SJjrtfK ©efcurt *>on ^5erften na$ (£uropa, tt>o$ro er fetn Sanbljeer liter erne liter ben $eKefpont gef^tagene SBriicfe fii^rte. £)er 9)?arftfj liter btefelte foil 7 Sage unb 7 yiafytz ummtertrocljen fortgetoaljrt Jjaten* ©ergtuS L, em ©^rer son ©eturt, ©oljn be£ Zxbmne, ftarb na$ Sonon'3 Stobe 687 gum ^atjle getoaftft. ©em etgentltdjer 3?ame foil 23occa bt ^Jorco 0". e. ©$mem$ruffef) getoefen fetn, unb ba er btefeS 9?amen$ ftd? fd;amte, naljm er ben 9?anten ©ergtuS an. 33on tym foil bte ©ttte Ijerrufjren, i>a% bte ^atfte tei ijjjrer Srwa^lung/men anbern tauten amtetjnten* 159 ©ergutS ^feubabbaS tt>ar em conjtonttnopolttamf^er 3)?on^* ©r netgte ft$ %nm Striam'SmuS unb i>ertte£ bef^atb few Slojier, gmg ttac^ Slrabt'en, tt>arb bort mtt Sttufjameb befannt, ber ftcf? fetner bet Slbfaffung be3 $oran$ bebtente, unb i$tt nac^er ermorbet Ijaben folL SBegen bt'efeS UmgangeS mtt bem fyauyte ber Ungtaubtgen ijetft er bet ben ©rtedjen ber serfluc^te Sttonc^ XL. U m , for, in order to, is used before the infinitive with ju f to express purpose, or design, and is placed at the head of its sentence : — Um rtc^ttg fpredjen $u tern en, muf man ftdj vdtyt fc^euen, Unrtdjtt'g JU fprec^en, in order to learn to speak correctly, one must not be afraid to speak incorrectly. Anciently, the infinitive was sometimes preceded by for as well as to, as I went up to Jerusalem for to worship. — {Acts xxiv. 11.) @r Homm etntge ©tetne unb umgefturjte ^tdjtenftdmme fn'nab, urn in ben retfjenben (Strom ju treten, he clambered (down) over some stones and trunks of overthrown pines, in order to step into the impetuous current. 2)er 3? titer unterbracfj ben 5 l T$ er / um $ n au f etn ©erdufdj, ttue son getoatitg raufcjjenben 2Bafferf{ui£>en, aufmerffam ju macfjen, the knight interrupted the fisherman, with a view to direct his attention to a noise as of an impetuously rushing flood. 28tr tcoUtm unfere fdjone Scmbjunge sertaffen, urn bt'e XkU £tmmel3gabe an betooljntern SDrten beffer aufjujtei>en, we would leave our beautiful tongue of land, and remove to some more inhabited place, in order the better to bring up this pre- cious gift of heaven, 160 ©er ©jtnefefagt: 2)a$ ©etotffen bent Gtyrgetge opfern, $et$t etn Sift serfcrennen, urn beffen 5lfc^e ju gettnnnen* Urn etnen iptmmel mogttd) ju ma$en, mug bte (£rbe fern me fte tfi, unb ba3 9#enfdjengef$te$t tote e$ tft— arm, unootffommen, oergdngtttfj, — C©$eferO When used as a co-relative to the particle ju or aOjU, £00, in the leading proposition, Uttt determines the degree of in- tensity : — <5x ift jtt Hug, urn ba$ ju glauften, he is too sensible to believe that. 2)te me^rften Seute fdjeueten ben 28alb aGjufefjr, «m ft$ O^ne 9?otlj fn'netn JU kgeien, most people feared the forest too much to enter it without necessity. Ultt fo or unt fo fctet before a comparative signifies : so much the . . . (See Key, p. 53.) 2Son 23orftmrfen toot gar mdjt bte 3?ebe mef?r, um fo mtnber, ba Unbtne, t£re$ £roi$e$ oergeffenb, bte tetben ^flegedttew mit anmutlngen SBorten unb SteHofungen fafi iifcerfcfjuttete, they no longer thought of reproaches, so much the less ( : the less indeed : ) since Undine, forgetting her obstinacy, almost over- whelmed her foster-parents with endearing words and caresses. Sm ©cpler farm femen 2ef)rer toetfer ma$en, mm feme gragett nifyt okrpcljltd) ftnb, mbem babur$ ber Seljrer genotljtgt i% bte @ad;e um fo grunbltdjer ju Ie$retu Ser Sttenfd; tji nm fo a^tungSttmrbtger, je metjr er @itte unb 9te<$tf<$affen$eit beS £erjen£ nttt gfetyigfeiten unb 2Sorjitgen be$ ©etjto oerfunbei 2Baf)rt?ett t'ft etne $Iamme, ioeldje anfy ba$ oerjefjri, toat man ubtx fte fjtnfturjt, um fte ju erfitden, unb bte bann nur um fo ^errlt^er loberi — C3f$offeO 161 XLI. ©in ttta I, once upon a time, one clay. £$ gafc ettmtal einen guten alien 8tf$er, there was once a worthy old fisherman. ®$ ftnb nun tx>o^t funfjc^n 3<$re fcergangen, ba jog i$ einmat burd^ ben ftiiften SBalb, it is now about fifteen years since I one day crossed the wild forest. 3<$ fyattt einmal getjort, ©oroifjea f>ei$e ©oiie^gak, I had somewhere heard it said, that Dorothea signified : a Gift of God. The numeral etn is one and the same word with the indefinite article, differing only in the pronunciation ; the former has the accent, while the latter has not, as : etn' £>Ctu3, one house, cut £au$', a house. — The same distinction is observed between einmal, once, a single time, where Ctn is the numeral, and therefore emphatic, and ctnmal, once upon a time, where Ctn is the article, and therefore without accent. auf einmal, at one time ; at the same time. at once, all at once, on a sudden, ju tuet auf einmal, too much at once. £)er romif^e $aifer Saligula opferte einft auf einmal 160,000 ©ret SWcnf^en auf einmal fcerbirfct ba$ ©ift ber SSerlaumbung ; ben ber fte fpri$t, ben ber fee $ort, ben tozlfytn fte trifjt — ORucfertO 2Ba$ er in mandjen fturmigen fflatyttn son ben ©e^etmniffen be$ $orfte3 getraumt $atte f jutfte i£)m nun auf einmal burdj ben ©inn, what he had dreamed in many stormy nights re- specting the mysteries of the forest, now all at once flashed through his mind. 2Bie fte fo rec$t forgloS unb felig mit tyv fptelfe, IMtt ft$ bie ^leitte auf einmal ttor, while she was playing with her, free 11 1G2 from all fear and full of delight, the little girl all at once bent forward. norfj einmal, once more, a second time. no$ emmal fo *>tet, twice as much. Sefen @ie bie ©tefte nodj emmal, read this passage again. SBoCen @ie fo giitig fern, biefed Sieb nodj einmal ju fmgen, will you be so good as to sing that song again ? Der apoflotempel ju 2)efyf>i fcefafj meljr ©c^age, aid ganj ©riedjenlanb nodj etumal auffcieten fonnte* Demojftjened fagte: 2)em-2ttenf<$en ftnb jtoet iDtjren gegefcen, akr nur Sine 3^*3^ ix>ctt <^m gejiemt, no$ einmal fo met ju pren aid ju reben* Sin 3£ fur em U mad)en>— - @r ma$t if)m etn X fur em U* — S)ad X fcebeutet 10, bad V nur 5 ; ed ifl alfo and 5 nodj emmal fo x>iel gema^t, nnb ber Slnbere ixUxwfynlt Smmal signifies : for once, contrary to the habitual way:— @r ift Ijeute emmal redjt lufltg, he is uncommonly merry to-day. ipeute ftnb voix emmal rec^t fcergnitgt getoefen, pjTegft £>u am 5lbenb ju fagen, n>enn 25u bie Uefcrigen serleiiet ^aft, recfyt &tel bummed 3^3 $u f$tt>a£em— (Zkf) ntd)temmal, or and) ni$i einmal, not even, not so much as. Sr Ijat mix nid?i etnntal geanttt)Ortet, he has not even an- swered me. 3d; t)aU ed m'c$t etnmal geljort, I did not even hear it. (grfcefann fief) nicf)i etnntal, he did not even hesitate. @r lann nt<#t emmal lefen, he cannot so much as read. flutaxd) gebenft bed SBotted eined ©partanerd: 2Bte fann ber em tracer 9)?ann fet'n, ber and) nid;t emmal gegen ben 23ofen ftrenge ift! 163 Ziv iar::nal SfUtetteg ur feBfa c:n 1437 6ft 1518] BHIl ! _ nmal ptm Seneln $u getraudjert, u:i: rrar: etnex : ::n [Pamirer, tie Sra-ten je gefjaH £at Ka|li rt ^errettto^ arr :;eur ^r:e, n:6r e;~r:a[ ter pcrr; . tfl fret, :v.f t eutmal fcte 2uft, — mmi fartn fte Sir reS~:::.— QBai Kan 'eh rt;cf:r gttetntalj mtfe :r;e grofj ;n trie 3 — — : '-' ; - ::: :;:- :;r 23cfi rac§ nxcSt et'nmal etitmal fe&enj — fviucfcn.j Stmnal implies ! Lb ;: dc use :.:.: . preceding m understood.): — £ac r: C- cannot be altered. helpc : ar:erl - £ao ueSi fr r :: :--.: S)tt$ :5u id) . . „2tt3 06 £;6 £:;:en un: 2 of n feme Ou:e; „@ctt eerjet^ :: mix ur.: £ir, ©a . . ■— „%2, accr am Si ::-6 msn emmal fo $n Sure 03: - ---- - ?. ;: May . " you — unfeeling line.— : ':r :--:;" -"~: they may :ha: br: - be. Sr ifl m v SJtoerei . - . |1m| $u fujen ml ;u rr-cticen; es ge^i i§m irt^et Die Rotor, cr fornix 0??;r Sorgen mtfc £5;:r.vr; fontnti man itu$l weft] 164 bag 9ie$te unb @«te, fo getingt eg am fcejtet ber grie tyx eg meinen moc^t, §txx 3?itter; at>er tiefcer @ott! Sebermamt muf bo$ einmal tfjun, toag er *>ermag* Poor people, to be sure, cannot in these cases do all you may think, Sir knight ; but still, gracious God! every one must do as much (for his chil- dren) as he is able. Sumtal often accompanies enbti$, at length, at last :— ©$ttmgen ©ie bodj enblidj einmal; now do be silent. SBerben ©ie enb ti$ einmal auffjoren? will you at length leave off? $ommen ©ie bo$ enbli$ einmal? do you come at last? 2>er gifc^er rief: „Unbine! SSirfi S)u enbli$ einmal bie Rtnbereiett laffett! " The fisherman cried : " Undine ! will you at length leave off your childish tricks ! (Sinmal (or 'mal) just, merely. Saufen ©ie bo$ einmal (or 'mat) ju meinem 33ruber, pray just run to my brother. Sommen ©ie bo$ einmal (or ^mal) Jjer, do come here ; just come here* @otb efcen tiityt, ©olb foil eg efcn ni§t fein, mein 3ung5 err * lein; beg <&$afo$ $aV ify felfcfien aCju sn'el; toiWi @u$ 'mal geigen, not exactly gold ; it is not exactly to be gold, my smart young gentleman ; of that trash I have too much my- self; I'll just show it to you. 3etgen ©ie eg ung boclj 'mal, pray just show it to us. ©telfot ©ie fi$ einmal (or j maf) x>or, just imagine ; do but 165 XLH. The article often coalesces with prepositions. {Grammar, p, 100.) \ix Ijorte e$ im Qtin bent:) SBalbe^bunfel rauf^en, he heard something rustle in the darkness of the wood. 2lm (: fttt bent: 3 gotbnen SBeljrgeljenfe Wtfcte em au$ne$menb (efjone£ unb reidj oerjterteS ©cljtoeri, in ( : attached to : ) his golden shoulder-belt flashed a sword, extremely beautiful and richly ornamented. SBetm Qiiti bent:) Sintritte be£ sornetjmen ®aftt$ ftenb fte auf, on the entrance of the noble guest, she rose. 2?ont C : son bent : ) SBatbe ttwflte ber alte 2J?amt nu$t ^tel tDtffett, about the forest the old man chose to know and say but little. ©te ntag am (£nbe som SD?onbe Jjerunter gefomnten fern, she may, after all, have come down from the moon. (Stdrfe tt>ol?nt m'cfjt im ©efoin, fonbew im ©entutlj* Sr §at ©djtoctl&en unterm $utt (:er gritfjt toeber, nodj banft er freunbfidj : ). 2)ie Siligjlen jum 2tufftanbe ftttb e$ getoofjntid) aucfj nadjfjet *ur ©fla&ereu $errK(^ fagte ©ocrateS, baf ba$ ber ndd^e 2Beg jum 9?u$nte fet, toemt Semanb barnacf) ftrefce, baf er bag fet, tx>ofiir er geljalten Herbert tooffe* vpanble fanner fo, baf beine £anbtungen fur bte ganje 3Wenfd$ett jur 3fK<|tf$trar toerben fonnten, bte ifjrigen nadj benfel&en einjuridjtem 3* 2)* 2ftitf)aeii3 eroffrtete orientalise Ctttettett jur Srftarung be3 Sllten £eftantent3, unb fo serfcijtoanb ntcmdjeS SSunber* 166 Sft'coIauS be tyxa, em fefjr gelef)rter Stfjeotog ju ^Sartd, f<$rte& im snerjefmten 3a$r$mtfcert einen Sommentar liter bte SifceL Site gefcorner Sttbc tt>ar er be$ £eftratfrf)en bureaus funbt'g, unb gan$ fcefonberS geetgnei jur Sluslegung ber @<$rtft na$ bem SSort unb 33u$flafcem Site bte ©efanbien be3 $erferfomg$ bte Sonne mtt t^ren |5feilen ju fcetftnjiem broken, erftneberte SeombaS : ©efto ^effer f fu mxitxt toix im ©fatten fe$tett+ ©djnnngen ttac^fen fat glitge. 2Ber im ©Ktcfe sertoetlt, l^ai genug gtambe* 3n3 £){jr bee SlOttuffenben fdjreti aucl; ber Ie£te £rampf beS jeriretenen SBurmS.— (®$tfferO ©e$ ttdjren Stealers Stage roCt, fcne ©^afefpeare fagt, t>om ipimmel jur Srbe, unb son t§r tmebenmt nac^ often- XL III. 2Btr tooCten, bem-neuen Sfnfommltnge ju grommen, tmfere fc^one Sanbjunge serlaffen, we would, for the benefit of the new-comer, quit our beautiful tongue of land. Sa3 grommen, benefit, advantage. £3 btent ju S^rent grommen, it is for your good. The verb frommen signifies : to avail, profit, be of use. 2SojU frommt e$ ? of what advantage is it ? £3 frommt toem'g, it does but little good. 28ctg tturb S^tien biefe3 frommen ? what good will this be to you ? ^rotttm, adj., strong, brave ; pious, devout ; kind, benevo- lent ; innocent ; harmless, tame, quiet. gromme SBiinfdje, innocent (t. e. vain., exorbitant) wishes. 167 - gromm ttue em Samm, quiet as a lamb. gin fronmteS @$af, a poor innocent, em frommeS ?£ferb, a quiet horse. 2>ie gfrommen, the righteous, gromm Herbert, to mend. g;rommeIn, to affect piety, to act the hypocrite. fete grommelei, affected piety, hypocrisy. ber gfrontmter, bet gfrStrattftng, hypocrite, devotee. gromm nennt man ben, ber fteifjig in ben £anbtungen be3 anient @otte£bienfte3 tft, ber sotel 6rfet unb bie $ir$e iefu^t 2)af fromm auf bie aufern ipanblungen gelje, fcefteifet am ieften ber gfrrtgmtg ber 23ebeutung beffelten mit ber 23ilbung bes SSerftanbes unb ber <8pra$e. Urfpritnglidj !)ie£ eS fo Btel at8 ftarf* Ein frumer Schiag tfi ein ffcarf er ©$tag* Hector was der frumeste un kueneste Heilt, der je geboren was. — {Jac. i>. Konigshqfen.) ©a after bie (Stdrfe ba6 Srfte tjl, tt)a$ bte 3Senfd)en f$d§en, totiltynmtyx 9?u|en emleu^tenb ift, fo $te£ fromm balb fo mel :al3 nu£ti$, unb frommen: nu£en* Es muos mich iemer fromen, Das du bist komen in min hus. — {Fab. a. d. Z. d. Minnesinger.) Unb nun lenfte ft$ bte 33ebeutung fcon fromm ju bem 23egrtffe s>on MiffiGfolify, argto3, unfc^ulfctg, fanftmiitln'g Inn* @o fagt man; fromm ftie em 2amm; man nennt em Stub, bas nt<$t ttriberfpenfh'g tft, em frommen fiittb* ^n melen pKen erf^emt e^ ate fmn^ertoanbt mtt folgfam unb g ef) or f am, $♦ S3, toenn man i?inber fromme Hmber nennt, toeit fie gern fotgfam, fttft ge^orfam ftnb* 3jl ber ©e^orfamaflju feibenb, fo gefcrau^t man fromm anfy wfy jum £abel: gromme ©c^df^en,— CSkr^arbO 168 XLIV. The same particle often occurs twice in the same phrase, first as a preposition, and then as an adverb compounded with £er or Ijttt, to render the expression more graphic : — - Sr izkk etnen ftftltftyen ©prudj Icmt au$ bent #erjen $erau$, he repeated aloud a scriptural sentence from his very heart. 2>te totifyn £>actre fteten #m feftfam iifcer ba$ @eft<$t Jjet lifter, his white hair fell strangely over his face. din gattjer ©ufj SBaffer fprubelte tn bie ©tufce herein, a whole shower of water bubbled into the room. In herein and $Utettt, em is used for itt Thus also in batettt, thereinto, (barin, therein) ; tyOXtitt, whereinto, (rSCtm, wherein). (£r fcfjritt getropen 9ftaifje3 ttefer in ben 25a$ tjinein, he fearlessly advanced deeper into the brook. Unbine $atte e$ getoagt, einige ©djriite in ben gforjl Ijinein JU t^Utt, Undine had ventured to proceed a few steps into the forest. SSir fa^en in baS getter bt$ ipeerbeS fjtnein, we were gazing into the fire on the hearth. 2)u muft ntir erjaitfen, ftu'e 25tt in ben SBalb 1) in tin famft, you must tell me how you got into the forest. 2)er ^riefter tam fn'er herein in nteine £>iiite, the priest came in here into my cottage. Noah put forth his hand, and took her, and pulled her in unto him into the ark. 23iei)ta, tin in StfTafott feljr fceritymter ^rebiger, fagte in einer feiner ^rebtgten : „ 3?ur din Wlann fam t>or ben ^ortugiefen urn ba3 SJorgefctrge ber guten ipoffmmg* Unb wer? — Sonai, im 33audje be$ SSaKftf^ £er SSMftfcf) frf}tt>amtn on Slfrtfa jur Stolen, ffcndj an Sletfnopten $m, fam *>ot ^ratten $>orf>et, $teft tm Supljrat $or SWmfee^ an, unb fitecfte feme 3^»8 e au ^/ au f *>&$&/ &fe wf «ner 83rticf e, ber $rop§et an$ Sanb gmg. A term preceded by $on, /row, which merely denotes the starting point in regard to place or time, is often followed by another preposition used adverbially, as : att$ f auf, an* 33 on bent #eerbe an 3 ertjeftte em fparltc$e$ ^euer We bam^ nternbe remittee (Stub?, from the hearth a frugal fire was diffusing its light through the clean dusky room. 2Son SBerlm cms aerirettete |t<| ba$ ©eriid^t tt&er ganj J)eutf^tanb, from Berlin the report spread all over Germany. 2?on Ijier au$ ftefjt man e$ fceffev, from this place you can see it better. *>0n unten OUf, from below upwards. i>on feiner 3 U 3^ wf, fr° m his youth upwards. @r ()at i)0tt unten auf gebtent, he has served his way up ; he has served from the lowest ranks upwards. fcOtt bent Sage an, from that day onwards. SOU fewer ^inbljett an, from his infancy onwards. son ber SEBfege an, from the cradle. t>on jejjt an, henceforth. BOtt fjeute an, from to-day. $on btefem ^Junfte an, from that point forwards. 3n bent (Sdjretfcen eme$ Seutfdjen au3 Satro, sum 23 ^ek v 1835, ttn'rb at$ „ganj Joortrcff ltd; " ba$ @efe§ ber Jlubkx gelott : „ba^ son bem Sage an, too em 2#ann ftrf) &er£etrat£et, feme ©^tvnecjennutier t^r ganjeS Sefcen Ijmburdf) Jem SBort me$r nut t§m reben barf. 170 XLV. There is (plur. there are) when denoting existence in a general term, i. e. signifying there exists or there exist, is ren- dered by eg gtefci Imperfect : eg Qab ♦ ♦ ♦ , there was . . . , there were . . . Perfect : eg 1?at ♦ ♦ ♦ gegeten, there has been . . . , there have been . . . Pluperfect : eg i)Citk ♦ ♦ ♦ gegeien, there had been . . . Future : eg tturb . ♦ ♦ gefcen, there will be . . . Conditional : eg ttmrbe * . « gefcen, there would be . . . (£g gteftt, JC V requires the object in the accusative. (See Keij,pp. 10, 59.) (£g gtefct gute Seuie unter aflen STaffen, Mere are good -peo- ple among all classes. Gg gai eumtal etnen guten alten ;£tf$er, Mere was once a worthy old fisherman. 3$m tt>ar ju SJftttye, alg g at e eg feme SSBeft mefjr jenfettS btefer nmgefcenben Jlut^en, it seemed to him. as if beyond those encompassing floods there were no other world in existence. Unbtne gettatm itfcrigeng bteg cmmutfjtge 9)?abc(jen mtt jebem Stage litter. f ,98ix muff en ung emanber fdjon e^)er gelannt §aien/' pffegte fte ityc dftero ju fagen, „ober eg mufjl fottffc t'rgenb erne ttmttberfame SBejie^ung unter ung get en, benn fo ganj ofme Urfac^e, serpen ©te mify, ofme ttefe generate Urfa^e, getmmtt man tin Slnbereg mifyt fo Kefc, alg itf) @te gtetdj som erfien SfaWtde fjer getoamu" In addition to all this, Undine daily regarded this charming maiden with increasing fondness. ' f We must have been heretofore acquainted with each other," she often used to say to her, " or else there must be some mysterious connexion between us ; for it is incredible, that one individual so perfectly without cause, I mean without some 171 deep and secret cause, should be so fondly attached to another, as I have been to you from the first moment of our meeting. M Wtoxt fagt, We Jrauenjmtmer Written rntr basjem'ge serfdjmetgert toa$ fie v&fyi ttriffen* Sa3 tft crfret m'djt »a§r, fcetin e3 gieW stele ©gotten, tteid)e u>o$l tmffett, fcaf fte fc^ott fmb, unb e3 botf) mentals fagert ; abtx fte ^aien gem, balp Slnfcere e3 fageru S3 gte&t SWettf^ett, to>el$e bte §arfcen bur^o ©efttljl unter* fa^etbett fotmetu £$ gteW feme fcpmmere $rcmff)ett aU Slrmut^ S3 gtebt fern fc$arfere3 ©c^toett, ale bas fur gret^ett ftrettct* ©3 gaft ^tlofop^ett, ftelc^e jtsetfeltett, ob bte 2BeIt burc^ 3ufatt erttftanbett fet ober bur$ bte gfjttttc$e SSermmft 3n ber arafctfc^ett ©pracfje gtefct e3 500 SBiSrter, roeicf)e $om f unb an 1000, ftel($e ©d)tt>ert kbeutetu Sftetrte grau unb t$ batten fo: tft fte nic^t geiaufi, fo gtebt e3 ba md)t£ £it gegern ; tft fte c3 aber boc^, fo fann bet gutcrt Stngen $u ttcntg c^er febaten a(s 3 it f teL My "wife and I reasoned in this way : If she has not been baptised, there can be no use in putting off the ceremony ; and if she has been, it is more dangerous, in regard to good things, to do too little than too much. — {Seep. 68.) There is, when it expresses existence in a certain definite place, is rendered by es fjt ♦ ♦ ♦ , there are, e£ ftttb « . . There was . . . , e£ toax ♦ ♦ ♦ , there were . . . , e£ rtfCtrert ♦ ♦ ♦ There has been . . . , e$ t jl • . « geix>efett 5 there have been . ♦ . , e$ ftnb . . . gettefetu There had been . . . , e£ to ax ♦ * * getDefen ; plur. e£ rcarert . ♦ * geroefetu There will be . . , e£ tturb ♦ ♦ fern ; plur. e3 Herbert ♦ , fern. There would be . . , e$ rourbe ♦ ♦ fern; plur. es ttuirbett ♦ . fern. The verb agrees with the subject ( : nominative : ) of the sentence, and not with e$. 172 @S tjl em £err m bem 3tmnter (m bem £aufe ; ijter ; ba)+ There is a gentleman in the room (in the house ; here ; there) . @$ tjl erne ©ante in bent 3fatmer, t& S3 tjl em Ih'nb m bem £aufe, *c* (£8 ftnb £erren, ©amen unb ih'nber m bem 3tmmer, :c. (£$ toar em iperr (erne ©ante, em $mb) £>ter* Sg ttaren iperren, ©amen unb $mber ba* <£$ foaren em §err, erne ©ante unb em $mb fjter* £$ tjl em £err (tint ©ante, em $mb) ^ter gewefen* 2$ ftnb #errett (©amen, ffuiber) £?ter getoefen* @3 &erben Serren, ©amen unb Smber ba fern. (Jg is often placed at the head of the sentence when the subject is to be pointed out with emphasis, the real nomina- tive being placed after the verb, which must agree with the subject of the sentence, and not with e£ : — @3 fampft ber ipetb am Kefcften xttit bent £etben* ©er £etb fampji am Itefcjlen mt't bem ipelbem (£$ trrt ber 9ftenf$, fo tang 5 er jlrefci ©er 9)?enf$ trrt, fo tang' er ffoefci ©3 tjl 2(ffe8 gut genug, toa$ man umfonjl gtefci 2l#e8 tjl gut genug, toa$ man umfonjl gt'efct ®$ ftammt mem iperj, eg fdjttuflt xmin 9)?utfj, t<$ fcfjttnnge metnen @ia!jl + — (©♦ £ertt>egf)*— ipufarenttebO S3 toot tin 3ager em ttn'fber SKamt, fdjof afle 2#tere tobt— C®. SB- gmlO S3 reben unb traumen bte 9)?enfdjen met son tefferen fimfttgen £agem— (@c§t#erO 23 taffen ftct) bte tobten gitrjlen Mfamtren, urn bejlo tanger tm £obe ju fern* 173 The same form is used optatively, and imperatively : — gg lefce ber Hom'g ! long live the king ! hurrah for the king ! ©g UU bie Som'ginn! long live the queen! @3 lekn Wit, bie un$ a>o$I soften ! long life to all who wish us well ! (£6 Ijerrf^e bets 9?e^t! Let right prevail! gg fe&e, xoa$ cmf (Srben ftoljirt in gruner £rad;t, bie SBalber unb bie gelber, We Sager unb bte 3agb + — (25* SttuCerO gg lefcett bie alien, bie SBetfer, ber SSeiu!— C3MerO S3 often answers to the English there. &$ flopft ^emcmb, there is somebody knocking ; somebody knocks. S3 folgten tnele, there followed many. 2s ftatben nur n>enige, there died but few. gs fiefjt borten nocfj ein rec^t arttgeS ©effetein, there stands yonder a very snug little chair. Ss ftel i^m aUz$ ©raufemwHe- unb SBunberli^e ein, toa$ ifm fcet Sage unter ben je|t raufc^enben unb ^eutenben 3weigen begegnet tt>ca\ There recurred to his mind all the awful and strange things that had met him by day among the now tossing and roaring branches. — (See pp. 58, 88, 119.) g£ finb nun ftoBt funfjetjn Sdjre fcergcmgen, there are now, perhaps, fifteen years passed. g$ fh'ngt ein $o£er $lang, ein fcpnes ieutfc^eS SSori injebent Soc^gefang ber teutf^en Scanner foxt—0)lax son ©$enfenborf + ©as Steb som dtyzixu) (g$ Hinfen brei freunblicfje ©terne in3 Sunfel be$ 2e$en£ tnnein; bie ©terne, fte funfeln fo traultc^, fte Ijeifen Sieb,?iete unb SBeuu— (SonterO 174 The indefinite pronoun e$ is used to express an agent as yet unascertained with regard to its essence or name : — 3#tt fam em tttuoerfe^ener ©cfjrecfen an, aU er e$ ivx SBalbe^ bunfet raufc^en prte, une Stop mtb 3ttann, a sudden terror seized him ( : as he heard something rustle : ) as he heard a rushing in the darkness of the wood, that resembled the trampling of a mounted steed. SBtr fafjen fo m ba3 gtuer be3 ipeerbeS #tnem* £>a raf^elt e$ braufen an ber $$ur; fie fprmgt auf, unb em ft)unberfd)one3 5D?agbtcm soon etoa bra, soter 3al)ren, ftefjt retcl) gepui$t auf ber ©$toeCe, unb tacf^eli Utl$. As we thus sat in mournful still- ness, gazing into the fire on the hearth, all at once we heard something without, — a slight rustling at the door. The door flew open, and we saw a little girl, three or four years old, and more beautiful than I am able to tell you, standing on the threshold, richly dressed and smiling upon us. — (Seep. 111). gr f^rttt getroften 2#utfje3 ttefer fyntin. T)a rtef eg nefcen ifym mit cmmut^tger ©ttmnte ; „ ZxavC m$t, txavC nifyt I @r ift titcftfdj, ber Stlte, ber ©trout I' 1 He advanced deeper in with a courageous spirit. That instant a gentle voice of warning cried near him: etgeu ^ot^^erf^lungeuer 23aume* Look round you, ah I pray look round you, you beautiful ( : infatuated young man : ) young stranger! Why rush on death so madly?" cried the voice a second time close by him, and looking sideways, he saw Undine on a little island beneath the tufted branches of the lofty trees. (®r rtef brofjenb nacfj bem genjier fyn ■:— :c0 S3 tt>arb fttt<# brauf en jitfle, uur em letfeg ©either Kef ft$ nodj sewel^men* 175 All without became still in consequence, only alow titter was yet to be heard. 2)a3 gntfegen bet Slnberen toarb burcl> biefe nmnberlicfjen SSorte sermeljrt; fte fa$en ba3 9#db$en f$eu an, unb £utbfcranb tooflte ft<# efcen ju einer §rage an fte ermannen, ba fagte e$ son braufen: t$ tin fein Srbgeifl, xoo^t after tin Oetft, ber nocij tm irbifcfjen $orper fjaufet* The terror of the rest was increased by this wild speech ; they looked fearfully upon the girl, and Huldbrand was just recovering presence of mind enough to ask what she meant, ( : then somebody said from without : ) when a voice reached them from without : I am no spirit of the earth, though a spirit still in its earthly body. ©egen Stftenb fjmg ft$ Unbine mit bemiiifnger ^ixxtlifykit an be$ fitters Strm, unb jog il)n fanff: s>or bie Zfyixx l)inau$, &o bie ftnfenbe (Sonne anntut^ig iifter ben frif^en ©rafern unb urn bte j^otjen fdjlanfen 33aumftdmme leuc^tete. Towards evening, Undine was hanging upon the knight's arm with lowly ten- derness, while she drew him gently out before the door, where the setting sun shone richly over the fresh grass, and upon the high, slender boles of the trees.— 3n ben 2lugen ber jungen Jrau fdjtoamm e$, true Zfyau ber 2Bef?tnutlj unb ber Siefte (lit : in the eyes of the young wife swam something like dew of sad- ness and of love), auf i§ren Sippen f$tt>eftte e3, mie em jarte£ f fteforgticf)e3 @eJ)eunni$ (lit : on her lips hovered something like a tender, fearful secret), ba$ ft$ after nur in faum t)erne^mli(^en ©eufjern funb gaft (lit : which itself however only by scarcely audible sighs known-made.) — Her emotion was visible : the dew of sadness and love swam in her eyes, while a tender and fearful secret hovered upon her lips, but sighs, and those scarcely perceptible, were all that made known the wish of her heart. 176 Feelings and sensations are often expressed impersonally, with the person in the dative : — g$ t'jr mtr tt>o$I, I am (or feel) well. S3 tft mix WIW% I am (or feel) unwell. (Jg tft mix 6e$aglt$, I am (or feel) comfortable. S0 tft mix mttef)agitd), 1 am (or feel) uncomfortable. 2s tft mtr tange, 1 am (or feel) alarmed. g£ tft mtr angfi, I feel anxious. @3 tft mtr ixhtl, I am (or feel) sick ; fcfrltmm, unwell ; toaxm, warm ; fait, cold ; £et£, hot ; f^ttrittfcltg, giddy. g£ tft mtr It eft, I am glad. S3 {ft mix xxnlitb 5 e3 tft (or tfmt) mtr left, I am sorry. S3 ttnrb mtr trnngc, T am getting alarmed. S3 tturb mfr fce^agli^, cmgjl, tiM, fc^Itmm, toarm, fait, $et$, f4JttwtbKg* Thus also :— g$ tft mtr fce$agtt$ ju djlxxtyt (or ju 3Kut^ or ju ©urn)/ I feel comfortable ; my mind is at ease. gs roar mtr fceljaglt^ ju 2J?ut£e C or 5^ 3ftut£, or ju ©urn), I felt comfortable. @6 rm'rb mir k^aglt'cl) JU Sftut^e, I am getting comfortable ; now 1 feel easier in mind. g£ roarb mix fo^aglul; ju 9)?tttf?e, I was getting comfortable. The e$ may be dropped. fDtix t'ft ttoH; mtr tft fce£aglt<$ ; mtr tft fcange ; mtr tft angft; mtr tft itkl; mtr fjl fd;Itmm; mtr tft warm; mtr tft fait; mfr tft i)ti§ 5 mix tft fdjtt>itti>tig« SJh'r rm'tb tange, angft, fiiel, fcfolimm, toaxm, fait, fm'f f$U>ntbltg. 3Rtr ttarb fcmtge, *c. 177 2Jh'r fturbe liM, I fainted. 3Ktr tft kljaglid) ju 93Mt;e ; nttr &ar fcefwgti$ ju 9ftutlje* Sftir »>frb te!)agtic3j ju SWut^e; ntir ttarb kl?agli$ ju 3Wut^e. ($6 tt>ar bem alien gtfc^er no$ immer ni$t ganj gefjeuer ju 2»ttt$, or £)em alien §tf§er tear (e£) tto$ immer m'$t ganj gefjeuer ju Sfttttlj/ the old fisherman did still not feel quite secure in mindj the old fisherman still felt a little uneasy. @3 toax tym ju SWut^e, or 3^m war ju 2#uifje, aU mm er mti biefem fletnen QavityaUt WXtOCinkt fet/ it seemed to him for a moment, as if he were re- lated to this little household. (£$ toax tyx, or 3§x toax an bem luptgen Ufer re<#t fcef)aglidj ju 2)htf$e gettwo ben> the gay scenery on the shore had made her feel comfort- able (:had filled her with delight :). &$ toaxi tym, or 3f>m toaxb immer dngfttidjer unb serftorrener ju ©inn, j[e fanger er ttnbine unier ben txac^tlic^en (2$aiienfad?te, o$ne fte ju ftnben, he became more and more anxious and confused, the longer he sought Undine beneath the shades of night, without finding her. gu$ ift angffc toegen be$ bummen 9)?ab$en$, you feel anxious on the silly girl's account. £>ie ?anbjunge toar bem fttffytx fat £erjen Utb, the tongue of land was dear to the fisherman's heart ; the tongue of land was most dear to the fisherman. -3Ijm toax ju Whtifyt, aU gate e6 f eine 2Selt mefjr jenfet'W biefer umgefcenben g;tutf?en, it seemed to him, as if beyond those encompassing floods there were no other world in existence. 12 178 XLVL The dative is the personal case. It is used to denote the person or object to whose advantage or disadvantage, pleasure or displeasure, an action or state is expressed by the verb \ i. e., to whom something is given, from whom something is taken, for whose sake something is done. 3$ 3^ CftfHtSte, Ke$) 3#rem Sruber mein23u$, I gave (sent, lent) my book to your brother. 3$ gat) ba3 23u$ i^rem 23ruber, afcer btefem iffc e$ gejbljlen ftorben, I gave the book to her brother, but it has been stolen from the latter. SOBtr freuen un$ §ter ber ebten @ak, unbber, tt) element fte juerfi auge^orte, unb bent fte tfom ©trome genommen toarb, $at ttwljl gar ba3 Itefce Seten brum laffen miiffen, here we sit rejoic- ing over this noble gift, and he to whom it first belonged, and from whom it was wrested by the stream, has probably had to lose his life for it. 2Bem man gtefct, ber f^retfct'S m ben ©anb ; n>em man mmmt, ber fdjrafcfS in @ta|)l unb Stfen* £)er gfnnefe fagt; SBtflft 2)u bem £tger mcfjt mfc tyun, fo ttnrb ber £tger Sir tt>et?e tljun. For, as a sign of the dative, has the accessory idea of caus- ing gratification or the contrary, but if denoting merely pro- viding for, without reference to the feeling of the recipient, it is rendered by fur* %ux it) en laufen ©te bied 2Su$? for whom do you buy this book? SB em faufen ©ie b:e3 23ucjj? for whom do you buy this book ? (if it is intended as a present.) 179 3$ fyabt ttioa$ f ux @te tmtgefcra^t? I have brought some- thing for you. 3$ f)C&t ;}tjnen etoag tmtgeira^t, I have brought something for you (i. e. for your gratification.) Sr pneS ft$ gtudltdjer al$ ben grtednfc^en SBilbner ^tygma* tton, toetdjem $rau 25enu3 fewen f crimen Stem jur ©eltefcten Bele6te r he esteemed himself happier than the Greek sculptor Pygmalion, for vjhom Lady Venus gave life to his beautiful statue, and thus changed it into a beloved wife. In German, the dative of the person, with the definite article before the thing, is often employed where in English either the possessive pronoun or the genitive case is used, especially when speaking of things referring to or connected with the body. 3$ fyabt mix ba$ SBein (ben 2fan) ge£ro$en, I have broken my leg, my arm. <3te toerben ft$ bie 2tugen serberfcen, you will spoil yowr eyes. 3JJcm fwt tijm bet 3 S5em afcnefjmen muff en, he was obliged to have his leg amputated. (gx §at mix ba3 Men gerettet, he has saved my life. Sr §at meinem 33ruber ba$ Seften gerettet, he has saved my brother's life. 5Kcm.$ati$m ba3 Seten genommen, they have taken away his life. Sicero ttarb son ^opitiuS SaenaS, mlfyzm (or bent) er einji burdj feme Serebfamfett ba$ SeBen gerettet fatte, erntorbet, Cicero was assassinated by Popilius Laenas, whose life he had one day saved by means of his eloquence. £)a$ £erj ftopft nu'r or mix ffopft ba3 $erj, my heart beats. (£$ bttrcljfdjm'tt mix bftS £erg, it pierced my very heart. 180 £>er $opf fyut mix m§, or nttr tfmt ber $opf tuetj, my head aches. Wlafym @te nttr ben $opf nt<$t toarm, don't irritate me. 9)fan joerfttfcerie $m bte £anb, they bribed him. 2Benn 25 tr bed alien banned 3«ntnter bad £er$ ntc§t irtfft, fo trtfft er j d nttr, if the distress of the old man does not touch your heart, it moves mine. ©er fitter brncfte tljr bte jarte £anb, unb ftret^ette tljre Socfen* ©agenftmnie er nifyts, totxl tljnt ber Slerger ufcer bee Sllten £arte gegen Unbtnen bte fitppen f<$foj*, the knight pressed her soft hand, and stroked her locks. He was unable to utter a word, because his vexation at the old man's severity towards Undine, closed his lips. The dative case implies concern or interest. It refers to the feelings of the person, denoting the person gratified or an- noyed by the action, state, or event, expressed by the verb. The possessive case and the possessive /pronoun merely express the relation of appertenance between the person and the object. Thus we say : 2)te $at$ottfett ftiffen bent $crf>fie bte pfe* The Catholics kiss to (: for :) the pope the (: his :) feet. £er Setdjnant bed tyabftzZ tturb bergeftatt gutter et'n etfewed ©titer getegt, ba$ bad SBofl bnrcf) baffefte bte gufle bed aSerjlor* fcenen ftiffen fann. The corse of the pope is placed behind an iron railing in such a manner that the people can kiss through it the feet of the defunct. 28ad nmrb' and t'fjnt, *>ar$ i$r mtf)t fufle W^¥t J« f ra S en / toa$ tym fe$tt, mtb, qnatet tyn bte ®t$t, nttt leister partner $anb tyvx tmemtb pf ju refben?— CSSBielanbO 181 erj feljen, one cannot look into the hearts of people. He looks him full in the face. 28a3 er in manc^en ftiirmigen SRa^ten soon ben ©eijeimmffen be$ gorfleS Qztxaixmi Ijaite, ^udie tyvx nun auf einmat bur$ ben @mn 7 what he had dreamed in many a stormy night respecting the mysteries of the forest, now all at once flashed through his mind. 9ft tr ging wttertoegeS bie ©efdji^te jiemK$ tut $opfe Sjerum, as I went on my way, this affair kept running in my head. £utb£ranb ftiiflerte t$r erne 9?ecferei in$ £>Jjr, Huldbrand whispered some raillery in her ear. Sin wunberftfjime^ ^rauentilb ftel mir in bie Stugen, a lady of wonderful beauty caught my eye. 2Ser feinem grewtbe m$t in$ 2(uge fefjen farm, famt3 aufy bent geinbe nic^t, unb xfi eitt f^tedjier SWcmtu — (9?iicf ert) g$ foftet unenblid? nte^r, bag SBofe, beffen man ft$ gegen einen a&ttefenben ^eiub tovhl getrauen mag, tym in3 2fageft#t juju* fiigen.— (©c$tKerO gr ttmfte fete 25iSri<§ett fo trautidj, fo fiif, in £)§r unb iperj i{>r ju gt'rretu — (33ttrger + ) 2)a£ man bie £anb t£r lix$t, ifjr ju ben gufen liegt, inbem man fte empor U$ ju ben ©tertten $efcet, gefattt ^anbolp^en ni$t, bet ni$t fcerebfam ift — (SBerntfe*) ©cfjtaraffentanb (Uiopien) tft em faM&afteS £anb, n>o man o^ne afle 2lnftrengung jum grof ten SBopeien gelangi @3 fltte* gen Sinem bafeltft bie £aukn getraten in ben $aU 4 182 3$ legte ba$ 25u$ in fein Sinter, I put the book into his room. 3$ legte il)m bag Sua) inS 3tww^/ ! P ut tne Dook into m ' s I00EQ (for him). 3$ legte e$ meinem 23ruber inS 3ttnmer* S3 Kegt tn meinem 2Bege, it lies in my way ; it is in my way ; I pass that way. (£$ liegt mir im 2Bege, it lies in my way; it stands in my way, it ob- structs my progress. XLVIL StucSj, also, too, likewise ; moreover, besides ; even, mtcf) nur, even only. m<$t aUtm ♦ ♦ 1 not onl . ^ nbmt ^ ^ but a]s(K m$t nur * ♦ ♦ ♦J fott>o$I ♦ ♦ ;, at* aucfj ... (p. 1220 ttne and;, as also. (£r $etfi e£ attdj, he knows it too. 2tu$ er mi$ e$, he, too, knows it. Slurfj tt)ei$ er e* ; moreover he knows it. £$ toare erne @$anbe, auc^ nur baton ju fpredjen, it were a shame even merely to speak of it. 2tucfj ber SBetfefle t'ft m'djjt ganj fe^Icrfret, even the wisest is not entirely free from fault. 2Bctljre £ugenb ergttmtgi unttriOftt^vIt^e @$rfttr$t, unb fdjtecft cm$ bte sertoegenfie 5Bo$£eft jurud— C©turgO Sftdjt attern tji ba$ ©Ifld fettjl Wmb, fonbem e3 madjt ge* mefmgttci) a«^ btejfemgen Wt'nb, tt>el$e e* umfafii f)at Serjiemge ift toeife, ber m'^t nur ba$ ©ute, ba* ttjnt ber £mt* met gteit, banffcar gemefjt, fonbern and) ba3 S3ofe ju feinem 23ejlen feenu^t. 183 ■3$ Ijafce ben See gem, unb £)u mit attem $reu$ nnb ©lent) ba$ jterlt^e Emblem and), dlifyt ttaljr? I have a strong affection for the lake, and so have you for our graceful little child, notwithstanding all the crosses and vexations she causes you. Is it not true ? 25te me^rften Seufe fdpeueien ben 2BaIb #egen [enter gmpermf unb Unwegfantfett, tt>ie an 3) ttegen ber amnberfamen Sreaturen unb ©aufelet'en, bte man barin anireffen fotfte, most people avoided entering the forest on account of its darkness and almost impassable recesses, as also on account of the strange creatures and phantoms which, it was said, were encountered therein, 2tu$ implies c in accordance with the antecedent,' conse- quently, of course, naturally. gr fceiete recfjt frafttgltc$ et'nen fctfcttfdjen @pruc$ taut au3 bent -perjen I)erau$, tocburd) t'f>m ber fecfe Wlufy axtfy juritd fam f he repeated aloud with the most earnest sincerity of devotion a scriptural sentence, by virtue of which his fearless spirit, na- turally, returned to him. gr ntemte etnjufe^en, baf? *>on einer fo fjolben SrfcJjetnung nic$t$ UeWe3 ju ftefafjren fet, mtyatb er au$ gelaffen fcet f et'nen 9?e£en SerWiet, he thought it evident that no evil was to be feared from an appearance so prepossessing, and therefore, of course, he quietly remained by the side of his nets. £>er %\\§ix ftcmb umtu'Ktg cmf, unb rtef bro^enb naclj bent genfter Inn; „Unbtne! 2Btrft bu enblt'$ emntat bt'e i?tnbeteten taffen !♦♦♦©£ ttarb aucij braufjen jit'tte. The fisherman, in. dignant, started up, and cried with a threatening voice towards the window, : " Undine ! Will you at length leave off these childish tricks ! . . . In consequence of this ( : of course : ) all without became still. 184 However, (i. e. in whatsoever degree), when followed by an adjective or adverb, is rendered by fo * „ attdj ; tine * ♦ Ctltcfj ; or fo ♦ ♦ However often, fo oft ati$ ; how often soever, ttue oft attdj* However great, great as, fo groj? au3)+ However willingly I should do it, fo gem tdj e3 audi) tljutt ttmrbe; fo gem t$ e3 cro<$ tple; n>te gem ify e$ auc$ ttjate; fo gem id) e$ incite* @te fcetmg ft$ toafjrenb ber ^etTtgen £anbtimg auf erorbentlt^ fttttg unb anmut^tg, fo ttu'Ib unb unftat fie aufy iifcrigenS mutter iOCtr, during the holy ceremony, she behaved with great pro- priety and gentleness, however wild and restless she at other times invariably was ( : wild and restless as at other times she invariably was : ) , (So ttyn unb ftolj anti) fritter t£r Sntf^Ittf ntodjte getoefen fern, empfcmb fte bo$ je|t nur aflju teknbtg ba3 ©IM, bafl tijr im £er$en gelteWer ^reunb fte au$ ber furdjf&aren (Smfamfett erlofe, ( : however bold and proud her resolution might have been before : ) bold and proud as her resolution might have been before, yet she now felt nothing but the liveliest grati- tude that her heartily beloved friend rescued her from this frightful solitude. 3$ fptengte ntem dlv$ im ®alt>pp an; er gaTopptrte mit, fo fauer e$ tym (aucfj) ju toerben fcfn'en, unb fo tomtberlt^e, fyalh iadfjerftdje, $alb graflu^e 2Serrenfungen er bakt mit femem Setfc $omaljm, I started my horse into a gallop ; he galloped on with me, however difficult it appeared to be to. him, and into however strange, half ludicrous, half horrible contortions he was constrained to force his body in doing so. SBte grof axtty ©eute 23ei^eit fern ntag, fo mu$t £>u bo$ tmmer fcefd)etben few* 185 XLVIXI. Adverbs must precede the adverb or adjective which they qualify :— m'$t, not ; no$ xtifyt, not yet ; autf) ttt($t, not even ; bur$Ctu3 nu$t, by no means ; gar m'tfjt, not at all ; gar nityti, nothing at all ; gefoif nifytf certainly not ; Uifyt gettu'f , not certain = @r ttntt e£ nic^t ttueber tfjmn, he will not do it again, gr ttrifl e$ ttueber nic^t tjjun, he, again, will not do it ; lie again refuses it. SBer gu sriel soerlangt, fcefomntt op gar ntc^t^ / he who desires too much, often gets nothing at all. Unfer fjotber ©aft fyat mix no$ ntdjt geanitoortei, our ami- able guest has not yet answered me. 23ir toufyten fte otjneth'n noc^ nifyl orbentli^ ju rufen, with- out this we did not as yet know by what name to call her. 35er grimfcmtte £eppu# f$ten audj tucf>t bte minbefte 33 fe^ttttg ju empfangen, the grass-and-flower-woven carpet did not appear to sustain even the slightest injury, 3#m tt>ar nodj immer nityt ganj geljeuer ju $D?itt£e, he did not even yet feel quite at ease. Unbine ftoHte eS bureaus nidjt attberg §abm, Undine would by no means have it otherwise. Ser Sltte ftel urn Unbme'S £at$, tmb fonnte ftdj gar tudjt fattfreuett ttttbfttffett, the old man fell upon Undine's neck, and found it impossible either to express his joy, or kiss her enough. SSott 33orttmrfen mar gar ni$t bte 9?ebe ntetjr, they no longer thought of reproaching her ; every word of censure was care- fully avoided. , 186 @o oft ftdj sor ben genfiern ba$ ©ermgjle regie, ober audj fct^meilen, toenn ft$ gar nid)t$ regie, fatj (Sitter son fceiben in bte >£)ol}e, whenever the slightest thing moved before the win- dows, or even at times when nothing at all was moving, one of them would look up. 23on 9)?enfd)en ioar an btefer pfcfdjen ©telle ttenig ober gar nirfjtS anjutreffen, (of human beings there was in this beau- tiful spot little or nothing at all to be met with) ; of human beings there were in this beautiful spot few or none to be met . with. $ein, feme, fern, no, not a, not any. 2iu$ fern, awfy feme, antf) fern, not even a. ©ar fern, gar feme, gar fein, not any at all. 2tu$ feme ©pur *>on ttjr ioar ju ftnben, not even a trace of her was to be found. 2luc^ fern @erauf$ ifjrer leidjten gtiffe serrteif), toofnnfte toot)! ifjren Sauf gertcf)tet tjaten fonne, no sound, not even that of her light foot-steps betrayed, where she might (perhaps) have directed her course* S3 toaren toem'ge ober gar feme Sftenfdjen an btefer pfcfc^en ©tefte anjtttreffen, there were few or no human beings to be met with in this beautiful spot. ^aunt nocfj, a short time before ; a few moments before. £)te faum no$ fo fMtt anmut^fge ©egenb, the neighbourhood, a short time before so calm and beautiful. (See p. 92.} 2)er ©ebanfe, Unbme fei nur erne Wofe 2Satberfcfjemmtg ge- toefen, fcefam auf$ neue 9tta$t titer ifjn, fa er \atj= nern faffc fiir erne triigerifcfj nedenbe 23tTbung gefjaften* The impression that Undine had been a mere phantom of the 187 - forest, gained a new ascendancy over him; — indeed, amid the howling of the waves and the tempest, the crashing of the trees, and so entire a transformation of the scene, that it dis- covered no resemblance to its former calm beauty, he was tempted to view the whole peninsula, together with the cottage and its inhabitants, as little more than some mockery of his senses. — (p. 112.) The genitive case is frequently employed in an adverbial signification : — 2)er aire $tffyx f a f ettteS f gotten 2ttenb$ scr ber S^fir, the old fisherman sat one fine evening before the door. ©elfcett SittgenfclttfS xoaxi fte ben dtitkv getter, the same moment she perceived the knight. SBtr fafen f et&tgen SlfcenbS fttfl fcetfammett m ber $fitte, we were on the same evening sitting quietly together in the hut. £)e$ attbern 9ftorgen$ Kef fttf) toofyl afcne^ttten, fcafl fte femen roetteren O^aben genommen $atte, next morning it was easily seen that she had not received any further harm. Sr fc^rttt getroffcen^utfjes ttefer in bte ttnrMnbett glut^eu ^inet'tt, he fearlessly advanced deeper into the whirling current. @te tt>ar ffiidjttgen Saufe3 m bte ftnftere 9latf)t fyxtauS, she was swiftly out into the dark night. 2)er 9Wtter ttmnfc^te ju n>iffen, tteld)ergefiati ttitbme ju bem 5^ er gefotttmen ttar, the knight wished to know in what manner Undine had come to the fisherman. @r tjufc folgenbermafien an: — , he began his story in the following manner : — £>a3 ©eiet fii^rt fatten 2Bege3 jam $cttabte3, bte ©tarfe bes ©taufcenS Hop ft an 1 3 ££or, ft>etrf)es Sieksfterfe auft^un* — GSJMertO XLIX. In speaking of motion, we carefully distinguish between the direction vjhence it comes and the direction vjhither it goes ; the former is expressed by fjer, here, hither, hitherward, to this place (: towards the speaker or scene of action :), the latter by f)in r there, thither, forth, along, forward (: away from the speaker or scene of action :). When narrating events at which we were not present, we use Jj er and fyixt with reference to the spot from which we, in mind, view the event. ftommt $er ju mix Me, bte $t mufjfelig unb ktaben feib*— •Jftattf^ 11, 28* Come unto me all ye that labour and are heavy laden. @et?ei fun in aHe SSeliunb regret a«e|>eiben*— 5Watt^28,19* Go ye into the world and teach the heathens. @e£ei tjm unb t^uet be3glei$en ; go and do likewise. ©ie lamen son Oftm fjer unb jogen na$ SBeften tyixt, they came from the East- and went towards the West. £ier,— rtef ber ©raf,— mein toacferer ^reunb; Jter iji ber f$m£, fotrnn $er, mmm $ttu — (SBitrgerO £ajt £)u Sttt>a3, fo giefc e$ $er, unb i$ jafjte tt>a$ re$t ift ; Wft 2)u Sitsas, o bann iauftfjen bie ©eelen toir au3*-- C@$t'fterO $er be^eic^net bte 33etoegung son etnem Drte, $tn bie Seftegung $u einem Drte- f)er farm mit son serbunben tterben; ber 2Binb fontmt son ber (Seeder; I;in aber mit gegen, na$, $u: ber SSinb tse^et na$ ber @ee |>tn.— (gber^arbO @r ftanb untsiflig auf, unb rief brotjenb nacfj bem ^enjler tjtn : „Unbme ! SBtrfl 2)u enbtitfj einntat bie ^inbereien laffen*" He started up indignantly, and cried with a threatening voice 189 towards the window : " Undine ! will you never leave off these fooleries?" ©tefe ungeJjeuern SBilber rtffen ifyn ge&atttg na§ ftdj fjtn, these monstrous forms only impelled him to cross over to- wards them. — (See pp. 121, 150.) Unbtne fprang jornmut^tg son t'fjrent 33dnftfjen auf, fe^te bte f^onen Stone t'u bte ©et'ien, unb rtef, ftdj bt$t $or ben §tf<$er tjtn fteCenb: „(£r foG nt'c§t erjafjlen^ 23aier? er foil nt'tfjt? 3^ afcer tt>ilT$ : er fott ! Sr foil bocfj! Undine, in a state of high excitement, sprang up from her little cricket, set her pretty arms a-kimbo (seepage 103), and cried, placing herself right before the fisherman : "he shall not tell his story, father? he shall not? But it is my will : — he shall! he shall, stop him who may !" 2)er Sad) petite fetnen ungejafjmten Sauf gerabe sor ben wt* fjetmttcfjen 2Batb Jjin genommen, the brook had taken its unre- strained course directly in front of the haunted forest. ©t'e lief en ba$ $ferb auf ben Wumtgen Singer tnn tanfen ; they let the horse hasten away to the fresh feeding-ground. 2Bo benf ji £>u tnn ? ) 9®0 benfen ©te £m ? J Where are your wits wandering to ? What an idea ! 25er §tfd)er fagte tdcpelnb : „©te ntiiffen e$ tyx m$t wc&itln, hunger £err, bafj fte 3#nett ben kquetnjtot @tul)ttm£aufe nifyi abtrttt; ba$ tji fo ©t'tie fcei armen Seuten, bafr ber ben Sttten ganj au$fcl)itep$ geprt"— ,,©, SKamt," fagte bte §rau mtt ntfngem Sdc^eln, „tt>o benffi ©uau^^in? Unfer @ajl ttnrb bo$ ju im Slmffcenmenfcfjen gepren, unb ttue fonnte es alSbann bent Kefcen jungen Slut etnfaflen, altc Seute soon tfjren ©t$en ju serjagen? The fisherman said with a smile : You must not be offended with her, young gentleman, because she has not 190 given up to you the most comfortable chair in the house ; it is a custom among poor people to look upon this as the privi- lege of the aged. " Why, husband !" cried the old lady with a quiet smile, " ivhere can your ivits be wandering V* Our guest, to say the least of him, must belong to a Christian coun- try, and how is it possible then, that so well-bred a young man, as he appears to be, could dream of driving old people from their chairs?" j£)Ut Uttb tjer signifies : to and fro, that way and this way, backwards and forwards, about. S)er 2ttte ttnegte fern Qaxtpt fnn unb ijer, the old man moved his head backwards and forwards. 3#r vxitffi xA6)t aU$xx ungepm bcmttt Inn mtb Jjer ruifcfjen, bemt ba$ eme Sent tft m$t aU$a fefte me$r, you must not push it about too roughly,- for the one leg is no longer very firm (j for one of its legs is none of the firmest :) a§ Sftorgenrotlj Wt'cfte fen^tenb ixUx ben Scmfcfee ^erem, Aurora beamed brightly across the lake in upon them. 2Ber toetf, ofc fte am Snbe mcfjt gar som Sttonbe ^erunter gefommen tft? who can know, whether, after all, she has not come down from the moon (whether she has not dropped among us from the moon). 192 ^erfcorfudjen, to seek out ; to search for, to endeavour to find. 2)er Sttte fudjte einen Srug rait SBein tjersor, the old man looked for (and brought forth) a pitcher of wine. Ser ©turm trad) cm$ ben ntadjtigen ©eftotfen fjemr, the storm broke forth from the mighty clouds. @r tlomm einige ©ieine unb utngefiiirjte gi($tenjldnttne |>ina&, he scrambled down over some stones and trunks of overthrown pines. 2)er Snget be£ iperm fam tjeraB t>om £mmtel, trat $utgu/ ftatjie ben ©tetn son ber S^ttr, unb fe|te ftcfj barauf — CSKatt^ 23, 20 JP)tnis sometimes used in the sense of down. Segen ©ie e3 Inn, lay it clown. SSo ijmien ©ie ntein 23ud; $m gelegt ? where have you put my book ? 3<# legte e£ irgenb&o in ber 33iWiotljef $ttt, I laid it some- where in the library. ©ie fe$te ft$ curitjren 2tjrenpla§ tt>teber tn'n, she sat down again in her seat of honour. er meifet cmf Me fRxfytmtq nn£ 8ieUimg neben ober loor ober fnnter einer ©acfje, fott>o#f tern sftaume ate ber 3eit nad). Tlan ge§et neben einem Sagen $et; cm 23ebtenter gel)et Winter fetnem f)errn £er, $utt>etlen aufy &or t&m &er, ftenn er tfm anmelcen foJt 3Kan uijftttanbelt, urn tie Ijctfere Suft $u geniegen, uhd nekn^er (:$ug[ct$0 ntac^t man 8eoba$~ tungen itbcr fcorfommenbe tranter, ©er iDJorgen emeS £age3 tft oftmate fetter unb |jmterl?er folgt bod) cftegen; befonbers ttenn bem 2(ufgange ber eomte em ftarfc3 3ttorgenrotl) sor^ergegangen iji— CSber^arbO When applied to time, !?et is used in reference to a period continued from a given previous time to the present moment. 3$ fonnte bt'efe funfje^n 3>a£re f)er m'c$t3 son tf>rer £erfunft crforfc^en, I have been unable, for (the whole of) these fifteen years, to learn anything of her birth. 2Som Slnfcmge £er, from the beginning (till now). ttOtt SllterS £er, from ancient times. S)on je tjer, at all times. 2>u, £err, fcift unfer 25ater unb mtfer Srlofer ; son SKterS fjer tft bas bem -Warne* (3*fauu 63, 160 Thou, Lord, art our Father, our Redeemer ; thy name is from everlasting. Slberglcutbe mtb $rtejier$errf<$afit fmb son j[e $er ttu^ttge Innbermffe fur ba$ Stufblii^en getfttger Sultur in Slften gerx>efert. 13 194 It may now be many hundred years ago, e$ mag nun ttiele fmnbert Safyxt §tx feiru (See p. 49.) There may now be many hundred years past, gone (or agove), e$ mogett nun stele ^unbert ^cfyxt $er (or&ergangen) fern- (See pp. 171, 173.) Jpet may often be rendered by since, i. e., from the time; from that time : — How long is it since he was here ? ttue tcmge tft e$ fjer, baf? er £ter toax ? It may be three months since, e3 mag bret 2D?onate £er fettu Is it long since you have seen him ? ifi e£ fcfjon lange tjer, fcafj @ie tyxt gefe^en $abm ? It is hardly six months since, es ift faum fe$3 donate fjer* It is a year since, e$ ifi tin Safyx £er. It is only a few days since, e$ ift erji euugc £age tjer. gsmpgen (or mag) nun f$on mele f^unberi Safyxt tyx few, ba gab e3 etnmal etnen guten atten %\\§tx f it may now be already many hundred years since (:from the time that:) there once was a worthy old fisherman. He was here a fortnight ago, er Wax t>or &ierje$n Jagcn £ter ; six months ago, x>ox fecf>6 OTonaten; a year ago, for eincm 3al;re; about two years ago, t>or ttngefajjt &#et 3a$ren. Sor Jsnefen £unbert Safaen gab es etnmal etnen guten alien gifcfcer. iper and I? in when annexed to prepositions, take the place of the demonstrative pronouns biefed, bie$, ia$. sorter, before that, previously, sorbin, before, heretofore, a little while ago. ttac${jer (also fjewa$), after that, afterwards, fetter, hitherto, since that time. ipulfcfcranb fonnte je£t in ifjrem 3*>nt faft toeniger w>$ bte Stugen wit i^r toegfcringen, aid twtjer in ifjrer ^reunbltc^feil, 195 dow in her wild emotion, Huldbrand could withdraw his gaze from her almost still less than before in her gentleness. O ane tnel freubiger ftrauc^te nun ber junge Sftann feinen gtc^tenaft $um 'Biabt, aU sorbin, oh ! how much more joyfully than before did the young man now use his pine- branch as a staff. gr meinte, fte toerbe ft$ ftalb nac^tjer in jttuefadjer (or jwei* faa)er) 23lobigfeit $or feinen 33Itden aftttenben, he imagined, she would soon after turn away from his gaze with twofold bash- fulness. 35cmn ttmrben fte em paax Slugenftltcfe ffcttfe, unb fufjren nacf^ {jer, ha ni$t$ erfdjten, in ifjren 9ieben fort, then they became silent for a few moments, and afterwards, when nothing appeared, continued their conversation. When paar is written with a small letter it signifies few, as: etn paat £a$e, a few days, whilst etn tyaax denotes a pair, a couple, two. Spin and tjer are compounded with other adverbs, (jierljer, hither bottom, thither better, from that place ba^in, to that place mother? whence? n>ol?m? whither" son often £er, from above na$ often {jin, upwards. S)0tt aufien ijer, from abroad. $on tx>ett fjer, from afar ; far from here. Sommen @te ^terjjer, come hither. ©eljen ©ie borttn'n, go thither. ©ie fagle ; 3$ ^afte unfern Ijolben ©aft gefragt, wo^er er temmt, she said: I have asked our amiable guest, whence he comes. SBtffen @ie, tt>o£m fte gercmnt ift? Do you know, whither she has run ? 2ludj few ©erciuf^ iljrer lei^ten gufe setrietf?, wofu'n fte i^ren Scurf tootjl gertdjiet tjaften fonne, no sound, not even that of her light feet, betrayed whither she might have directed her course. 196 3$ fragte fte, &>ie fte ^ter^er gefommen fet, I asked her how she had come here. (B ttar bem fitter ju 2>futf?e f als ttemt er mtt biefem Hemett #att$$aite *>ertt>anbt, unb efcen j[e£t au$ ber gertte bcu)in ^eimge* fe{)rt fet, it seemed to the knight for a moment, as if he were related to this little househould, and had just then returned home (there) from abroad. £)er (Sine rcmnte fjier, ber Slrtbere bort fyn, au$ ber f>utte fort, the one hurried in this, and the other in that direction, away from the hut. aSott totit tyx muj? fte toofy gefmriig fern, her native place must, I have no doubt, be far from here. When the local adverb tt>0 is compounded with fjer or $m, the latter are often separated from too, as : SBo^er ftmtmen @ie? or too fommea ©te l;er? where do you come from ? whence do you come ? SBoijin ge^en ©ie? or too gel;en ©ie f)itt? where are you going to? 2Bo geljen @ie in folder Stle ^m? where are you going in such a hurry ? 2Bo iffc er fyn CQZ$an§zn understood) ? where is he gone to? 2Bo Gotten ©ie §ttt CS^O* understood)? whither do you intend (want) to go ? 2Bo geljt bie 9?etfe l)ttt? whither are you going ? 2Bo fmb ©ie fyn getoefett, where have you been to? — 3$ tin nirgenbS §m getoefert, I have not been out any where. The particle there is rendered by ba or bort, when it is joined to a neuter verb, but it must be translated by $in, ba$ttt or bortfjui, when added to a verb of motion. „£a fre^en »tr £etben!" fagte ber grof* gum ©d)ftaben* ©ie ifl ba; i# trill au# ^inge^en, she is there, I will also go there. 1 197 2Bo geljen ©te f)in?— 3$ fl$e in ben ©arten; merne (5cf>meftet gmg fO eben {>in; fte erftattet mid) bort* — Where are you going?— I am going into the garden ; my sister went there just now ; she expects me there. @inb ©te in Seutft&tonb gemefen?— 9fcm, M) bin no$ xtityt bort geir>efen + — Have you been in Germany ? No, I have not yet been there. 3$ 6m no$ ni$t in Seutfcfctonb gcmefen, aber ity ftetbe nad)ften£ ba^in (or bOrtl;tn) retfen, I have not yet been in Germany, but I shall soon go there. Um^er, about. £erum, round. 3#r ta$t mi§ in ber Stngjt nadj tyx umtjer iaufen, you suffer me in my anxiety to wander about in quest of her. 2Bir ftoften tteber einen Xfytxt ber Vlafyt serptcmbern unb set* txintm, aU nn§ auf ben ©djtlfmatien sergebenS naclj bent Sdjlafe Jjerum tt>atjen* S^tc^t ttaljr ? It would be better, I think, to spend part of the night in chatting and drinking, than keep turning from side to side on our rush-mats, vainly trying to sleep. What is your opinion? Um^er, dbout^ expresses only a movement to several places, an unsteady motion, sometimes this way, sometimes another, whereas fyerunt, round, denotes a circular motion. It must be observed, however, that Ijerunt and Utnfyet are often used synonymously, even by good writers ; we find : ^etumirren, to wander about ; ^erum ffretfen, to ramble about. ^affen ©ie bo$ 3^e <&afyn nicf?t fo Return liegen, do not let your things lie about like this. Umirin occurs in the phrase : id) lann md)t Um^in, I cannot help. <£r reifet im Scmbe um^er mitt fagen: er reifet im Scmbe, in fe^r oft serdnberter Sftid&tung, balb $kxl)in, balb bortf?in — (®&er$arbO @3 toax unangeneijm, baff ber better mit ^irf^en nur um^er ging; tt>are er orbentitdj Return gegangen, fo 1)attm tvix autf) unfer Zfytil befommen* 2lfle ©egner emer getftretcljen ©acfje fc^Iagen nur in bie i?o{jten; btefe fprtngen umfjer, unb junben ba tto fie fonft nifyt gemirft fyattm. (©oet^e.) 198 ©aufefji £)u nur nzWifyt um mitf) f)er? Are you merely gamboling round me like a mist ? (See p. 68.) 3ur nd^eren 23efltmmung be3 unt, ^uwetlen auc^ nur gur Serftarfung, tt>to no$ um^er ober Return, ober aud) blof $er, $uyugefefct« 3a, eg geftyte&t bie3 cm$ rool blo^ ^ur Stbrunbung bet SRebe.— (SberJarbO 2)etn 2Set& foil fern nu'e ein frucfjtfcarer SBemftotf urn bem $au$ Return, beine $inber ttrie bie £5et$tt>etge um beinen $tf<$ Ijer* (Psalm cxxviii. 3.) Thy wife shall be as a fruitful vine by the sides of thine house; thy children like olive-plants round about thy table. Um mity fjer nifyt$ aU 2BiTbmf , all around me nothing but wilderness. @te ftattbett Um tyn Jjerum, they stood about (around) him. -3$ gtttg Um bie ©tabt tjerum, I walked round about the town. £g tji jtoar f$er* L. @ie ftampfie ba$ jterK^e pfj$e« ^efttg gegen ben S3oben, she stamped her pretty little foot vehemently on the floor. @te txat mit bem jtertic$en $v$tyn $efh'g gegen ben 23oben, she beat with her pretty little foot vehemently on the floor. 2)a$ jterltcije giif^en txat tjeftfg gegen ben Soben, her pretty little foot stamped vehemently on the floor. Fouqu6 prefers making the feet the agent ( : nominative : ) which gives the act a milder expression. 199 LI. The subjunctive is used when a state of uncertainty is im- plied. It is, therefore, to be found after some conjunctions, which convey that idea, such as : ftenn, if, ofc, whether, aH mm, aU ol, as if, bamit, auf baf , in order that, ba£, that. The subjunctive, however, is not governed by these conjunc- tions, but is employed whenever a state or action is to be re- presented as doubtful, contingent, or conditional. A judgment, the truth of which is uncertain to the speaker, is expressed in the subjunctive : — 2?on tt>ett $er mn$ fte tt>o£T gefcuritg fern, bemt ro<$t nur, baj? id) biefe fitnfjetjn 3>a$re $er m'$t$ wn i^rer iperfunfi: erforfc^en fonnte, fo fpra$ unb fim$t fte au$ t>tett>eiten fo afcfutf$Ianb reifen toerbe, or (£r fagt, er fet fet)r sergmigi, er $ ate erne 9ttmeffe son femem SSormunb erfjatten, unb n>erbe nun Mb nac^ Seutf^Ianb retfen. He says, he is very happy, that he has received a remittance from his guardian, and that now he will soon go to Germany. 200 3)?em aSruber ffiniUvtit, bafj er fcatb fommen toerbe, or 3)?etn SSruber f^retfct tmr, er n>erbe Mb fommen* My brother writes me that he will soon come. $lan gtaufct, baf? fte feljr ret$ f ei, or 9ftan glaufct, fte f ei fe$r ret'dj. It is thought that she is very rich. 3#cm fofyanptetf baf er fefjr arm fet, or 9J?an fceljaupiet, er fet feljrarm* It is asserted that he is very poor. (£r fagt, bafi er Q^nen fjetfen fonne unb tootle* Sr fagt, er fonne unb tootle 3#ttett $etfen* He says he is> able and willing to help you. The subjunctive implies a kind of guardedness on the part of the speaker, not to be answerable for the truth or validity of the statement made. When a proposition is set forth as unquestionable, or certain, the indicative is used, which is the mood of affirmation, of certainty, aiid of reality. 2J?cm iz^avtput, bajj er fe$r arm ift. 3Jlan qtavfot, baf fte fe|>r ret'df) tfi Wliin 23ruber fdjretbt mtr, t>a$ er balb fommen toitb. (£r fagt, er ift fe$r loergniigt, er i)at etne JRimeffe t>on fcinem SSormunb er^alten unb totrb mm hait> nad? £)eutfcf?Ianb retfem @r fagt, er !ann unb to tit 3^nen $ elf en* 2)er 23tf$of Sanfen Ufyxk, baj? bte $rtftlt$e ?efjre fret son ben ©pt^fmbigfetten unb iptnetntragungen ber @$otajitfer aufju^ faffen fet, unb fo nur tut rotten ©entitle totrfen fonne* 25er 5?am|>f gegen t'ljn tourbe oon ©eften ber ^fatten burdj bte 2)ra* goner Subtotg3 be£ SSterje^nten gefuljrt* 2Kan$e Siferer f^etnen ber Sttetnung ju fein, baft tijre (Sotted titbt in bem Wlaa$ e ftetge, al3 t$re 5ttenf$enltefce afmtmmt Wan fagt, 9?ero $al>e atte 2ttenf$en geljafit, gtet$too|>t fyat er bte ^oppaa geltefct 201 9?t$t fetten glaufct em tt>%'ger ©ed, bof man tfm nt$t fur et'nen fctjonen ©etft tjalten tterbe, toenn er ntcfjt after ibpftoetj unb ip9pod)onber ftage*— (SefftngO gt'ntge glauten, ber 3ptempel ju Stenttra in Sg^pten f et &or me$r ate ptnfje^n taufenb 3^^n erfcauet ttwrben* 9ftan n>etfr fett Sangem, bafj bte Srbe alter i% ate man fonft glauite* Compare : — @r fagte; „3tf fcf^etgen, tt>o bte Sijre $erte§t nnrb, iji bae formltdje Sttteftat, baf man auf atle Sfjre $erjt$tet ipat/' (£r fagte, ju fc^tt>etgen, »o bte gfjre $erle£t it>trb, f et bas formltdje Sttteftat, baf man auf afle Sfjre $erjt$tet $ a 6 e, (}j. 1 13.) . 2u$ tji nadj bem 2Ba|me ber dtabUntx tin 3?no$et$en, bas m<#t mit bem Setc^name t>ertx>efe, fonbern ganjWetknb am Stufer* ftetjmng&age ben ganjen 9)?enf$en au$ ftdj nneber geMre* 2)?an fu^te e$ unter bem ©c^ettet, am auf erjien ^reujftetn, in etnem dtMmtoixbtt (£$ fc^t'en, ate oh bte Srbjunge ft$ t'n bte §fat$ $metn ge> brangt $ ate, or £$ frfjten, ate £afce bte Srbjunge ftdj in bte glut^ fyntin ge- brangt (Seep. 71.) It appeared as if the strip of land had forced itself into the flood. ®$ fc^t'en, bte grbjunge ^ a 6 e ftc^ in bte glutlj Ijtnetn ge- brdngt, it seemed, the tongue of earth had forced itself into the flood. (£$ f^ten tbtn fo w% bte Srbjunge Jjafce ft# t'n bte §Iut^ ijtnetngebrangt, ate auc^, ba3 SBaffer $afce na# ber fcpnen 3(ue gegrtffen, it seemed (just as well) the tongue of earth had forced itself into the flood, as also, the water had striven to grasp the beautiful meadow in its embrace. (Seep. 122). 202 A caprice of the imagination, an action or state, conceived as uncertain, doubtful or problematical, is expressed in the subjunctive : — @3 fommt nttr $or, aU oft ♦ ., or aU tomn . ♦, or aid . ♦, it appears to me as if . . (See p. 71.) @3 iff mix ju yjtnfyt, aU ofc . ., or aU tt>enn . 7 or ali . ., it seems to me as if . .,1 feel as if . . g$ toax tym ju 2Jhtt$e, ali fet er mit biefem fletnen §a\x& ^alte serwanbt, unb efcen jt'eijt au$ ber gtrne ba^in tjetmgefeljrt, it seemed to him for a moment, as if he were related to this little household, and had just returned home (there) from abroad. {Page 71). (5r Wt'cfte untoiUttyxlify nadj bent gettjier, tx>etl es t$m ju 9D?ut^e war, al$ mitff e erne soon ben fettfamltdjen ©eflatien, bte t$ni im Jorfte fogegnet toaren, son bort $erem gnnjen, he looked involuntarily towards the window, because it seemed to him, as if one of the strange shapes, which had come upon him in the forest, must be there grinning in. di fam ifjm sopr, at^fetje er bur$ ba$ 2au6gegtiter ben mtfenben 9??ann tjersor fommen, it seemed to him as if he saw the nodding man burst forth from the mazy web-work of leaves and branches. (Page 71 ) . £0 fam tyvx sor, aU fle$ e em langer heifer Sftann, ben er nut "aGju gut fannte, grmfenb unb ntcfenb am jenfetttgen lifer, it appeared to him as if a long white man, whom he knew but too well, stood grinning and nodding on the opposite bank. (S3 tarn tym faft $or, ali fet bte gauge IteWtdje SrfcJjemung, bte fo fdjnefl in bte 3?ad)i toieber nntergetau^t toar, ttityti anbreS ge&efen, att erne gortfe^ung ber amnberttcfjen ©efctlbe, bte friifjer im Sorjie i$x tofefi ©ptel mtt ifjm getrtefcen fatten, it almost seemed to him, as if the whole of the lovely apparition, which had so suddenly plunged again into night, had been 203 nothing but a continuation of the strange forms which shortly before had played their mischievous tricks upon him in the forest. 2)ct6 tarn mix tok tin t^eibnifcfjer Dtfame *>or, ber m fetnem Salenfcer fie ^ e, it occurred to me, that this was a heathenish name, to be found in no calendar. {Page 113.) 3$nt toot \u Wlutytf aU g dfce (imperfect, subj.) e3 feitte 2Bett me^r j'enfeits fctefcr umge'knben gfot^en, ober ate f ontte (#re*. 5m5/.) man boa^ me wieber ba ^urofcer jur 23eranigung mt't anberen SD?enfc^en getangen* It seemed to him, as if, beyond those encompassing floods, there were no other world in existence, or at any rate, as if one could never cross them and again associate with other people. (Page 1/0.) The present tense should be used when mere uncertainty is implied, the imperfect tense, when the speaker has reason to doubt the allegation, or to know to the contrary, The subjunctive follows baf, that, expressed or understood, when preceded by a verb which expresses a wish or desire, as : — fcertartgen, to desire, ftoftett, to will, to wish, to desire, ttmnfc^en, to wish, bitten, to beg. SBer sertangt, ba£ man i§n femes 9?eidjt£ums ttegen fcerefjre, ber fjat aufy cm fRttyt, ju serlangen, bag man einen 23erg sere^re, ber ©olb in ft$ $at Situs wtttt xtify, baf trgenb Semattb traurig son if?m tt>egget?e* {Page 113.) 3$ ttmnfdje, bo| £>ein ©lutf ft$ jjeben Sag erneue, baf eine gute Zfyat Di$ jebe ©tomb' erfreue*— (dHxfoxf) 3a) ttmnfcfje, S)ein ®IM moge ft$ j'eben Jag emeuen, unb eine gute £6ai 2)i$ jebe ©tunbe erfreuen* 3$ ftmnfd&e, baf £)ein ©liicf ftcf) jeben Sag erneuen, unb eine gute 3%at ©i<$ jebe ©tunbe erfreuen moge. 204 3$ ttmnftfjte, ba£ er e$ m'djt getfwtt ijatie, or 3$ ttimfc^te, er $atte e$ m'$t gettjcm* I [would] wish that he had not done it. 3imf$te C or ttwOte, or twftV ) @te Kef en midj in Sftafje* I [could] wish you would leave me in peace. The characteristic of the present tense of the subjunctive is uncertainty on the part of the speaker whether what the verb expresses is or will prove true ; whilst that of the imperfect is certainty that what is stated is not true, or at least, not probable. This appears evident when the subjunctive is employed optatively, for then the imperfect tense is invari- ably used in wishing something impossible, or improbable ; while the present tense is employed for such wishes as may be fulfilled, or where the chances are even. Scmge lebe bie $onigtrm ! Long live the queen ! @0tt er|afte bie Somgfmt ! God save the queen ! C@ott erfalte grcm$ ben $aifer, tmfern guten fiaifer -gtanj!— £)efrreid)if$e3 AaiferltebO SWoge er lange lefcenl may he live long: ®ek ber pimmzt, bafl eg XOOfyx f ei, heaven grant that it be true. 2#oge ber f>immel gebert, ba$ er gcnefe ! may heaven grant that he recover ! 3$ wrftoftye, baf er balb genefen moge, I wish he may soon recover. 3$ tt)imf$e, bafl er batt> genefen modjte, implies that there is not much chance for it. 3$ twttt' er Ware n)0 ber ^feffer tt>d$fr, I wish he were where the pepper grows. 3$ ttjcjttt 1 em ©eifx errmefe mix bte ®$re unb fagte mir, rt>a$ an bet 2>Ct$e VOaXZ, I wish a ghost would do me the honour to tell me whether there is any truth in the thing or not. As it is neither likely that he will go to where the pepper grows, merely to please me, nor that a ghost will come to tell me, the imperfect subjunctive must be employed in these and all similar cases. 3$ hat tyn, er moge e$ ifmn* 3$ hat tfm, er moc^te eS tyun* 205 Sentences expressing a purpose, take the conjunctions bamt't, auf baf, or baf, £Aa£, m order that , for the purpose that, and the verb in the subjunctive mood. ©predjen ©te tauter, bamt't man ©te t>erfte^en f iinne, speak louder that one may be able to understand you. Xfyun ©te e3, bamit er f e^e, ba£ ©te fern ^reunb finb, do it that he may see that you are his friend. The subjunctive implies a possibility that an endeavour will not have the effect wished for ; if the result is considered certain, we should rather use the indicative : faun, fte^t* See bamtt, j». 134, and the last Example p. 100.) ©ocraieS fagte gu einem f^cnent Sirogtutge : 3?ebe, ba$ \§ ©t<$ fe$e* (itm$ fur^ten unb tjoffen unb fcrgen muf? ber 2#enf$ fur ben fontmenben Sftorgen, bafi er bie Seere be3 ©afeittS ertrage unb bag ermiibenbe @tet$nta£ ber £age*— (©c^tflerO LIL f ,9lun f nun/' lac^ette ber £au$ Jjerr, or ^un, nun/' fagte ber £au$'l)err Iddjetnb, „25u Jjaji es mit Unbtnen, unb ify mil bent ©ee," ' -Well, well/ 5 replied the master of the house with a smile, you have your trials with Undine, and I have mine with the lake. „DKe&er©ott!" ct<$jte «$, or „£) Kefcer ©ott!" fagte t$ acfjjenb, ,,»*> t'fi unfer Kefce$ ^tnb? ©ag' an!'' "Gracious God!' 5 said I, sighing deeply, " where's our dear child ? Speak !" In the same manner we use : la$te er for fagte er tacfjenb, he said laughing, feufjte — for fagte— feufjenb, said — sighing, fc^lucfjjte— for fagte — fdjtudjjenb, said— sobbing. 206 LIIL $latrilitf) t namely, to wit, frequently occurs as an explana= live conjunction, where none is employed in English. It is used in explaining circumstantially the preceding sentence, and follows the verb of its clause. @r bttete re<#t frafh'glt^ etnen WbKf^en ©prucfj lant au$ bem iperjen fyxau$ f tooburdj tym ber fed e 3Jht$ auc$ guriidf fam, unb er fafi latfjenb fatj, v^te fe^r er ftdj getrrt Ijatte* 2)er foeifj e ntcfenbe 2)?ann &arb namftdj urplo§ltdj ju etnem tym langft nn)$l fcefannten 33a<$tem, ba$ fdjaumenb au$ bent ^rfie £er&or rann, unb ft$ m ben Sanbfee ergof , he repeated aloud with the most earnest sincerity of devotion a scriptural sentence, by virtue of which his fearless spirit, naturally, returned to him, and he could with difficulty refrain from laughing when he perceived the strange mistake into which his imagination had betrayed him. In point of fact, the white nodding man be- came transformed, in the twinkling of an eye, into a small brook, long well known to him, which ran foaming from the forest, and discharged itself into the lake. %U enbttdj em ganjer @uf gegen bte @(|etf>en ffog, unb bur$ ben f$led)t mtoctyxtm diafymtn in bte ©fufce tjeret'n fprubelte, ftenb er umtuCtg auf unb rt'ef brot;enb na$ bem genfier fnn : f/ Unbtne ! SBBtrfi Su eubttd? emmal bte Stmbereten laffetu Itnb tft no<$ ofcenetu $euf em frember iperr Jet un$ in ber $ixiitf — @3 tt>arb autf) braufen fWtte, nur em letfeS ©either Kejj ft$ no$ sewe^men, unb ber Sifter f a 3* e / gitritcf fontntenb ; ;/ bas nrofjt ifjt nun f$on gu ©ute fjafien, rnetn e$rem»ert$er ©aj^, unb snefletdjt no$ man^e Ungejogenljetien me^r, akr fte metni e£ nt$t fcofe* S3 tft nam It $ unfere ^flegeio^ter Unbme, bte ft(^ ba$ Itnbtf^e SSefen gar m^tafcge&ofmen anil, 06 fte gtet'cfj fceretto in t^r a$ijetjnte$ 3$x gefjen mag. 5lter, note gefagt, im ©runbe iji fte bod) t>on ganjem £erjen gut/ 7 At last, when the whole 207 sweep of a shower dashed against the panes, and came bubbling into the room through the decayed frame, he started up in- dignantly, and cried with a threatening voice towards the window : " Undine ! will you never leave off these fooleries ? not even to-day, when we have a strange gentleman with vis in the cottage ? — All without became still in consequence, only a low titter was yet to be heard, and the fisherman said, as he came back to his seat : " You must have the goodness, my ho- noured guest, to pardon this freak, and perhaps a multitude more, but she intends no harm. It is, in point of fact, our adopted daughter Undine, who will not by any means leave off this childish behaviour of hers, although she may have already entered her eighteenth year. But in spite of this, as I said before, she is at heart one of the very best children in the world. LIV. 2)er juriidf gefmtae ttnfciBe be£ 2Uten (or bes SIXten juriicf t$ b*>$ UXtt, pray look round you. Wit tier Bitter in b < m gxf^zt kam. ^ mogen nun ttottf f$on triele ^unbert 3<$re J?er fern, ba gat> e3 eternal emeu guten alien fttffytx, ber fafr etneg fc^onen $knb$ *>or bet Satire unb fKcfte feme !Ke£e + @r tt>o$nte akr in etner u£erau3 amrntf&tgen ©egenb* ©er griine 23oben, ftorauf feine £utte gefcaut &ar, ftrccfte ftcfj toett in einen grofien Sanbfee $m- au$, unb e£ fc^ien efcen fo ttx^I, bte Srb^unge ^abz ft$ au$ Stefce ju ber Mauli$ ifaren, tt>wtber$eflen glut^ in biefe Jnneingebrangi,. aU audj, ba$ Gaffer l?a£e rait serlieWen Strnten natfj ber fcfjonen 2lue gegriffen, na$ i§ren {joc^f^toanfenben ©rafern unb SJIumen, unb nadj bem erquicflidjen ar an biefer pfcfdjen ©telle n>enig ober gar ni$t3 anjutreffen, ben gtf^er unb feine £te audj ttegen ber ttmnberfamen Sreaturen unb ©auMeien, fete man barin antreffen foflte, affjufe^r fdjeueten, nm ft<# o^ne fflofy fynnn ju fcegekn* 2)er alie fromnte gifc^er jebodj burcfjfdjriti $n o^ne Slnfec^tung ju atelett Sftalen, toenn er bie foftli^en ^ifdje, t>k er auf feiner fdjonen Sanbjunge ftng, nac| einer grofen @taW trug, tt>et$e ni($t feijr xotit Winter bent grofen Salbe lag* g$ &arb tjjm ftoltf me^rent^eite be^toegen fo Uify, burcf> ben gorjt ju jt'e^en, fcetl er faft feine anbere, al$ fromnte ©ebanfen $egte, unb nodj auf erbem jebe£ 2J?aI, toenn er t>k fcer* rufenen ©fatten fcetrat, dn geifHief e3 Sieb am fjefler $e$le unb aufrtc^ttgem; £erjen anjuftimmen gewoimt mx+ 14 210 ©a er twit an btefem Slfcenbe ganj argtoS fcet ben 9?e£en faff, lam $tt bod) em unserfetjener Scared an, aU er e$ tm 2BaIbe3= bim&J rauf^en f?#rte, ttne 5Rof unb9)?ann, unb ftdjj bag ©erdufdj unmet nd^er nadj ber Sanbjunge fjerau$$og* 2Sa^ er m manc^en jltirmtgen Sftddjten son ben ©eijetmntffen be$ $oxftt$ getrdumt fatte, jucfte tym nun auf emmat burdj ben ©trm, Dor 2lftem ba$ 23ttb eme$ rtefenmdfKg langen, fdmeetoetfjen 5D?anne$, ber un~ aufprltdj auf erne feltfame Strt mil bem $opfe mcfte. 3<*, «W ^ We 2lugen nad) bem 2BaIbe auffjot, lam e$ ttjm ganj etgentltd) r>or, ate fefje er burdj ba3 Saufcgttter ben ntcJenben s D?ann tjemr fommetu Sr na^m fid? after ftalb jufammen, ertodgenb, ttne tfjm bod) mentals m bem SBatbe felftften mad 23ebenllt'd)e3 nuberfaf^ ren frf, unb alfo auf ber fret'en Sanbjunge ber ftofe ©etft rooftf nod? mutter ©ettatt tifter tJjtt au$itften burfe* 3ugtet$ hzktt er ved^t frdfitgltdj etnen fttftltfdjen ©prudj laut au3 bem iperjen !jerau3, ttobutdj t£m ber lecfe SWuttj audj juriid tarn, unb er faffc tadjenb fa$, tt>te fetjr er ftdj getrrt $atte* ©er ftetfie, mcfenbe 2ttann ttarb ndmttdj utplo^Itdj ju etnem iljm langft mo^I ftelann* ten 23dd)tetn, ba3 fd)dumenb au£ bem %oxftt §ert>orrann, unb fief) in ben Sanbfee ergofL 2Ser after ba3 ©erdufdj serurfadjt $ottz, xoax em fdjon gefdjmiidier fitter, ber ju 3?of burdj ben 23aum- fatten gegen bte Siitte sorgertiten lam. GEm fdjarlad)rottjet Mantel tnng t§m liter fern ttetldjenfttaueS, golbgefh'cfteS 2Bamm3 ^eraft ; $on bem golbfarfttgen SJarette ttaftten rot^e unb settdjen^ ftlaue ^ebern, am golbnen 2Be^rge^enle ftlt|te em au^ne^menb fd)$neS unb retc^ !oerjterfe^ @djtt>ert 2)er metfe ipengjl, ber ben fitter irug, tvax fdjtanleren 23aue3, aU man e3 fonft ftet ©trett* roffen ju fefjen gen)0^nt i% unb trat fo let^t itfter ben 8?afen ^m, ba^ btefer griin^unte ^ep^id; au^ m'^t bte minbefte 25erle£mtg bai)on ju empfangen f^ten. ®em alien Sifter toar e^ noc^ tmmer nt'e^t ganj ge^euer ju SWut^ obmo^l er etnjufefjen met'nte, baf ^on enter fo ^-otben Srf^etnung m^t8 UeWe3 ju feefa^ren fet, n>e^^alft er aucfj fetnen $ut ganj fftttg t>or bem nd^er lom^ menben 6erm aftjog, unb gelaffen bet fetnen 3?e£en JoerMteK 211 ©a fueft ber fitter fiifle, unb fragte, ofc er toofjl mtt feinent ^5ferbe auf biefe 9latyt Ijier ttnterfontmen unb $#ege ftnbett f6nne + — „2Ba$ Suer $5ferb ktrifft, tiefcer #err," entgegnete ber ^ifcfjer, „fo n>etff {$ t$m feinen fcefTem Stafi attju^etfett, al$ btefe fcefdjattete 2Btefe / unb fern fceffereS gutter, at$ ba3 @ra$, toetdjeS barauf n>a$ft gu$ fet&ffc akr mitt i$ gerne m tneinent Weinen £aufe mit 2tf>enbt>rob unb 9?a$tlager fcennrt^en, fo gut e$ unfer Gainer ^aV — £)er fitter toax bantit ganj tooljt jufrieben, er jiieg son feinent 9?offe, tvetc^e^ bie 93etben gemeinfcfjaftli$ loSgurteten unb lo^jugelten, unb Kefl e$ alsbann auf ben Munti* gen Singer Ijinlaufen, ju feinent 2BirtIje fprec^enb : ,/^att' ict)®u$ aucjj minber gaflfidj unb ttofjtnteinenb gefunben, ntein liefcer alter §if$er, 3$* fto|)I fur tynit ni$t toieber Io3 gettorben, benn, toie icf> felje, liegt fcor un$ ein breiter @ee, unb ntit ftnfenbent Stfcenb in ben ttmnberlic^en SBalb juritcf ju reiten, basor fretoatjre nti$ ber Kefce @ott!" „2Bir Gotten nie^t aflju* mel baoon reben," fagte ber SifdjeV, unb ftitjrte feinen ©aft in bie $iitte, ©arinnen faff 6et bent $eerbe, $on meWjent aud ein fparli$e3 $euer bie bdmmernbe, reinlic^e ©tote erljellte, auf einent grofen ©tu^le, be$ $i\tf)zx$ fcetagte ^rau; fceint Sintritte be3 *>orne$men ©afte^ ftanb fte freunbtidj gritfenb auf, fe|te ft$ after an i^ren ©fjrenpla| nneber fjin, otjne biefen bent trembling anju&ieten, ttofcei ber $if$er ladjelnb fagte: „3#r tnufft e$ ifjr nidjt i>er= utetn, junger £err, ba$ fte <£u$ ben tequemfteu @tu$t int ipaufe nt(^t aitritt; ba$ ift fo ©fttc Jet arnten Seuten, baf ber benSHten ganj auSfdjliepdj getjort." „©, SKatm," fagte bie S™* wit ru^igem Sddjetn, „tt>o benfft 2)u aufy $m? Unfer ©aft wirb bodj ju ben Sfmjlenntenf^en getjoren, unb ttn'e fonnte e^ a^bann bent liefcen jiungen 33Iut einfatten, alte itxAt »on i^ren ©t^en ju ^erjagen?'' — A/ @e|t Su^ ; ntein junger ^)err/ y fu^r fte, gegen ben fitter gewanbt, fort; „e8 pe^t borten no^ ein re^t artige^ ©effelein, nur muft 3^ mc^t aflju ungepm bantit Ijin unb |er rutf^en, benn ba$ tint 35?\n tfk nic^t atlju fefte nte^r/'— 212 £)er fitter ^olte ben ©effel afytfam tjerftei, Kef ftdj freunbli^ barauf nieber, unb e$ toax ifjm ju 3ttut$e, al$ fet er mtt biefem ffeinen Qaufyalt t>ern>anbt, unb eften jefct an$ ber gerne batn'n £eimgefe$ri Die bret gutenSeute ftngen an, $$<#jl freunblidj unb sertraulidj mtt einanber ju fprerfjen* 23om SBatbe, nacf) toeWjem ft$ ber Slitter einige SJJale erfunbigte, n>pfi[te ber alte Sttann freilidj ni^t met ttnffett; am toenigjfot, meinte er, paffe ftdj bag 9?eben bafcon je£t in ber einftredjenben 9?ac^t ; after *>on itjrer SBirt^fc^affc unb fonfh'gem £reiften erjatjlten bie fteiben Sijeleute befto metjr, unb Morten aufy geme gu, al$ ifjnen ber dlxtkx$mann *>on feinen 9?ei* fen sorfyracij, unb baf er eine Surg an ben Cuetten ber 2)onau |afte, unb £err |mtbftranb son 3?ingjietten geljeifen fet* Smitten bur$ ba£ @efpra$ $atte ber grembe f$on fci^n>eilen ein $Iat^ fdjern am niebrigen ^enfterlein fcewommen, at$ fprt'^e 3^wanb SBaffer bagegen* £>er Sllte runjeWe ftet biefem ©eraufc^e jebeS 3)?at unjufrieben bie ^tixn; aU after enblicb tin ganjer ©u£ gegen bie ©$eiften ftog, unb bur$ ben f$le$t serwafjrten 9totj^ men in bie ©tufte herein fprubelte, ftanb er mmuflig auf, unb rief brotjenb na$ bem ^enfter fynx ,/ltnbine! SGBirfl 2)u enblidj ein* mal bie ^inbereien laffem Unb ift no$ oftenein ijeui tin frember £err ftei un$ in ber £utte/'— S$ ttarb autf) braufen fh'Ke, nnr ein leifee ©efidjer lief fj$ no$ sewe^men, unb ber^if^er fagte, juritd f ommenb : „ba$ miift $$x nun fcijon ju ©ute fatten, mein e^rentoerttjer ©ajl, unb titfttifyt nodj mandje Ungejogen^eiten metjr, after fte meint e$ nic^t ftofe* @S ijl namti$ unfere $flege* totter Unbine, bie ftd) ba$ linbifdje SQSefen gar nitfjt aftgenwljnen xoi% oft fte gleiefj ftereitS in t$r a$tjefmte$ %ofyx ge^en mag* Sifter rote gefagt, im ©runbe tjl fie bo$ son ganjem §erjen gut/' „£)u fanttji M$l fpre^en!" entgegnete fopfftpttelnb bie Sllte* „ SBenn £>u soom §tf^fang ^eimfommji ober »on ber 3?eife, ba mag e^ mtt tJjren ©t^afereien ganj toa$ Slrtigeo feuu Sifter fte ben ganjen ^ag lang auf bem ipalfe ^aften, unb fein fluge^ SBort pren, unb ftatt ftet ttadjfenbem Sitter ^iilfe im 213 |)au$|jafte ju fmben, t'mmer nur Kaffir forgen mtiffen, baff un$ i^re Sfjorjjeiten nidjt ooflenbs ju ©runbe ridjten,— ba ifi eS gar tin SlnbreS, unb bie $eitige ©ebulb felftfien tt>urb 1 es am Snbe fait/' w 9?un, nun/' Id^elte ber £aus|)err, ,, ©u T^afl e$ mit Unbinen, unb id? mit bent ©ee* SReifii rntr ber bocij au$ oft* male meine ©dmme unb 9?e£e bur$, after i# £aft' tjm bennodj gem, unb ©u mit attem freuj unb Slenb ba$ jterlt^e ih'nbtein auc§* 9litf)t tt>a$r?" „@anj ftofe fann man itjr eften nic$t toerben," fagte bte 2lfte, unb layette fteifdflig* ©a flog bte $#ur auf, unb em tounberf$one$ 23tonb$en f$Iitpfte Jadjenb herein, unb fagte; „.3{?r fmftt mi$ nur gefoppt, Sater; too tft benn nun Suer ©aft?"— ©elften Slugenftticfc after toarb fie autfj ben fitter getoatjr, unb ttieft ftaunenb oor bem f^onen 3&n%lin

u fcfjoneS 33ttbc$en," entgegnete £ulbbranb, unb fte fpracfj setter: „fo ntuft 2)u mtr erjaljlen, ttne £)u ba th'nem fantft, benn bte 9D?enf$en fcfjeuen tfjn fonfi, unb toaS fttr ttnmberttcjje 2fl>enteuer 2)u barmnen erlett ^afi, ioett e$ bo$ olme bergletc^en borten ntdjt abgeljen foIL" — £utbbranb empftng etnen ftemen ©$auer bet btefer Srmnerung, unb bltcfte unttnftfii^rltcij na$ bent ^enfter, tt>eil e$ t£m ju aftutfje war, aU ntiiffe erne fcon ben feltfamltdjen ©eflalten, bte t^ntint gorfie begegnet toaren, son bort herein grtnjen; er fa$ m'c&t^ ate bte tt'efe f$tt>arje 9?a$t, bte nun berettS braufien sor ben ©cf)etben lag. ©a ttajjm er ft$ jufantnten, unb ttoflte eben feme ®ef$$te anfangen, alS tfm ber Sllte nttt ben 2Borten un* terbracjj: „mdjt alfo, £err fitter; ju bergtet^en tft jt'egunb feme gate ^xtJ 1 — Unbtne aber fprang jomntut^tg *>on tljrent33anf($en auf, fe|te bte fdjonen Slrnte in bte ©etten, unb rt'ef, jt$ btdjt sor ben ^if^er $m fteKenb : „ er foG nt$t erjctfjten, SSater ? er foil m<$t? 3$ aber unlFS: er foil! @r foK boc$! "— Itnb banttt trat ba$ jterltcfje guf^en ^efttg gegen ben 35oben, aber ba$ 2ltte$ nttt fotdj etnem brofltg amnuttngen Slnftonbe, bag Imtbbranb )Ee|t tn t^rem 3wk faft toemger nodj bte Slugen son tljr toegbrmgen fonnte, aU sorter m t^rer $reunblt$feti Set bent Sllten fjm= gegen brac$ ber jurMgefjafteneUttotfle tn soHe^Iammen au$. (£r f$alt ^efttg auf Unbtne^ Ungefjorfant unb unfttttgeS 33etragen gegen ben ^rentben, unb bte gute alie $rau fb'ntntte nttt em* Da fagte Unbtne: „mm 3§x janfen iooftt, unb m'$t tfjun, toa$ t$ tjaben to\U f fo fc^laft attetn tn Surer alten, rauc^rtgen fyitttl* — Unb ttue etn $fett toax fte an$ ber ^pr unb fluc^ttgen ?aufe^ in bte ftnjiere 9?ac§t ^tnau^. 3»efteS SiapittL <3Luf taetdje We\U Wmmt 311 bem /tfd)er seUmmcn max. $)utbf>ranb unb ber gtfc^er fprangen son t^rett @t£en, unb ttwKtett bem jurnenben Sftctbdjen na$* @$e fte afor in bte £uttettt$ur gekngten, tt>ar ttnbtne fcfjon lange in bem toolfigen 2)unfe( braufen t>erf$ttmnben, unb au$ fern ©eraufdj iijrer letc^tett gfifl e *>errie$, iootjin fte ifjren Sauf n>o$I geri^tei fjafcen fonne* $utb£ranb fatj fragenb nadj feinem SBfrife ; fajl f am e$ ttjm *>or, al3 fei bte ganje lieWi^e (£rf$einung, bte fo fdjneft in bie 9?a$t nneber untergetaudjt ioar, mdjtS anbreS getoefen, aU eine gortfefung ber amnberlicijen ©eMfoe, bte fritter im gorfle itjr lofeS ©piet mtt tym getriefcen fatten, akr ber alte Sttann murmelte in fetnen Sart: „e$ ifi m'<$t ba$ erfte 9ttat, baf? fte e$ un$ alfo matyl 9?un tjat man bte Sfegfl anf bem £er$en, unb ben @<$Iaf au$ ben Sfagen fitr bte ganje dlafyt; benn toer tteiff, ofc fte m'<#t bennotfj etnmal ©^aben nimmt, mnn fte fo braufen im ©unfet atfein iji U& an ba$ Sttorgenrottj/' f/ ©0 lafit un3 i|>r bo<$ na$, 23ater, urn ©ott! /y rtef iputbfoanb angfl* lu$ au^ 2)er 2Kte emteberte: „tt>o$uba$? £3 mar' etn fxinb= tidj Serf, fiefj' i§ Su$ in $la$)t unb Sinfamfeit bem tf)ort$ten 9)Mb$en fo gan$ afteine fotgen, unb metne alien Seine ^olen ben ©pringinSfelb ni$t ein, tt>enn man au$ ttmfte, toofjin fte gerannt i|i." ^Sftun miiffen ttnr ifjr bo$ nacijrufen minbeftenS, unb fte fcitten, bafi fte tmeberfe^ri/' fagte £utbfcranb, unb fcegann auf baOetoegtitfjfie ju rufen: „Unbine! %$ Unbine! $omm bod) juriuf!" — ©er Sllte toiegte fein Qaupt fyn unb iper, fpredjenb, 216 aW ba$ ©efdjrei tjetfe am gnbe ju m'$t£ ; ber fitter ttriffe no$ m$t, ttrie iro£tg bte $Ieine feu 3Da5et after fonnte er e$ bocfj md)t untertaffen, oftertf mtt in bte ftnftere 9lafyt |nnau$ ju rufen: „ Unbme! 2tcfj Kefce Unbine! 3$ Wtte 2)t$, fomm bodj nur WeS Sine STOal juritci" (£$ gmg inbeffen, tt>ie e$ ber $if$er gefagt $atte* fleme Unbme lief ft$ tjoren ober fefjen, unb it>etT ber Sllte bureaus ntc^t jugefcen ftoflte, bafj £ulb$ranb ber Sntflofjenen nadjfyurie, mufiten fte enbtt'd) 33etbe ttueber in bte £utte ge|>en* £ier fanben fte ba$ $euer be$ #eerbe$ kinase ertofdjen, unb bte £au$frau, bte ft$ ttnbme'3 SIud)t unb ©efatjr id toetiem ntifyt fo ju £er* jen natjm, alS t'fjr 9)?ann, war fcereitS jur Nvtyt gegangen* £>er SKte t>au$ie bte i?otjIen ttneber an, legie trocfneS £otj barauf, unb fuc^te fcei ber ttueber auflobernben glamme emeu $rug mtt SBein fjeroor, ben er jttnfdjen ft$ unb fetnen ©ape fteflte* „@u^ tji aucf) Slngp toegen be$ buntmen 2ftabd?en3, £err fitter/' fagte er, „unb totr rotten Kefcer etnen 2#eil ber -jftac^t oerplaubern unb mttwttn, aU un$ auf ben ©djtlfmatten fcergefonS na$ bent ©c^Iafe ^ewmtoaljen* 9?t$t toaljr?" £utbfoanb toar gerne bamt't jufrieben, ber ^tf^er notfjtgte tyn auf ben lebtgen fgfyrm* pta§ ber fdjlafen gegangenen £au3frau, unb fcet'be tranfen unb fprac^en mtt emanber, note e$ jtoet toacfew unb jutrault'c^en SKawtern gejt'emt* ffaiHfy fo oft ftcfj *>or ben ftenftern ba$ @e* rtngfie regie, ober audj WStoeilen, ttenn ft$ gar m<$t$ regie, falj (Jtner son fcetben in bte £of?e, fpre^enb: r/ fte fommt/' £>ann nmrben fte em paax SlugenMtde fh'ffe, unb fu^ren nac^er, ba ni$ts erf^ten, fopffdjuttelnb unb feufjenb tn t^ren 3?eben fort SBett aicr nun Setbe an faft gar m^tt anber^ ju benfen s^er^ molten, al$ an Unbtnen, fo toxt^ ten fte audj nt^M 33effere^, at^, ber Slitter, ju ^oren, ioelc^ergejlalt Unbme ju bem alien Sifter gefommen fei, ber alte ^tf^er, ekn biefe ©ef^t^te ju erja^len. 2>e$£alfcett §uj er folgenbermaf en an : „ S^ ftnb nun ttofrt fiinfje^n Sa^re s^ergangen, ba jog idj> ein= mat bur^> ben umften 2BaIb mtt metner SSaare na^ ber @tabt 217 9ttetne %xau war batjefat geWt'efcen, wte gewol?nIt(§; unb fotc|je$ ju ber 3^^ <* u $ n0( ^ unt etner 9 ar P^fc^en Urfa§e wtffen, benn ©ott $atte un$ fa unferm bamals fcfjon gtem(t$ $o$en Sifter etn wunberfcljoneg Emblem fceft^eert* (£$ war em 3)?agbtefa, unb bte 9tebe gtng fceretiS unter mt$, oft wtr m'd)t, bent neuen 2fa* fSmmltnge ju grommen, unfere f$one Sanbjunge oertaffen wott* ten, urn bte tt'efce #wmtel$ga&e l&tfttg an fcewotjnftaren £)rten fceffer aufjujtefjen* S3 t'jl frolu$ fcet armen Seuten nt^t fo bamt't, wte 3#r e3 ntet'nen m5gt, $err Slitter; after ttefter ©ott! 3eber= mann ntu^ bodj etnmal tftun, wa^ er oermag* — 9?un, mtr gtng unterwegS bte ©efc^tdjte jtemlt'dj fat $opfe tjerutm SMefc Sanb* junge War nttr fo fat £erjen It'eft, unb t'dj fu^r orbentlt'dj jufam* men, wemt tdj unter bem Sarm unb ©ejanfe fa ber Stabt ftet mix felftjien benfen muf te : fa folder 2Btr$ft$aft mmmfl anty bu nun mit ndtf)jfon befaen SBoIjnft£, ober bo$ fa etner mcijt otetfttflew! -£)aftet after tjaft' t'dj m'djt gegen unfem Iteften £errgoti gemur* ret, otetmet?r tijm fat ©tt'flen fur ba$ Sfteugeftowe gebanft; t$ miifite anty liigen, wemt u$ fagen wotlte, mtr ware auf bem £fa* ober 5tu ©ann ftebetfte er fi$ wt'eber, unb fyratf) fort: f , ©teffettS be£ 2Batbe$, a$ bteffettS, ba jog mtr ba$ (£lenb enigegen* Sttefae ftxau lam gegangen mt't jiromenben 5lugen wte $wet 95ddje; fte fyattt £rauerfletber angefegt/' „0 Itefter ©ott/ 1 d^jtetdj, „wo tji unfer Ke5e8 ftmb? ©ag 1 an/' f/ S5et bem, ben £)u rufeji, Iteter Sftann/' entgegnete fte, unb wtr gtngen nun fKttxoetnenb mtt etnanber fa bte $Mt. — 3^ fu^te nac^ ber tkU nen Setc^e; ba ttfvfyx i$ erji, wte Sitter geiommen war> 2lm ©ee4tfer $attt metne ^rau mt't bem $tnbe gefeffen, unb wte fte fo re^t forglo^ unb feltg mt't tyvx fpt'elt, Hit fify bte ^lefae auf etnmat oor, aU fd^e fte ttm$ xtfyt 2Bunberf$one$ tm 2Baffer ; 218 meme $rcm fteljt fte no$ ladjen, ben tiefcen (Enget, unb mit ben £anb$en greifen; akr fat 2lugenWicf fdjiefit fte ifa bur$ bte vafc^e 33emegung au§ ben Slrmen, unb in ben feucfjten ©pieget ^munter. 3$ fate t>iel gefudjt nad) ber fleinen £obten; e$ mx ju nit$t$; auc(j feme ©pur son ifa toax ju ftnben/' „9fom, toix oewaiftenSlettew fafen benn no^fettigenSlfcenb^ flitt fceifantnten in ber £fitte; ju reben fjatte feiner son mt$ Sup, toenn man e$ au$ gefonnt fattt *>or Stljranen* SBir fatjen fo in ba$ fauzx be$ £>eerbe$ fnnein* Sa raf^ett tt>a3 braufien an ber £{?ur; fte fpringt auf, unb etn tt)unberfc$one$ SWagbtein son ettoa brei, frier 3a$ren, flef?t retc^ gepu^t auf ber ©$tt>eGe, unb lac^elt un$ an. 2Bir Miefcen ganj fiumm vox Srflaunen, unb i$ toufite erft ni$t, tt>ar e$ em orbentlidjer Werner 9ttenf$, toax e$ Ho* ein gaufel^afteS SBtfbmf* S)a fa$ i$ afcer ba$ SBaffer son ben gotbnen £aaren unb ben reicfjen tletbew faxab tropfeXn, unb merfte nun tooljt, ba3 ftfjone ^inbtein $a£e im SSaffer gelegen, unb £ulfe tfai tymyttifa* „$&&/' fagte i$, „un$ fat SWemanb unfer tizbtS $inb erretten fonnen; toix rotten bocij menigjienS an anbem Seuten tfjun, tca$ un$ feltg auf Srben ma$en toitrbe, fcer* modjte 3emanb e$ an un$ ju tfmn* /; — 2®tr jogen bte $teine an$, fcrac^ten fte ju SBett/ unb reidjten ifa toarmenbe ©etranfe, toobti fte fein SBort fpra$, unb un$ WoS au$ ben fceiben feeWauen Slugentnmmeln immerfort la^elnb anftarrte/' „ 2)e$ anbem 2)?orgen$ lief ftdj it>o^I ainefjmen, baf fte feinen toeitew ©cijaben genommen fatte, unb i$ fragte nun nacfj t^ren Slettew, unb toie fte fn'er^er gefommen feu 2)a$ aier gat> erne ser#orwe unb ttmnberfamlidje ©ef^i^te* 9Son mit fax ttmfi fte »o$I geiitrtig fern, benn xdfyt nux, baf i$ biefe ptnfje^n 3^^^ ^er ttifyt »on i^rer^erfunfterforfc^enfonnte, fo fprac^ unbfpci^t fte au^ ti^toeiten fo afcfonberlidje ©inge, baf unfer ©in* rtu$t »ei§, ofc fte am Snbe nic^t gar 5?om 3)?onbe ^erunter gefommen fein !onne* 2)a ifi bte 9?ebe »on golbnen ©tfjtoffem, t>ott fr^ flaOnen ©a^ern, unb @ott todf, tt)ooon no^ metjr* 2Ba* fte am beutlic^jien erjaltfie, toar, fte fei mit ifatx gutter auf bem grof en 219 (See fpajieren gefafjren, au$ ber 23arfe in$ SBaffer gefatten, unb $afce iljre ©inne erfl tjter unter ben 23aumen toieber gefunben, tt>o $r an bem fuftigen ttffer recf)t fo{?agTi$ ju Sftuttje geftorben fei " „9fam fatten toix no% eine grofe 23ebenfli$feit unb ©orge auf. bem £>erjen* 25afj tx>fr an ber lieten Srtrunfenen ©telle bie ©e* funbene ieljalten unb auferjieijen tooflten, war freilid) fe$r fcalb auSgemadjt; afcer toer fonnte nun toiffen, of> ba$ 3?inb getauft fei ; ober ;tu$t? ©ie felfcer tt>ufte bariiBer feme SluSfunft ju gefcetu £>afj fte eine Sreatur fei, ju ©otteS fJroS unb greube gefdjaffen, ttu'ffe fte W0$I f anttoortete fte un$ me^rent^etlS, unb toaS ju @ot* te$ ^3rei3 unb greube geretc^e, fei fte anfy fcereit, mit ftdj oor* ne^nten ju laffeiu — Sfteine ^rau unb iti) batten fo : tfl fte nicfjt getauft, fo giefct'3 ^a nitfjt$ ju $5gern; ift fte eS aier bod?, fofann fcei guten £)ingen ju toenig e^er fdjaben, aU ju ml. Unb bem ju gotge fannen toix auf einen guten Dfamen fur ba$ Stub, ba$ &ir o$ne$in nod) nic$t orbentlid) ju rufen toufitetu SBtr meinten enbtidj, 2)orot£ea toerbe ftdj am fceften fur fte fd^icfen, totxl ity einmat ge^ort Ijatte, ba$ ^etf e ©otte^gaBe, unb fte un$ boc^ son ©ott al$ etne ©ate jugefanbt mar, ate etn £roft in unferm Slenb* ©te ^tngegen toottte nidjtS baoon l?oren, unb meinte, Unbine fei fte oon ifjren Sleltern genannt toorben, Unbine &ofle fte any fer= ner fjeifj en. 9?wt ton mir bag tote ein Ijeibnifdjer 9?ame $or, ber in feinem ^alenber ftefje, unb ity tjolte mir be^aften 3?at^ fcei einem ^riefler in ber ©tabt. ©er tooflte auc£) nid?t3 son bem Unbinen^amen pren, unb tarn auf mein oieleS 93ttten mit mir burd? ben oerttmnbertidjen SBalb, ju SSoftjiefmng ber Staufljanb* lung, Jjier herein in meine Quttz. ©ie Heine ftanb fo \v&\ty gef^miicft unb ^olbfelig oor un^, baf bem ^riefier atetalb few ganje^ $erj oor i^r aufging, unb fte ttmpfe t§m fo artig ju fc^mei^eln, unb mitunter fo broflig ju tro^en, baf er ft$ enblic$ auf feinen ber ©riinbe, bie er gegen ben 9?amen Unbine sorratlng ge^aBt ^atte, me^r Beftnnen fonnte. ©ie toarb benn alfo Unbine getauft, unb betrug ftdj toa^renb ber ^eiligen ©anblung auf er* orbentli^ ftttig unb arnmttlng, fo toilb unb unfiat fteaudjitfcrigenS 220 tmmer toax. ©enn barm $at metne gran gcmj re$t: tt>a$ £fiilj* ttgeS ^afcen ttnr mtt ttjr auSjujieijen ge^afct SBemt i$ Su^ erjdfjten fottte — " £>er 3?ttter untert>ra$ ben fttfifytx, urn tfw auf em @erdnfcf>, tone son geroafttg raufdjenben SBajferftut^en, aufmerffam ju ma* djen, ba3 er fdjon fritter jtotfdjen ben 3?eben be$ bitten aeroom* men $atte, unb ba$ nun mit tt>a$fenbem Ungeftum wx ben iputtenfenftem batjt'n ftromte* 33etbe fprangen nacij ber X^nx* ©a fafjen fte braufen tm t'e£t aufgegangenen 9J?onbentt$t ben 33a$, ber au$ bent SBalbe tjersor rann, it>tlt> fikr feme Ufer IjtnauSgertffen, unb (Skint unb ipotjftdmme in reif enben SBtrMn mtt ftdj fortfdjteubenu 2)er ©turm ixaty, tote son bem ©ettffe ertt)edt, au$ ben mddjttgen ©etootten, bt'efe pfetlfc^nefl titer ben Sftonb {jmjagenb, Jjersor, ber @ee fymltt unter bee 2Butbe3 fc^ta* genben gitttgen, bte §3dume ber Sanbjunge ddjjten son SBurjel ju SBtpfet Jjtnauf, unb fceugten ftdj ttue fdjnnnbelnb ufcer bte retfien- ben ©ewdfjer: „Unbme! Urn ©otte^totCen, Unbtne!" rtefen bte jtoet fcedngfttgten banner* $eme Stntftort Um t'^nen juriicf, unb a<$tto$ nun jeglt^er anbern St&dgung, rannten fte, fu$enb unb rufenb, Siner fykx, ber Slnbere bort Uxt, cm$ ber $ixtte fort £)tittc§ Siapittl* UH* fie Unfctnen tDufcet fantun. Pern SulbBranb ttarb e£ t'ntmer dngftlt'c^er unb sewormer $u @mn, i'e Idnger er unier ben ndc^iltc^en ©fatten fud)te, ofme ju fmben- £>er ©ebanfe, Unbine fet nur eine Wof e 2Salberf$etnung getoefen, fcelam auf$ neue SSflafyt iikr t£n, ja er fyattt unter bem ©et)eutber2SMenunb ©turme, bent firac^en ber 33dunte,ber gcmjli* rfjen Umgeftattung ber fount nodj fo fKfl anntutfngen ©egenb, bte gauge Sanbgunge fammt ber f>ittte unb i^ren Scmofmern faft fiir eine triigertf^ netfenbe Silbnng gepalten; afcer son fernfwrieer boc§ tmmer nodj be3 gifc^erS angjlli^es Sftttfen nadj Unbinen, ber alien £au$frau laxtk$ SSeten unb ©ingen burd) bas ©etrauo* £>a tarn er enblt<$ bt'cijt an be3 iikrgetretnen 33a$e3 3tanb, wis fa$ tm 2#iebteferfetnenungejd§tnten Sauf gerabe oor ben unljeimltdjen 2BaIb $t'n genommen $atte, fo bafj er nun bte Srbfptfce jur -3^tfel rnac^te — £) Itefcer ©ott, bac^te er fcei jt$ feftfl, ttenn e$ Unbine getoagt |)dtte, etn paar ©$rttte in ben fiir$terlic$en g'orfi $uiem ju t^un; m'eflei^t efcen in i§rem anmu* iin'gen Sigenftnn, toeil ify tyx nidjts baoon erjdfjlen fofite,— unb nun todre ber Strom bajtxuf^en geroCt, unb fte tteinte nun einfam briiien fcei ben ©efpenflern !— Sin ©c$rei be3 Sntfe£en3 entfaljr tym, unb er ttomm einige Sterne unb untgeprjte gt$* tenffcdmnte Innafc, urn in ben retfenben ©tront ju treten, unb, toatenb ober fd)tt)imntenb, bte SSerirrte bruten ju fuc^en* £s ftel tym jtrar a#e£ ©raufenooCe unb SBunberltc^e ein, m$ tym fc^on fcei £age unter ben jefct rauf^enben unb ^eulenben 3»^8 en 222 fcegegnet mx. 33orjuglid) tarn e$ tym fcor, aU fte^e em tanger toeifier Sttann, ben er nur aflju gut fannte, grinfenb unb nicfenb am jenfeitigen Ufer ; afcer efcen biefe unge^euern 33itber rtjfen t'^n gefoaltig nadj ftdj Jjin, weft er fcebadjte, baj? Unbine in £obe$angften unter tyntn fei, unb aKein* @$on ptte er einen jlarfen gtdjtenajl ergriffen, unb jianb, auf biefen gep$t, in ben toirfcelnben fthrifym, gegen bie er ft$ faum aufre^t $u erfjalten $>ermoc$te; after er f^ritt getrojlen 2)?uttje$ tiefer fn'neuu J)a rtef e$ neften iljm mit anmut^iger ©timme ; „trau 1 nidjt ! (£r ift tii(f ifctj, ber 2ltte, ber ©trom !"— (£r fannte biefe tieMic^en %aute, er jianb n>ie Ufyoxt unter ben ©fatten, bie ft$ eften bunfet iifcer ben Sttonb gelegt fatten, unb ifjn f$tt>inbette $or bem ©erofle ber SBogen, bie er pfeitfcfjneH an feinen ©djenfetn Ijinfdjiefen fatj* £)enno$ tooftte er nityt aMajfefc „33tji bu nidjt toixtlify ba, gaufeljl £>u nur neWi$t urn micfj tjer, fo mag anfy ify nidjt tekn, unb toiSL tin ©fatten &erben, ttu'e £)u, 2)u Kefce, tiefte Unbine!" 2)ie3 rtef er laut, unb fcpiti toieber tiefer in ben ©trom*— , 7 ©ie^ £>i$ bodj urn, ei jtey 2)i$ bo$ urn, ©u fcpner, fceiljorter Sungting!" fo rtef e^ aftermat bi$t fcet t$m, unb fetttt>art$ Wt'denb fafj er tm efcen ft$ toieber entpGenben 3D?onbItc^t, unter ben 3toeigen pcper* fdjtungener 23aume, auf einer burdj bie Ueforfdjtoemmung ge= tilbeten fleinen Snfel, Unbinen tdc^etnb unb Utility in bie Hit* ^enben ©rafer Ijingefrfjmiegt © ttue t>iel freubiger tranche nun ber junge 9#ann feinen gi^tenaji jum (Stabt, aU sorbin! 9#it foenigen <5ert£*"— „2$ ifi ber QivxmV" fagte Sulbfcranb, unb umfcfjtang, infoiinfiig ftiffenb, bie fdjmeidjelnbe ©cpne* 2)a war unterbeffen ber alte §tf$er an ba$ Ufer be$ ©trotneg gefommcn, unb rtef ju ben fceiben jungen Seuten Jjeritkr: „et, #err fitter, i(^ $af>e 2u$ aufgenommen, iwe e$ em fciebertjerjiger 2#amt bem anbern ju tljun pjlegi, unb nun fof j t 3$r mft tneinem ^3ftege!tnbe fo $etmlu$, unb laft midj w>$ otenbrew t'n ber Stngft nadj i$r burdj bte 9la3)t unttjer Taufen/' — „3# £aie fte fettfi erffc efcen jie£t gefunben, alter Setter," rtef if)m ber fitter jurud „©efto fceffer, fagte ber g;ifcfjer; a ^ r km fcrtngt ftemir auqj o$ne SBerjogent an ba$ fefte Sanb ^erufcer*" £)a$on afcer ftoftte Unbme ttneber gar nidjtS l?oren* @ie nteinte, e^er toofte fie mit bent fatten ^remben in ben ttutben gforjl softenbS lutein, aU ftieber in tk Qixttt juriidf, too man iljr nicf?t i^ren SStften $tte, unb au& welder ber pifcipe fitter bo$ titer furj ober lang fcjjeiten toerbe* 2J?tt unfdgfidjer Stnmutlj fang fie, £utb£ranben urn* fdjlingenb : 2Tu3 bimfFgem S^al bie Belle, (gte rann unb fu$t' t#r ©lucf ! ©te !am tn'S SD?eer ^ur ©telle, Unb rtnnt nic^t md)r jurM* 2)er alte $ifd)er ttemte fcittertidj in ifjr Sieb, akr e$ f$ien fie nifyt fonberlid) ju ru^ren> ©te fuffte unb fireidjelte tpett %k& ling, ber enbfi$ ju vf?r fagte; „Unbine, totnn 2)tr be$ alien 9)?anne$ jammer ba6 £erj nicf)t trifft, fo trifft er'3 imr* 2Bir moften jurticf ju iljnu"— 23evttmnbert ftf)tug fte bie grof en Mauen 2iugen gegen ip auf, unb fpradj enblidj langfam unb jogernb : „tt>erot ®u e« fonteinfl,— gut; ntir iji 2tfle3 redjt, wa$ 2)u nteinji 2l6er serfpredjen mu$ mix erji ber attt Wlann ba briiien. baf er T)i§ o^ne SBiberrebe will erja^fen laffen, wa^ 2)u im 23atbe gefe^en ^aji, unb — nun ba3 Slnbre ftnbet ftcfj tovfyV 1 A/ ^ontnt nur ; lomml'' rtef ber §;if$er tyx ju, o^ne me^r 2Borte ^erau6 Bringen ju lonnen. 3u$nty jiretfte er feme Strme mit titer bie gl«t$ 224 t&r entgegen, unb m'tf te mit bent $opfe, urn tyr bte SrfiiKung t£rer ^orberung jujufagen, mofcet tljm bte foetfen £aare feltfam titer ba3 @eft(^t Ijeriiter fteten, unb £utbtranb an ben nttfenben tx>eif en 9)?ann tut ^orfte benfen muflte. ©$ne ft$ ater burdj irgenb eta>a$ trre ntadjen ju laffen, faf te ber junge 3?ttter$mann ba$ f$one 3#db$en in feme 8fcme, unb trug fte titer ben fletnen 3?aunt, toeldjen ber ©tront jttufdjen i$rem S^fel^en unb bent feften Ufer burdjtrauf te* 2)er Sllte ftel urn Unbtne^ £at$ unb fonnte jt$ gar m'<$t fatt freuen unb fuffen; aufy bte alte §rau tarn i^ertet, unb fc§met$elte ber SBtebergefunbenen auf ba$ £er$* lu#jie. Son 23orttmrfen toax gar m$t bte 9?ebe meljr, urn fo mtnber, ba aucij Unbtne, t$re$ Xvop$ fcergeffenb, bte fcetben ^3f(egeattern mtt amnuitngen SBorten unb SteWofungen faffc uterfcfjuttete* 211$ ntan enbltdj na$ ber ^reube be$ 2BteberJjaten3 ftdj re$t fcefann, Wtcfte fdjon bag Sttorgenrcttj Ieud)tenb titer ben Sanbfee $eretn, ber ©iurm toax jftfte getoorben, bte 33#glem fangen iufh'g auf ben genaf ten 3toetgen* SEBeit nun Unbtne auf bte Srjaljlung ber serljetfnen ®efct)t$ie bes JRttterS feeftanb, fttgten ftdj bte tetben Sttten ta^elnb unb ttnfftg in tf?r 33egeljr* tyflan fcradjte em gritfjfhitd unter bte SMume, tt>ef$e Winter ber ^ittte gegen ben ©ee ju ftanben, unb fefcte ft$, son £erjen sergnitgt, batet m'eber, Unbtne, mil fte e$ bureaus nifyt anberS fjaten focKte, ju ben giifjen be$ Slitter* in3 @raS. ipterauf fcegamt ^mtbtranb folgenbermaf en ju fpredjen* iiuiin 003 225 909 1 £